Vaidyanatha Dikshita's

JATAI{A PAKIJAIA
( \ilTni qrfuilril )
Witlt An Ettgl Trartslatiort Coltious islr attd Expl trttonl rtotes u utrLl Erontpl as

BY
V . S u b r a n t a n y a s t r iB . A . Sa ,
( A s s t t .S e c r c t a rtyo 1 l l c i o v t .o 1 ' M y s o r cl { c t d . ) ( a u t lT r a n s l a t oo l ' S r r p a tli, a d d l r t i[,] r i h a tJ a t a k a r I I o r a s a r a . t t u l k a l l n r r i tc t c . U a

Vol. III

RANJANPUBLICATIONS
1 6 ,A n s a rR o a d D a r y a a n j N e wD e l h i - ' l 1 0 0( l 2 D t A ) i , G , 0N

CONTENTS Adhyaya XI Adhyaya XII Adhyeya XIII .{dhyaya XIV Adhyaya XV Adhyaya XVI Adhyaya XVII Adhyaya XVII t ERRATA Page The effects of the Ist and the 2nd 709 Bhavas The effects of the 3rd and the 4 t h 748 Bhavas The efifects the 6th and the 6th of 755 Bhavas Thc effects of the ?th, the 8th and S45 the 9th Bhavas T h e e f f e c t so f t h e l O t h . t h e l l t h a n d g 9 6 the l2th Bhavas Female Horoscopy Kalchakra l)asas 935 965 l00ir

LXIII_LXVT

faeaqmw:
q6rllq 166

tt
qR

qr+fifrqwrqq-{rh gf,fu 4rirnEsFlft

qFqq6-6rTT4TcqT4: qKITE'&T{qqIqTEITTq. {ri qrqaqqqlErEqlq:

eoQ

.9/t rsQ. {. cY{

tr
?Y

tr
tq
9tq

e{tqre-+'trzrrq:
.6'TFfqfr-E{ltqTIT:

et{ e.E{
too{

lc

<qrr<{rEqrq:

ffig{rq{itssqtlt;
rTlrTsorft il sTst tl
Adtryaya XI.
T H g e n t . n c T s o t . 't t t n 1 s T A N r ) T H I ' 2 w D B t t A V A S .

il{rdurrgrq{$eqq.s1ffi wtfh gqi qqwoE{rrcrrit {-{Fq I e-qgrirgqrfr ilii qr t i ,THn fkeurtlluqitf\r tgm {iflq-cr qr.t{eT Ifmr.G gqsoil qfrhnGtg trttt {
S/oArl 1. I am to treat of the good and other effects which are the chief source of adornment to the science of astrology just as they arise in the several bhavas appertainingto men owing to the prepondera, ting influence of planets. Among ttre Lagnaand other bhavas, such as are occupied or aspected by Venul, Mercury, Jupiter or the rrtccfk(Bhavapathi-the lord of the bhava concerned),but unaspected or trnassociated by with thc rest, produce llappy results.
cf . s({qt{t1.r{

,ii ,ii qra'erfladl gdi qrd\-tEttqrnqnqrf\t&: I

qriii aq qrEs ilfifi4e6qT q"dil ffq;i qTtl

.r ilgsqTqqwGiFr qrKa)ftedgts R tf I
70e

g*rdg (srnTTqlqqilfktg ffiETi(rrag t

7rc

cmEqrfrf,ri

Adh. XI.

Stoka Z. When the Lagna and some of the other have banefic planets appaaringin them or are bhavag by occupiedor aspected their lords, a wealth of the said bhavasmay be declared to exist provid:d they are uni; by or aspected unoccupied malef planets.

| d{q} ftgtrftrul tiai rrrEii;Tlttifi! qh ll I ll qrEeRm\ Wsctrft*eii

o S l c r f t c 3 . A p l a n c ti n i t s d c p r e s s i o n r i n i r n i c a l But in its qtrfltlar rrqn dgetroysthe bhava chat it owns' (Moolatrikona), exaltation or friendly siun ic rdvances the same.
cf . s((qKlit(

qqrlrlsftdtqeii W] EIda'{{qfd I tft.E ilfrrqHF1qrCIe qr fafifi.i'lt rr qr&g'{qd} qHqq\qqT fiIqrln: art+tsfi q;qlqril qqtrqrqfinqftgf,}fif*'+ ri'qEd I qii qilq qrqgfz'isfa flq* {'tuo*4i gl} qr q qafi ed\qrqrqqrtd iigdtq'aq'r'\ ilfi: lt qi qtqfi { f}qite qR qt q: atsfi rrT{f{q: qq'reil-qeR*nqqit ql{"qrr' 1 ae: lTrqsl|frqi a flRn qG qarrrfqii q,ftwit

Trit tt dtqr<rfiT qfi ra.rrffit {tfqrn,

ffirrflqi uqqFa(rilf qti\eksorr{tTr R{r{ll B ll

Sloha 4. When a bhava has its lord in the 6th, of the 8th or the 12th, or is occupiedby the lcrd of one these three, it suffers annihilation, say those that know

qrnarrftiigftrw;i gfqrnfrqaqqfufrEIt

sl. 6-6

{ttC{frsqrdr

7U

the properties of a bhava If such a bhava be aspected by a benefic planet, the effect will be different.

qfrr*q!hrrdi {iolr( ffiurq} {r qit firqes: t qoraefiHgfd, WriEqqlqrrfr surrg*u1s \ n n

S/o,ftc 5. If the lord of a bbava occupying a Ken, dra or Trikona position from the Lagnapossess abundant strength being either aspected benef planetsor in by ic its exaltation and other Vargas, that bhava,say the wire aatrologers, in a flourishing condition. is
3{(qt{t{ti

qfiu: +rr*rsfieqqgmo] qsn)qr lqqrfr

f{* qui ilqTii qfi qqfi ftqrqrq,il,rr4sfb: I qdt-,i n3til qEfE qadiatqqriqil qr q (.] ut lngdl d Errfltalt qrqani qqfl.art

THHi glsqrs! {{oginsqtwrreil +.Trnd

gqqqq.Jt ildgmFr+rfr {rsswt drqgt qHHtEbdti ir{Eq{iti nq}rgfo|

ftai fq{qttdkoqft irErqft{r*riqsrn{l q tl

Slc,hu 6. Astrologerspronounce the strength of a bhavasuchas the_Lagn,r be amplearrd rhorcirghly to b e ' c f i c e n tw h c n a r r i k o n a , t L r e4 t h , t h e 7 r h o , th" ioth p l a c e t h e r c f r o mi s o c c u p i e d y a n a u s p i c i o u s b p l a n e to r lnsc (bhavapa-the i'rd of the brrava) and is unoccupied or unaspectedby m;rlef planets. A bhava ic ,uif.ru decay when the positions referredto aboveare different, ly occupiedand aspected rhe effectof a bhava will be mixed when the positions noted above are occupiedor acpected beneficand maleficplaneta by promrsci:ouely.

7fa
- l v t v - - - - - - - - - - -

*rqftvnt

Adh. xI.

aru([Iflrft Rqriltf(;dqtql qfiHq.|

ffi ilfiTre{ Utrqqn{{i}il t}S qq*rft sorA rfr qqr{shqrri rqr( tl s }l

examined Sloka 7. Of the Lagnaand other bhavas whichever bhava has ita lorJ occupying in strccession, rays or the 8th place (from it) or obscuredby the solar in &preosion or in an inimical house, while no benefic with it, the astrologero planetsaEpector are aseociated lord d..lrr. thl total destruction of such a bhava' The being asso" of the bhavaconcernedeven in the event of producing any ciated with other planets is incapableof good effect.

ffirsemqRgtrffifutrr

grqrt qISRt gft qw{rq+r {i

{rqq qqt qd a {ffr rnqqli}rfll ll c ll

Slok,t 8. Planets occupying a bhava cannot ad' vance it when its lord is in a g:vra (Duhothana-6th' or in a 8th or 12th placefrom it) or an inimical house or stateof ecliPsc imPotencc

qr qTqTiitrqimtgfr t gsfu* ilsit qEI;T$tqr <n( gifh?irr '{G dlqar llq ll EI ftggnett$ilfbgfir

or Slofrrr 9' A planet mly even be badly placed inimical occupya <qit (Navamsa)owned by a mrlefic, prove sign; ir will nevertheiess or its orvn dcpression occupiedby it is bemficialwhen the Navausa or Rasi or of a friendly its own, or that o[ its exaltation sign it' planetno leseti.ranwhen bene{icplanetsaspect

qiq{r#Fatt{R grQ r{IEq gioq t

daqr ll t" ll dmf\xstlM qrqsfr

StrfO.lt

tififhirtfqi

?rit

Sloha 10. \l/hen ttrc p&rnerowning the sign occupied the lord of a bhava iii badly placed, by the bhavabecoilegweak. Btrt wheo the planet rdarsi to aboveis in its exaltation,in a frietrdly sign c in itg own house,the astrologermay pronounce bhavr to the be ffourishing.

ffiilr

SloFc 11. When the lord of a bhava,rhe friends of the fiw lbhavapa) and the lord of rhe emltation sign of the, r+rqq (bhavapa) occupy the llth, the Znd and the 3rd placesin respect to the tr{rava,those plarreo advancethe strength of rhe bhava, provided they be not eclipsed in an unfriendly sign or in depreosion. or
S\KCI{EK

ilfr.rEgRqoqrnqrfuR WRf*qffiar*q rr $'$k

qE[rriilqgdfi (Iiirt-;fi6 1

t-a frqfi-drrr qqqfrqqi mi(fl qTfircTr qTqnt{iEr t "qqfiqnftgrqT<{tm B,Fqr: I t ,rrqq rfr{df,}sfruqq gfu i{qf{a errqrR q--qFqrqrciim: {aft rq;}q qil;qql qr( ll sg

rnirrgeqs dqrartrfim{{qt6dRq+ r trg q nqh* qrlqfiT+ A) *trftrhrn ffii Mq

tt trti

Sltha Ll. A planet producesthe full effect of the bhava in which ir is when its distance from the bhava, saadhi ie equal to that of the bhavamsa(rrrst{r= Eemi, bhava). When the planer has a less or greater dietance from a bhava,sandhi than a bhavamsa,itd ef{.ectmuat be alcertained by a rulc-cf-three procecs. NbIts. This slokais takenfrorr,afiqfffi 90 (Sripotpddneroi,).

711

Etf,fqrailt

Adh. n.

ll enl QA +tlq"ha+t tl
qttgursngeTgaTft, ffi u tl tt Mqorfrwq{qF{rFilr
Sloha L3. The body, its hue, irs form, its charac, teristics, fame, qualities, happiness or unhappiness, residenceabroad,splendour,strength and weakness are the products,Eaythe wise a$trologers, the lst bhava. of
NorBs. This sloka appears in stil{(d The thrrd qr< (Padl) reads thus : d{rqfrrilrq-d-6,foil?.

qqn I ilcn ilft{rstrqils gd od q+qM qe qftftftlhd *1frwrrrg&r$ostffir*t. tB u{

Sloka 14. The more auspiciousthe rising eign ie perEon's birth, the longer will he live; the more f,t a will he command the respect of the rulers and the happier in coneequencewill he be. And if the rieing by its lord, he will be a masterof aign be also aapected richee, quite a genius and a great credit to his family. NorBs.
The fol{owing additional information regardinglength of tife is extracted from siT(qltt{tt

ftl ert o'q{qd nftrqqqqil d"t qffE qtg: qsiq afqaRnffigl.iifrriqTfi r gt ru<ng: qA ftRa$ qffi rag,rlagn
aseng<q).t eaefafig!:qrl<lgfl*qT( 1 gqq-q}-qqSr{tga} o?TrsT{t{ eqea Efr

ad qr rilqtil"qq qfefrfA* wiqrg'gtq r flqq, nne,rtwrfigfrgqagqqifqqr' rg:

.ls 16

qqrqEilsuqr{rs

?r5

gp*se,iqtfiq:qrcsqgqqct uo tqrlc[Rtt oil* q{q}q} g,rgt ofi q ddtRt

qrtqrEg*nflffrrut qroi{Eitqr -ganrrfiRaqrqqq i<druq6fr6cr.t qggqtuqgqlee{ nElgiqr{ tt qulq,rnfqosat,t ngr{i{gq&*q e} t qqqFa =g gudgaq rD {drTTg: Sfir;a: r urriiaq d EIfi: ila4lTeqrg{rfifrq r qEqq sqii fi* fti f,atgrrqlq 11 qtoaeqr&ow qaqr{Tfi f{qqqirrr, fiqrqraq,il fiolflnqqr der:g\al gfli: I s{tg:gs4:arrrvpry'frt} qilQqi gr, qr\,iqfla flTr*q';qqwrgiewftt, sqr( u efrdt +oqd){qmlga' er.if =qfqa}qril qr;q n] q'.\rqoihqnfaga] q o'j nqt r qqqdlrqrg: qfiqrrftq: qivi I qon-e argriulrflegqriaa*6;qflc qros ft tt
sn{ f}esjf qFHrTli{ q qq{{ |

uvr agfr{di {zafi-qqT{,4q tl

(fr oetqqrft{geq{rer <rcqrfiPrsqunft r {01 Ehnrrr{tqrnqr&orrnru{grrrgwfrtl u t\

Sloka 15. An astrologer may declare the i*ature and peculiar features of a person fron the lord of the riaing Navamsaar his birtr. or from a powerfui planet occupyingthe Laqna. llrs hue shouldbe guessed from the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lr4oon. All

?rs

sfliF!ilEnErir

Adh. xI.

goodaod evil in the life of the per$onis to be ascertain' ed through the Lagna.
Nores. cJ,III-76 supra.

(tft gwarlnqil qord qg3{rgilnrq{r! ll lE ll

Slttha 16. If at a person's birth the lord of the rioing sign being in great strength in the house of a beneficplaneg occupy a Kendra or Trikona position with from the Lagna and be aspected by or associated auapiciousplanets,the fameof the personborn will extend up to the four oceans.
Norp$. This sloka appears in stdd{d. The reading there is gqqtqfatrt

ffiqh;i qR ornt grrriht frua{tfqf qr t

for qrrwnrrc.rt'
cf. also the following sloka from thesame work'

onrfqtgqgt qii qs,{ril*oqfifrqqQt g'refEg*I ll mqlfttqsRt qR qI elt flqrqfrlffiqnqlFqR{rg\ft

qlqTmqrqfttfht{r t ffint ftSrrtrftrh qrd}sqsrtfr .ii3 11 ll qrq{aruri lu rrqfrqqrt {Ed'l{

Sloka L7. A person becomes obscure if, at his birth, the lord of the rising sign being in the hougeof a malefic planet, occupies the 6th, 8th or l?th place from tlre Lagna and is aspected by or associated $/ith a malignant planet. Norrs.
For ihe 6rst rIT(, .$lil{(q reads o}qt t;rrrti s Et'

slfr{nxrft fts{qE} iilril:<r{ ttftq|q

frqQs RimttukcrffiFqt

st. 18-le

qargtilstcr.l:

111

g:A qrilqrdrr {ffigqtftxrqr g-dtr +* dtr.tt gqr{st qlrrgd qr{t ll 14 ll

S/ofra 18. If the lord of the *tffirrrq(Keerthibha' va), i,c. the 10th be in the Lagna,the person born will becomelamous. lf the planet be iir the Znd bhava and have attained its ex.rltation and other benefic vargaehe will have remarkablecelebrity. If the planetbe in a travelling bad place,he v.zillbe knocked up by ceaseless or will be a knave. But if the planet occupy a Kendra or Trikona in conjunction with a beneficplanet, the personwill have easein travelling' Norns.
This sloka tinds a Place in akF[{at'

frtrqTfrftqertqR gqent{g*sqqr qR rrr{t q1 qrqtn qfl{i o}'q{rd fter t

xqffiqqd

q asd qo{nfuft qfi {r ffiHtflr*titmq tt

ao{Tf{i dGfiRirilqqr-

Bloha 19. If the lord of the lst bhava occupy the 5th or the 9th or being irr conjunction with the lord of the 5th or the 9th occupy the Lagna, the father of the person bcrn will be a famous man. If the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the Lagnaor the +rw (Karaka-Mars) as well as the lord of the l*r{rnir (Bhratrubhava)be together in one houeeand posseosstrength, a brother of the personborn will becomerenowned. Norss.
has For the latter half of this sloka, ;rldefi'(f the following:

*.qft{'i+ oinrfFrrt ltqq<g(

iild: flqg ua e <gi HslgqT+{ifl: ll
t

718

sfFfficrRqre

Adh. xI.

wrF{t 'T$reil rrqft qqrdlnRotl ftflf frqrqqtdt

Sloha 2) When the lord of the 2nd bhava or Mercury is in the Lagnaor when the 2nd bhava is occu. pied by the lord of the Lagnaand when rhe bhava in either caseis strong and free from maleficaspect, the personborn will become famousfor his learning. Norrs.
(Vidyadhipa) here 'ears the lorcl of the 2nd bhava ; rrietiqc (aide sloka 49 infra) and not that of the 4rh bhava referred to in XII-59 infra. The sarnerenrark applies to the tcrrrr grT.

ffiq\ {r dA qqqfr o} gt oqn+gt r il

S|oku 21. If the lords of the grh and the lst bha, vas from the Lagna be in thei'r respective bhavasor if the lords of the 1scand tlre 9th occupy the 9th and the lot respectively, and if the planets in their several pooitions be aspected or associaredwith Jupiter, rhe by personborn will enjoy good luck for a long time,

dtqfiqRmi'gfi qq tqfr qnittirTo{r{T{ ut(tl

qqHfi qEfrfid qfrrqd agqdfr r {r

omftqq6{qt agqft} $EEsqirQt r {r

irnTfirt {rfr ft{t{t ilq tfumqqg'w** RR Er

Slohu 27. A person wiil abide in the placeof his birth when a planet occupyingthe l2th place from that of the lord of the Lagna happens to be in exaltation or by in a friendly house or is aspected a planet that is friendly or is in exaltation or when that Rasi ie occupied by a friendly planer.

t CtirqnSft o}qrFr R-oqqfrfr qrfrqtft RmurgwqTfrT qqr Et

sI.23-25

qsEfrsqrql

7le

e*qRrffi

qifu;qfr qaqrqrftqrdr ll Rl ll rriq qeqflqqiT

ftqc.oi itosrfrqr-

Sloka 23. When the lord of the l2th house from that occupied by the lord of the Lagna is the latter'E enemy or is in depression or vreak,the person born goesto a foreign country. He will abide permanently there if the "qqq(Vyayapa) referredto abovebe aspected by Venus in the capacity of a friend. His haunt will (Vyayapa) be be a small township if the same6zT{FI (Vyayapa) be posseesed eclipaedby the Sun ; if the aqqq of strength,the haunt will be a wealthy municipality'

trtniqqi froeqqff( h ildluTi\ti ftrd1qT*{t gqsi qTffi rilil{s I

+dtrsqqatqt Rfr fE-qtegiftffqqwfiqrqmqt rrRBll

Stoka 24, When the lord of the i'2th place from that occupied by the lord of the lagna is in a Kendra or Trikona from the lst bhava, and in a Rasi which is a friend's house, its own or its exaltation sign and has auspiciousplanets on eachside, the person born will be a sojurner in regions pieasingto the heart. If the tqqc by (Vyayapa)referred to above be aspected Jupiter, the Moon or Venus, he goesto a charmingly beaucifulland; but if this rqqc(Vyayapa) occupy the Znd place from the lord of the Lagna and be unfriendly to the latter, tfie person will abide in his native land.

qi ffkr,{r{{ qtt itr?r estt q(+estI

qr( iMtftrlR}riTf}Eat ll R\ ll fui qat i{gqrnTsirr

Sloha 25, When a moveable Ergn is the Lagna

7zo

utQnvawil

Adh.xI.

ancl its lord is in a moveable Rasi and aspectedby pla' netr occupying moveable Rasis,the person born will have his fortune in a foreign country. When an sign is the Lagnaand its lord is algoin an immo'veable by sign and aspected planetsoccupying ia' immoveable signs,the personwill be in his own country; moveable exceedingly prosperous and possessed of abundant wealth' Norss.
This sloha appears also in clild{d.

*qgtlf llRqll {6[r+ rcqr *qar in Eil({IosTdrsqqr

ic S/oftc 6. S/hen the lord of the Lagna ie a malef planet and occupies the 6th place {rom the Lagna being with Saturn in a malefic sign, the person associated born wiH be like a Sudra. And if Rahu or Ketu take the placeof Saturn in the above,the person will be a Chandalaor somc equally low person in his habits.

qrggfugt t ftnftt aqtt ftgg qlqerl

G{r&tlirrnnftrghrdqqt aggis}ft| offit Fftqlrrtgse|rlt iwd i qft n te tl

Stoka 77. When the lord of the Lagna is in an person of sign and is possessed strengh,'the auspicious born will be in good ease having a command of all bodily comforts. When the planetin the Lagnais in a to or depreosion inimical Navamsa and happens be the person bcrn will lacr lord of a E:tqrr (Dusthhana), the bodily comforts.
cf , sldd(d

fqqraift t o*q: T{H{F.qnAqnqn}eqrR qr{rq(sfine g\ftrnAilF{;qq1 ll I( draqEo

91.28-80

rttril*${rq:

qqtr#rqqilrq S{orqR qqr* q sd r5{r llR'4ll

Stoha 28. If the three planets owning the 6th, the 8th and the t2th bhavas from the Lagna be connected with the Lagna, one of them aspecting it, another owning it and the third occupying it, and if they at the eigns devoid sametime be in their inimical or depression of all strength, they can do no good at the time of the dasaperiods. ripening of their several

s* qafrgrrtfr

ilmi\\ fiqtnr q(nd frtqrP'{i ffiggfrqr$3ll qq ll

dtqgflE{F(t milr,

Stoka 29. When the Lagna is a watery sign and declarestout, is occupiedby benefic planets,astrologers neesof perscn as the effect thereof. When the lord of the Lagna occupies a watery sign and is in conjunction the personborn, say tfieaetrologera, with beneficplanets, will have a sound constitution. Norrs.
alq.ld ls the reading adopted in srad{d for ilqei stt of this sloka. iq the 3rd

wriqqrqiqnrlta1qr gci[q{! arrggsqqrg! ll 1,oll

SloAa 30. When the lord of the Lagna is in the the 8th bhava and in a dry sign, astrologerssay that personborn will have great bodily suffering' If the iord of the Rasi in which is the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna bg a planetowning a dry sign, the effectwill be emaciation' Nores.
Sornebooks rea& oei{qs{iaq<tiaatqr

ilnrfrt aT{rqtc g6{{Ifi aiil msqth 6ict]( |

9l

722

crrdifcrftvrrt

Adh.x{.

qsllt Ftgstrgqfr qrnjsftrft,ir r+r *d oqqisqilqiqqfig$ froirft\ r ilint aqiiuuiffi tutqG qtn oi ttrqfrqiur'.qcrgr Ere{rq Q tl u t iaaot
Sloka SL When rhe iord of the Lagna is between two inimical planets, the person born will be in dread of enemies. lf Keru or Rahu be in the l.agna and the lord thereof be in a 6'elrq (Dusrhhana dth, flth or l2th), the personwill suffer privatit_rn some limb in the of ripening of thc dasaof the lord of the T_ragoa in the and antardasa the lord of the {ich irnr:se of (ir.m the lord of the Lagna). If the lord of tire 6rh house from the Lagna occupy it in conjuncticln with Rahu or Ketu. an ulcer will breakout in the bodv.
NorBs. f iris appearsi' ."1{ri4i{r.;t. the 3r<iql,i, tiT'j.l:Jrs the reading ln l a d o l ; t e <tlh e i c f , . r r e 1 1 1 1 , tt h r : t e r t .

qK ToITAm OcFtTtls;(ffiWur {til ilrtr1Tq q1T(t

{ir_l11 A _____ \ \ \ \

grarrEt g{eta{Rqr{ n iq tl ofrrytrftifatrihmt

.S/crftn 31" If rhe iorcl of rhe Lagnacccupyinga Trikona or a Kendra be devoid of strength,the person born wili be ailing. If the lord of the house occupied by the lord of thc Lagna be in a S:t'{tit (Dusthhana),he will havea weak constitucion. (tr'irst hatf). Tr,. f.,rro),"rltl;-r leacli'g rhesame ro efiect
is given in nki{(Qf.

gdi {:Fqrqt{Tfi fieaqrd fie* n C ilq'Tff tqrd. ti

ilrtt tai grQoqd ilsE ti{rqr{ tf il tl

qmtr trdrreqaro.qrftrrmr taqi \ r -irr r \

sI.33*35
troi

{Prfifrscqrqr

723

12th, 6ch or 8th bhava (from the Lagna) in conjunction with a maleficplanet destroys the bodily health of the personborn. He will be ailing if the lord of the lst bhava in conjunction wich the lord of the 6th occupies a grtflil (Dusthhana)or the Lagna.

q}rr{r{t ori qqrt u{ii qodi*sfr 6Qtrg{d frlqtfr-qtih3 f,.6qffi n tB tl

Sloha 34. When a malefic planet is in the Lagna and the iord thereof is without strength,the person born will ba sickly. He wiil be o{ a fretful temperif the lord of the Lagnab: weak; exempt from ailmentif the lord of the Lagnabe in a Kendra or Trikona.

ti{fucrrqirt ilu't g+"iuiq r rrriurrr;rnuiriiridillqrq n {\ fl g**,

S / o f r a 3 5 . I f t h c l o r d o f t h e s i g n o c : u p i e db y t h e lord of the Lagnabe in the 8th piacc from the Lagna, the person will be weak. Bhavas generally become weak when their lortlsarc in Rasis of which the owners are badly placed(1.c.are in 6:q?nq l)uhstirana).

o* *'i ;Trfliru?qwurdrc'rqrfafu rrQQ tr

Sloku 36. A pcrson has an enlargedscrotum as conaequence the conjunction of Rahu and Mars the of or of Rahu and Satiirn. S/hen Mars occupies the Lagna,an astrolcgermay predict swelling in the navel, ankleand in the testicles.

.irh uqkqldratfr m u{q;qqir t

oit qRitrqt ft;mwrnfrnqrt'hi

EilrrTrirr{ EgfrqErq r 6{tngrwtqrftrsrfrr

721

sRffiftrfi

Adh. xl.

s{dEft.rttrt?q gt wtrsftrfiS}.qt

g mil onaqfr wffifr

t}ft Tq.tt l\e ll

Stoha 37. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the 12th bhava be in conjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava from that occupied by the Sun, the personborn by will get readily married,b: characterized much hair his person,have a slim f igur.: lnd a hue composed about of red and whire. If the iord of the 6th bhavafrom the Lagnabe also in conjunctionwith th: lord of the Lagna in tbe aboveposition, the personboru will be dark in personal appearancebut if Rahu be with the lord ol ; the Lrgna,the perscn concern:dwilI surelyrun the risk or of treachery poison.

I ffiti ont Ut tilqfiffis iTIrTRgd qrq+Trq ll 1c gldi 'tiurwgtEriit ont g qlaqFlnuttfrIrlEf ll

Slofra 33. A personwill b: htppy from his child' by hood when the Legnais auspicicusand is aspected beneficplanetsprovideC there are no malefic ones in the Lagna. But if sev:ral maleficplanetl should be in the Lagna,the p:rson bcrn wiil b: unhappyfrom first to last.

t tqdmtfi s* onitrnirgdrr*

u.l gqqi{t q.qri freqqlqqr(ll lq ll

S/oic 39. A personwill be happy in the middle and concludingportions of his life if, at the time of hie (rririr Adhyuya L birth, Venus hasattainedDevalokamsr (aidt ArIhya. ,5/.46),the lord of thc Lagnaa Gopuramsa ya I . S/. 45) and benef phneto aspectthe rising sign. ic

st. 40-44

5qqftstqrcr

715

ori gt qi flt h-i qrqtqi.qtt

ortEi qsqitr qr* gtd ftI; gt{{ ll 8o ll
Sloha 40. When there is a benefic planet in the ic lst bhava, but a malef one in the 2nd as well as in a Kendra, and when the lord of the Lagnahas attained the the LJttamamsa, person born suffers misery in early life ie h.ppy thereafter. and

gqqqftfti'qtI ofiir gqqrf{r&

.ilgriuut qrsfrfreilsililt gt*q.ll 8l ll

S l o f t c 4 1 . W h e n t h e lord of the Lagna occuPiesa by beneficsign and is asPected a beneiic planet or har attained a Gopuramsa,the person born will be h.PPY after his 16th year.

s,trrqirnl| g t;n*uriq{S I gt*q. ll or\ n qsdgkfrrraskqi ll 8R,

Sloka 42. When the planet owning the Navamca by occupie<l the lord of the Lagna is in a Kendra, a Trikona or exaltation,or is in the 1lth bhava pos*tsed of strength, the person born will be happy after thl first 30 years of his lifc'

oot eqrRqet qlE{tfsoqPqi 1

ilqt{t iEilq* qoqoirqH;t: ll 81 ll

qditr {oitar qrftqri{rtqqfiihil t ilqqs* 4(gfr trqrwF'iqfl gd ll 88 ll

by S/olas 43-44. When the Lagnais aspected t'he sun and other planets,tire effect in che sevetal caseson the person born is given in order in the sloka-quarttrrs planet, the that follow: lf the Sun be the aspecting

728

qRrrttrRwril

Adh. xI.

his father; if the Moon, he will engage sea-borne in tradeand be opule.t; if Mars, he will be virtuousand bavea brgmembrumztirile; if Mercury, he will have Iearning, artistic skill and fame; if Jupiter, he will be Lonoredby his sovereignand devoutry observant of religious vows; if Venus,he will beaddicted women to of ill,fame, opulentand voluptuous.

*-|ITarti \ilftrtrEE{rd( il B\ tl or{

Sloka 45. If Saturn aspectsthe Lagna, he will bave agedwives, will be uncleanand be mischief,making. If no planet aspect the Lagna, the astrologe. shouft make his prediction in accordancewith the planet connected with the sgrrftr (Lagna Rasi).

q;Eetfturi g Eqffi qd tqorr

oA srdiiqt nqr (M il qfr gqt I fiAf\isfud dpd nqst rruirq{ tf uq tl

},loka +6. When the Lagnais aspe*ed by its lord, the person born will be either a king or his favorite, wcalthy and well-off. lf the Lagna be aspecred by an auspicious planet,all will be auspicious. If bv an evii planet,everythingwill turn out ill.

t{u Zfr u*( r sd orf ETr@ grn wi x?Tt trsil gf(fi rnq{ilGtq!ll 8s fl
Sloha 47. When the Lagna is aspected by two or more beneficplanets,the person.bornis happy. When it ia aspected all the beneficplanets,he wifl be a king. by When there are three benefic planetsin the Lagna,th"e effect on the per$on born is, he wiil make a good ting.

sr 48-60

qtFtftnmrs

721

If there be three -tlefic planetsin the Lagna, witl be he uohappy.

oqrftfrsRruqngfrreel
itqfuei grrtqin{drfiqri: r

e3tR'Fffirfiftrgr
n{ g0{gffitruoprr n Bdtl
Sloha 48. The lord of the rising sign when poc, gessedof great strength and unaspectedby malefic planets, but aspected by benefic ones rnd occupying a Kendra position wards off death and secures to the child long life gracedwith the strong virtues of a vigo, rouE Bovereignty. Norrs.
See Adhyaya lV. Sloka 83, supra.

ll srE Udqt?1qsoqll
Irtv AT gd Rq ilqgril{:fil? Rii ai Rqr q I

frHiqenffqrfi tri*fttilfid

figr n B\ ir

Sloka 49. Wealth, visual power, ease, learning, speech, householdand food-these, the astrologerE re, cognise ao regularly derivablefrom the ZnJ bhava.

qfrgir ffifs'r qrqil fr-qtqtffiT{rrn ileenlqnrf\ftngTrilqFm

sr,rdT{orqfr frqgErc$tR,fr t iv'rr

oriiT rtftrrqttftrqgtont rgFqqr{ u \o tl

S/o&a 50. A person will have exceedingwealth (1) when the 2nd, the tlth and the lst bhavas in bic horoscope are occupied by their lords ; (2) when thc

llth bhavar are in the IIth lsr&ofthe?ndandthe bhava and happen to be in q*a (swakehetra), lneiu (Mithrakshetra) or in ereltation: (3) wheo the lorJs of the llth and the Znd bhavas, being friendly planete' occupy the Lagna and lastly (4) when the lord of the Lagnair in it in conjunction with the lordt of the 2nd and the tlth bhrvdq. Norrs.
Tbis sloka is also in sEl6{(t' Tbe following wealth'prbducing yogas are extracted frqm

131" iT.""" ","-" ""","",.""*w"..""

{l} cqtcr-I{r(

qilqoft+fatft {\' {q'Tltqrq*fi t saii rr,ptf+n: S+q qtqi ll +ehegrlm ftgqft{rtrrrfk{rq FrdI frftm qftft} qr+f,qd' {ft, r frar qR qT urcfitft?fiqrqqgt;qFqflqnrdftuqr
emqqn4ilqqilqT a&*l dafi q{ tl

Safgq"ftq(FqgarNoqfFqil 1 gla uf4qtfril g{g* {a gs5sq arntgrat fit atSg'qiaql'no qrEfi ti&( dqfq+ Tiq( tt. *riuegirm figgfinrig onte<r
qiaiFrrftaal .reqfr qsf*w 46qqqI

h-eB+)qfrqnr reqtqiqGt qfiaqqfq: qqfif\ft o qqtri frq: tl n*,<r*qettfr

fqaqft'la* qEr{gdttqqn{tqilr

fqfaal<*{6i{t&ni:1 mq&qnrfi*qift
::;1qfi: qrya)tql'e$6fia ;r;.frn'rftft :,tlFqql

s. cr

qFft$]silrqs

Ttg

ilfr H {ilil qg sn{. ffia nild' n qfrn:wfi +FsfrR qq ds g e.{rr qaqft: aqlrr6+lf*ftfeaaugtfr\ I
qRa'I fttqr qftipg.I qqqRqfR

qrff qt qT qrqswftilrigffifr: I
(z) qkTifi(r

qord ofraneqiqlqfitxrftqsfrqatnrftqil t .qtini qrlsil tt tilfr+tt uR qsrrt q-qrftt q qrqogaqia* r oriq\q ffit urufrrqrt+i=qFqt tt alt tilfqdmgt gqefgg+ eg-.exaolqfiilgnql: t illftqeqaqqrqqefrg* Gtq\q nRt qqd{rqrq tt tiR*aryi qrqlqqrtiri agravaorqfiilgnql: t elaifFqnq-qt{rqiitq\q +qiftti nfqt qq<rftqrt qlA gtrefz*il mil ag.anqort{gtfd tt Ebqggqttir orrtorq,rqtgqAfr+ dli ge.e,Riraf{iTfrniiiI e! gqiril qqqfrFnqinqr\ +geuaolr$ftqr* tt eexoigtr daat uati rawg orit ef\+ituatra e]"efq*qei gqdgtqI qrf,:e{t'iqqifrrgx+ft:tt t q{qt'{frqelqGeratq: *'qfFqafuqlqftangara fat titqfiqrmgilvqtrftrat* ef iqeilifiaqqtqt' tt flx: e.irsgraqiwfirqaftra* qtq sfto] qqqFg I qtn: *-efi+]qsQteqQurtfi eqtiqiift egr+lt:tt

q*qqre:q{*'fififf ri Affm qqqq{dlq; I

ffiqrd$fit wrorqtft riur disrrsqrtqgt( ll \t ll
Sloka 5L. Note first the planeroccqpyingthe Znd rhava; next, the planet aspectingthat bhava; tbirdly, 9Z

730

qtnTdlilt

Adh.xr.

the planet owning it. In the ripening of the dasasof theseplanets will the perlon concerned get his vtealth through a source indicated by the Varga attained by the wnrrfir (Dhanakaraka).

qra qt ilrt ftftqr{ ro{gi t c\

wqdgt {qqriiso dq rr\i tl

Bloka 52" When the lord of the Lagna occupies

the 2nd bhava in strength, the person born will pessess a treaEure If the planet in question be weak and asso, ciated with a malefic planet, the person concernedwill suffer the consequence of deception or other trick practisedupon him.

( ftnsv:d qffirdrqrg qlt\ gsqilFqfriil n\lfl

Sloha 53. When the planet occupying the 2no bhava is aepected by a malefic planet and is unfriendly to the lord of that bhava or in depression or eclipsed by the Sun'grays, the personborn will suffer pecuniary loss in the ripening of the dasa of that planet, The samething happenowhen the planet in question in its progresEthrough the zodiac becomes powerful for evil.

qafuarqrrsdtr wdfrqrtwfqilffl t sler

rord r $gr{qfi qg+{gt qqtnaq}qqt qgtrftrc.Jfrqi {Tq{ q}emrqrfiqrgr \s tl n

Sloha 54, When thc 2nd bhava is occupied by many (benefic) planets and the qrffir$r (Dhanakarala) ia poreessed atrenglh m occupies its exaltation, a friend, of ly sign or its own house ;fue person born, say the artrologere, will be getting wealth till the moment of his death.

sl. 65-5?

qsrq{tss{q:

73r

Nores. (Dhanaprada) may also rrean the lord of the znd s-{tr{
bhava.

itqrdit qlqlhr g* urd q qrilft{ {tft | qrilrr;Trfiar qgrtirni}qilaqi qr( \\ qreRt

Stoka 55. When the lord of the Znd bhava is in with the lord of the 3rd, the person the Lagna associared born will get wealth acquired by a brother. If the lord of the 4th bhava take the placeof the lord of the 3rd bhava in the abovc,the pcrson concerrtedwill inherit property from his mother. Generally, wealth comesin conncction with that bhava whereof the lord occupies the Lagna in conjunction with the lord of wealth.

iiqpfiir urt oqErtfiqqrisqafr iiqiq t

qmrEd rq o{rq+art aoqor 'Fqtifrftrqr{\E a

S/ofur 56. When the lord of wealth occupies the Lagnaand the lord of thrt bhava occupics the Znd, wealth comesto the person born without any effort at all. Whatever bhava the lords of the lst and ?nd bhavasmay together occupy, it is through that bhava that acquisition of wealth on the part of men usually takesplace.

ff(i

trEt *.t g*det q q{ qEEr{ tqr u \s tl

Sloka 57. When the Moon occupying the Znd bhava is aspectedby Venus, tire person born will be rnunificent If Mercury in the 2nd bhava be aspected by a berefic planet, he will have, be it remembered wealth at his commandat all cimes.

SEGttIqi ghor ftttiqel {ffII q I

782

wwrqrM

AdL )n.

qmrt a{dr{ Er}sdr wt{frfrr ri,rcp q stfr iGg

Sloha 58. Note in what quarrer the lord of the Znd bhava is; it is in that quarter chiefty that men will find their prosperity during the dasa period of the tord of che 2nd bhava:for when moving ordinarily the planet leadsto the acquisition of wealth in the region indicated. If it be retrograde ar the time of birth, there will be acquisition of every valuablething in all quarters.

qqlffi qr ffi ffiqi (fu{ qrt ae sPdHi$qr

qlt ornigt or*+$rnrri I rriq ilrgfr*qfr qr&m{rt 'nfrqr{, rr\q ll

S l o k a 5 9 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e 2 n d b h a v ab e i n t h e l l t h a n dt h e l o r d o f t h e l l t h b e i n t h e 2 n d o r t h e 1 l t h , or if the lords ol the 2nd and the l lth bhavasf rom the Lagna occupy a Kendra, the personborn wili be wealthy and renowned. tqera+
\\\ f,fl{ gq(Ezra rrf,rFaqqgFrr{: ll

qTntqrrt ori arqqdt sqftqa:r

qil qqqsq 6qtt'fl+rfisqqrt ortir ftgr-uQaqi il fi;rr{Fr{ 1 Q. tl

Sloka 60. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in the 12th or the 6th, or the lord of the 12th in the 2nd, and the planet owning the tlth occupy the 6th, the 8th or the lZth, the effect will be loss of wealth.

qtt aqqqmqfr ffit {oEffrtI ghdi{i o} ft-{nrdqq'frer qq rl n

sI.61-64

qsrqcfrsqrq;

t,
the lord of the Znd bhava is without strength and the Lagnais not aspected benefic planets,the astrologer by shouldpredict loss of wealth.

oirrrqflrRr qiir onnrihi I n ortt qrfior0 ftuqritqqqwqq ERll

Sloho 62, If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 2od bhava and the lord of the latter cccupy the l lth or the lord of the llth occupy the lst, the person born will or get treasure other valuableproperty. NorBs.
etirir .{ i{,ze.i is another reading'

t o*rqqalTFi{rs q(IlJqiqrrigets

trEr ttfrqiqr.rrErsfi fiid,{ir rrtq ti Ql rt

Stoku 63. When the lords of the lst, llth, 2nd and the 9th bhavashaveattainedtheir highest exaltation (uide Adhyaya I. sl,44' Navamsa, Vaiseshikamsas or 471,the petson born will be lord of a crore or crores. Cf. {{iriii.mqft

t oainrrqqrlrn, KqlqinRgar:

+]frairqtd.rt tirft,rit ofit nqr

qrqqu{{gh Totq}qiqtl ll EB ll
Sloku 64, When the lord of the Znd bhava is eclipsedby the Sun's rays and in depression and in a malefic 60th portion of a sign. the person born will becomeplunged in debt. NorBs.
For tbe same eflect the following yogai quoted in at6f61iil.

qiir Rtqffir=sA lffirt

134

qftriF(TtREfrd

Adh.xr.

q|Eqi qsq*

qK' tl ur<iqilar gr+d\rr} ;nqrQf\icoRl*

q "qt s +qlqil qqg* fi? r

g*;gaqnmtiu$rcitqrrqr: I
q{gtfrt}tre*,fi'qeilq1 ll q\ ll
SloAa 65. A person b:comes night,blind when Venus, the Moon and the lord of the 2nd bhava are together in one bhava. When the Sun, Venus and the lord of the lst bhava are invisiblc (beingin that portion of the zodiacwhich compriscs thc bhrvas from 2 t o 1 , b o t h i n c l u s i v e ) ,t h c p e r s o n c o n c c r n e d i l l h a v e w eyeeof medium, visual power.
NorEs. This ( s+ in qm:) in the liglrt of Sloka 5s of Adhyaya 6 s h o u l db e t a k e n t o r e f e r t o t h e l s t b h a v ao r t h e L a g n a . cf . qRIdtd+K

gm:ftgfb*,il qgRfifh qt' !ts{tq;sa;{'

q;qtFg: nrtgt<grr{ilfi:
Also

q5qqrfi rfdsit: ll

gn"g'otngt taart fi{q-q: qwtqeD g}i I

gilfi qr ontlq gh warilqTd;qi qEqa{retn tl

I ftsqftTrnilqsgtil ftWqqfbruiil'Tlnils

crrrs tt fk(tfrFlqnn{r{utft tt QQ frusqq;qsrr

Sloka (,6, If the lords of the lst, 2nd, 7th,9th and tlre {.th bhavasoccupy the 6th, 12th and the Sth, and if Venug be associated with the Lagna, the person born will be blind.
Notes. Some books read qd{t: This sloka appearsin alfld(Qfrvitlr a diflerent reading for the 3rd ct('aa., Rorrqqi;qrrtikilt q1

sl.6?-s9

ttrFrqlftsqrq:

186

qittqtql qR sqqrfi {utq rtrt *qq?+e itIs qe

Sloha 67. When Venus occupies the Lagna in conjunction with the lord of the 5th and the 5th bha, vas,the person born will run the risk of losing his eyes in consequence the displeasureof his sovereign. of When the lord of the 2nd bhava and Mars are ln the Lagna, professors of astrology declarethe effect to be ear,ache.
cf. qrcmGil

fter gertl{gfrRs} atrr*rflqwnqr(r I

nRhfqerq nqrfiarql oia adlq faouattt qril: rl atq ,{}ti fiitfr+ iaqromlqla{i

i* qErqrqrgiqqltqia t (fr wutiT: tl Ed ll

x;qnffi gib*agt ti,ft dr g Hrrp t

Sloha 68. When Saturnand lvfarsare togetherin by the 2od bhavawhich is occupied its lord in conjrnction with crFE(Mandi), the effectwill be eye-diseare. If therebe several planets in the Znd bhavaand malefic Saturn aapect the same,the person born will have dieeased eyes(will be blear,eyed).
NotBs. a rofe' This sloka appearsboth in IH{{RT and eel*iii-dtqfi. rence to these two works enablesus to get at the antecedent of dT in the above slolia as referring to the 2nd bhava.

I t}{ri g{si gqgi}gfsQrir

gqq( rh q*( ll qq tl gqt{ufut qrsfr

SioA<r69 Wh:n the lord of the Znd bhava is by associated with or acpected benefic planetsor occu, pies a Navamsa owned by them, the person born will have fine eyec.

736
cf. qRffi(6

qt(TcrRqft

Adh xL

antQdtt t snfti nl'qqfq gh q-orflqt qta' tt t* g\ nqqia{t il ft'qrFqa, n}'qErn

qrfrqft$Ur*r Tfirt U*R,.d.rtFqt gt nariqR*'q{,iffii Erqfufififr 3ql R-{r5{t'ft\AAilqt wrcaqdsQft

qnr +IEqUwU{ qilri u* q qftfqt 11 ll so

Sloha 70. When a benefic planet is in the Znd bhava occupying its exaltationand other benefic vargas, the person born will be fair-faced. If the Znd bhava consiet of the vargasof an auspicious planet, he will without doubt acquire the faculty of speakiogwell. If by Mars aspected the Sun cccupy the uawn (Dhanabha' (Ajyasparsa). If Rahu w), the person gets sTrEI{tq* by aspected a malefic planet occupy the 2nd bhava, he will have to subsist chiefly on the coarse grain called *qq (Kodrava). Norps.
This sloka appearsto have beenpatched up out of two slokas from qftd{d. The following is the latter half for the 6rst two lines.

qrftt qflgt grrgi <ilqrRq,iFqt gqsh qT{nk}fr Bqq. tt tie}l qonge

cf , sclifi.{rcft

qfs q.qF{qq sfR?i {}u} fiirsrqT ftqadirgqnt qTt

Sq ffftagt q;uTqilt FqFqFgilRfiqii qqsfif,f,Fflt: ll
.IIGcic?iis said to be a kind of Prayaschitta.

oqremWsil St qrrcifkt t

srrqgdsftSftqi trtqF( qqFwl ll \el ll

st"?1-?4

q6r{rfrsqrq;

737

Sluka 71. When one of the two planets-the Sun or Mars,-occupy the Lagr:a the 7th, the 2nd or the 8th and is aspectedby the other, errcctt{i(Ajyasparsa) cr risk of fire or small,poxmay happen. Norr,s.
Cornparethe follorving two lines frour "ilr{d{Rfwhich constitute the latter half of the last trvr: lines of the previous sloka.

drrrffirrrqnTs(lf;irggdsaar aqiq 5i eit;qFqiq?lrfsdtlaqqqr :,ilenq tt eqfirft.f\

Also

fieassuqfiarrr\ fttag.n fofaqggtr

StE ur 4TRiasdD rn:zifsiift liqE4oirer tl

qfidi sqT+ Edqrqtq{ti{i I *wair ;r(f qlqi(Elirgiburflain sR tl

Sloka 12, When the :ird bhava rs occupied by p m a l e f i c l a n e t st,h e p c r s o nb o r n w i l l b e u g l y , f a c e do r foul,mouthed. If tlig bhava be aspect:d by a malefic planet,he will be fretful; if rire lord of that bhavabe with Gulika, he will be wicked associated

qggi{Ear dnq ilt gq* qErI drqffirqrl0 ggf gqEtftt u uQ11

Sloka 73. S/hcn the lord of the 2nd bhavaoccupies a Kendra, the persorrborn will have a beamingfacc and be {ortunate. lf the planec be in its exaltation,in its own or a friendly varga and aspectedby a bencfic planet,the personwill be fair"f;iced.

qrlirrqir q {rW+ q gtrrEtr;ffiEnrrErr?q+I qr* uili ilar q;rnqr arTq flarftniil{flqggqft uu

?38

qRrcqrftdrt

Adh. xI.

Sloka 74. When the lord of the Znd bhavaasso, ciated with Rahu occupiesa g:eiliT (Dusthhana) and is in conjunction with the lord of the Rasi occupied by Rahu, the pereon born will have tooth diseasein the ripening of the dasaof the lord of the 2nd bhava and in the eub-periodbelonging to that planet, and a tongue malady in the sub,period of Mercury.
cf . ;lEr;n{Gt

qrqrqtqeq?r qT srt] ngftrrmnlfuqugt I

q-dlRiiq: qaqq kvi g.i\ iritqt qqef-'d irSI: tl

ilgGiltqufi wfrTgdt
,frqTt* ffiarM

(ffii Tfirfrmft EritFr*

qrilr{ttR rrdtrrrrft{sgq.I qtaq. u e\ tl

Slahu 7i. If Rahu and tbe lord of the 2nd bhava be in conjuncrlon with the lord of the 3rd bhava, the person born will become iiable to a throat dieease a of 'fhe bhava severe type. Sun and Saturn in the 2nd poverty. Mars and Saturn in the samebhava engender produce every kind of disease.

wqdt g{gt il{rt q5ilr*q r

Sloka.'16, When the lord of the 2nd bhava is in the 8th place therefrom in conjunction with Jupiter, dumbnees will be the consequence. In every casein which a planet is in exaltation or in its own houre, it doee not produce the evil referred to above. .Norris.
Comparewith this the trrst'half of sloka 79 infra"

11 nr6q g (fr dtqeffi nr ttuQ

sl. 77-80

{rsr{tfrssqrq:

789

{FfrWrqt}g ftf*d rnrig q I hls il kslt {r qd n RqqrFqirs tl lt qr

Sloha 77. If the lord of the 2nd bhava, Mercury and Jupiter occupy the gth bhava from ir, ih. p.rron born will be destitute of learning. If they be in a Kendra, Trikona or in a Swakshetra, he will have acquaintance with somebranch of knowledge.

eiiEr&t u S+dil qfira{Tri{qnrruc tl

Sloha 78. If Mcrcury be weak in the 2nd bhava, the personborn will be killed in a ,Juel. If Jupiter and the lord of the 2nd bhava be ugeakin the 2nd bhava, the personconcernedwill have wind dieease.

ftKtigft ftt tr{sqanJ r q+q

*ttqq F$F. Ut qqriwqi q qil | {r${Ri d.qgt fHrtr knft'rt n tqt q irFdt tl
Sloka 79. When the lord of the 2nd bhava occu, pies the 8th placefrom it in conjunction with Jupiter, the peraon l;orn will be a mure. A person *tuta U" eloquent wherr thc lord of the 2nd bhava, occupies a Trikooa or Kendrafrom it in conjunction rrith a benefic planetand is also itself benefic.

qw{di{* {tsft {Fql qeilfrrr\ rt co tl

S/oAa 80. When the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Znd bhava istenefic and is in its exaltation or aspected a bensfic by planet or is in a qrrtqilirr(Paravathamsa), person borri rhe will Ur.to. quent and clever.

{r{rM{rt fi.t di {r grdifktI

740
! v v v t r v ! v v v t v v t Y w v v v v v v v v Y v v v ! v v r !

qrdSqtKata
! ! Y ! l @

Adh, XI.

*.{ffi

qp,rrqt qr .rihf,frqtqtr tt <t ll ggi

qii {h dr{ {ri qft t

a Slofa 81. A person will becc'me mathematician Mer' when Jupiter is in a Kendraor Trikona, and when cury owning the 2nd bhava or Venus is il) exalratiorl'

qm qkqRirErri{rt qfta<i r qdq g*rftH qrfrqatqt ll 41 lr

82. A person becomes a machematician r^loArt when Mars is in the 2nd bhava in conjunction witir a the beneficplanetand Mercury aspects sameor occuple$ a Kendra.

irFrrrEt iTit Wgritiiiqi t {ir

qr({dtdrsqrit a*gfilqilrms ll dQ ll

Stofra 83. When the Sun or Mars bcirig the lord by Jupiter and Venus or of the 2nd bhava is aspected (Paravathamsa),the person has attained the qRreai{t of born will be devotedto the science argttmentatioll'

tqoiqodgfi gir ffiqi'{i

i iiirrugtet uf,*q*t qiqtr ll 4s ll

Sloha 84. Vy'hen Jupiter in full strength is the by the Sun irnd lord of the 2nd bhava and is aspected Venus, the personborn will becomea grammarian'
cf . iKI4'(q

gil qqrq qatoigh q*'4 Sq q rfpgh t gh va datris,iqif! qrdtqi: fl;4filqillat( ll

iiltaqftrrlrqr{ hqtlfr gi qft r

gtq uilEr Et t* qiil{d'{} ll z\ ll

sr 85-89

q6rqTirsrqlq:

14i

Sloha 85. A person will be devoted to Ontology when Jupiter occupying a Kendra or Trikona is aspecl, ed by Mercury and Venus, and Saturn is in a qnr.rai?r (Paravathamsa).
qld{{Fr

ua gt dqrrt afirg ql{rqilFtgttqii I

g.) util qr dgqTqgb iqr-f,falnq{Fl0t:sr( ll

Tr1{tlqiTgrT! qti Erq"{qfuit U

ffrarqi,irgdt Erril{riu\gt rt <Qrr

Sloha 86. A person becomes proficient in the a six sciences whcn Jupiter is in a Kendra, Venus hrs attaineda fhareci{r(simhasanamsa) Mercury, owning and Navamsaoccupied by the planetin the 2nd bhava the is in a wgti'r (Gopuramsa).
cf . qTftfi(d

qEilTafqlh;q{is,rsit{ gt q nrqr;irrdg} q ll

sqsrhq ut iltrt nigdrt r ar qd-t uRerequfi qruqd{r*tr c\etl

Slo.trr87. When the lord of rhe Znd bhava has attaineda Gopuramsa and Venus a paravatamsa,the personborn will have all his peopleliving rrnder his protectionand prospering happily.

ilrfh iflwfti

A\T

g grtus qt qln n cd tl

sloko 88. The ratter harf of tbis sloka is missing in arl tbe manuscriptsavailable and the sloka cannot thereforebe made our_

qTqrggr*rJgft fueqrqgd gsd q msquc*a{iqiilr1 I frqrit\ qo{it sruftrt Er

gsrm qRqfft {-S}r( u dqtl

742

wrf,$1rrFdr*

Adh. xI.

Sloka 89. The lords of the ?th and the 2nd bhavas with Venus or malefic planets and badly if associated placed,will causethe loss of one or more wives accord. ing as one or more planets in conjunction with them are g:vr< (Dusthhana). But if the lord of the 2nd in the or the 7th bhava be strong occupying ite exaltation and other beneficVargas,only one wife will fall to tlre lot of the personconcerned

ft,i qrrgifr qreaq{ qt+gffirGqt r qtq ufuqrnqitfr {rf{gft o}arfqqei

frfuguRi o{frhfriki uRrqrqqfi

rtrt qrqiifiiqi qa.rilsilils *qqrRu{ n 1o tl

Sloka 90. If the lord of the 2nd blravaoccupy the Iagna or other Kendra in conjunction wich Venus and the Moon, the person born will have a silver plate to eat out of. lf the lord of the gfktuta (Bhukthisthana) b: in the above circumstances in conjunction with the Moon and Venus, tltc eatiuqplate will be Juprter, and the 2nd bhava be gold. If the lords of the LagLra of in conjunctionwith Satrrrn,the astrologcr may declare the plate to be of iron or otber less costly metal. If by an evil planet occupy the 2nd blrava Mars aspected the personborn will haveto suhsiston bad or unwhole' somefood. Nores.
This as well as the next sloka are found in qlnqi((.

I wlt ffiH* uPmrft ElErfrEosrgqsrwrt

ffiqrh qrqiitiqt q g*i qlqrqRit\i iil lrqttl

Slofta 91. When rhe lord of the Znd bhavaasso' ciated with a malefic planet is io the 60th portione

sl. 92-95

qsrqfrsslmt

748

(Shashtyamsa) termed qrErfr (Davagoi) qqgs (f)andayu, (Kala) and in a depression Navamsa and da) or +ro aspected aleo by a malefic planet, the person born will be a glutton. If the planet owning the 2nd bhavabe conjoined with or aspected benefic planets,the evil by rnentionedabove will not follow.

g{gi eqlt s{rfgi t u?tnqri

g{qigrffi gs{S{ rt rr\ tt qRll

Slohu 92. If a beneficplanetoccupythe 2nd bha, va and the lord thereof be in conjunction with a benefic planet and if the bhava or the lord of the sameor both be aspected a beneficplanet,the personborn will eat by agreeable meals.

q{rqu{ a-{t{"frfrqqrsqFqi t atq(aq(tfst u rqqnrqrrdr ql rl

Sloha 93. \\/h; the lord of the 2nd bhava is in depression in conjunction with an inimical planet or by and aspected a planet in depression,rhe person born will eat mealssuppliedby another reviling them at the sametime,

ndfquraft uiknt ola{iiqi r qn{eur ahitrTffi:Tg n qBtl fut

.SloAa 91. Ilthe lordof thc gi*-rrra(Bhuktibhava) be aspected the lord of the Lagna, the person born by will eat timely meals; but this will not be the caseif the giuarq (Bhuktinatha) be in a depression Navamsa by and aspected a malefic planet.

eqnftdiqrqr eilq UFiffit gt ui t qili g,ia riet qaqritsq{htff q\ rl

114

qRrscrftsfie

Adh. XI.

S/oAn 95. of palatable food "when the gfo.arw (Bhukthinarha)is in an auspicious housein exaltation, aspected a benefic by planet and occupies a bene{ic Erei{r (Shashty,amsa) such as is termed qg (Mridu)

gdt,.ft $qilfr qor& eleftqh qr qslfh*qTI gqqQr: ft;qmra ed waq g$sarft+ grqq.ll

Erssitqgi r Wy,*rlti qt e<ttr qti"rq,gar

Et arqgqqfti irslt 1Qrr

Sloha 96. When the lord of the Znd bhava is Saturnor in conjunction with Saturn,or is aspected in depression Saturn,the person born will be continu, by ally eatingin Sraddhas.

itarqqtirqR iqt"i {*;qil niT$l{Inrg* r qqi qor6rGrrflrfftrieqri\otq*r qs twdir Rrr( ll tfr clltsrlftsrriqqrfiilsrqrqill
Sloku 97. When Jupirer is in a iirarsrriar (Simha, sanamsai, Venus in a drgrtn lGopr,ramsa) the lord of and the 2nd blravabeing possessed strength occupiesan of tmaia (Iravathamsa), the person born will maintain an untold number of dependents,
Nortis. This sloka is also rn .dkt{(fr.

End of the ltrh Adhyaya.

qrasqrftqriUrEEf[suqlqi
n UftqrC{}TrEsrfr tl
^A,dhyaya XlI.
-h-ti ngaves. TttE. ultt.uc'fs or.- rrti- -Jnu AND 1'rIl..

u srq e diqilq$o{ tl

siergqiadtqilmqsTaqn? roaerqi(qrwtqirutii t
\a ^Q9 tr{Tq {rrdoq[o50T{rilTFr

qS ildiq{firr( 5qqi1s^rr?tt t tt
Sloka 1. I am going to treat of the following which are deduciblefrom thc 3rd bhava in the order of : their enumeratio,'r Ihe welfare of the elder and youngerbrothers, enterprisg,darir,g,voice, tone, ear, articles of apparel, steadiness, valour, selectornaments, strength,edibleroots and fruits.
.{l4.fitq{oI

sdqtqrqq fr+tqi q{l;firllqEqfifiqi q t mq qlql ll fiql{qr qldmilteARtq{tqqrq

sld.d((.T

qolqriit:qRqlf\{fr qtq UqrRgqa*diq t

neu soqnqi TqilFg gr\ ililqrqfil[frrfr{tl ffi{t{q{Iqt q qrcsrdr qtq[rl{ ll R ll

94 '.r45

qrdqrt Wi{ q q}6TE{rwq{ |

716

lrknFcrfurr

Adh.xll.

Sloku 2. The placewhere a brother can be look, ed for is the 3rd, the gth, the l lth or the ?th bhava from the Lagna. In the dasa period of the lord of any one of the several bhavas named, men may have an acquisition in the form of a brother.

xqstfueq@r
qEr r6{Tdq ({r irdEtdET il 1 rl
Sloku 3 Find which of these three is srrongeEt : alz. (1) the lord of the 3rd bhava ; (t) the lord owning the Rasi occupied by the same; (3) the planetoccupying the 3rd bhava. The dasa of the strongest of these planets will lead to the increaae brothers. of

dt roaHi{qf$dq} utq t
M rd qq rrrsfis ltus (tfdsil I t,l rT
Sloha 4. If Mars occupying the 3rd bhava be without strength,the person will have long lifa Il the cnt (KaraLa) of the uqrrra (Bratrubhava) i.e. Mars be in the Lagna,the person will be powerful.

qs q?qsdWftqlrftsrGfr qq&E-( | il ll {qurnRqiefr qrEfrfi qurfucr \ ll

Sloho 5. The +no (Karaka) the 3rd bhavathat of poeitionat the time of is strongand at an advantageou$ prosperity. The lord of the a per6on'sbirth, produces evenwhen endowedwith strength leade to 3rd bhava decaywhen in the 10th placefrom the Lagna.
NorBs. It will be observedthat the latter half of this sloka is merely an illustration of the general principle enunciatedin XI-4, 8 and t5 tupru.

sl, 6-f
-*-*_.ry.

rrqrflsrrq'

141

dffi

qrq*ft {qrfi {r xrgifnn il{d ll q ll

{rd.rfr*frKqqr r

Sloha 6. If the lord of the 3rd bhavaand Man occupythe Sth, there will be loss of brothers' If the with ic t*o ll-.ts be in a malef sign or in conjunction into etisteoce a maleficplanet,they will bring brothers aod takethem away.
qlild(il

qrtfhil fritatnrrg' I aT{rftq* drqqapl'+fl

qnaiil qlq{ql{i} il Hlglqgrqra finltq: tt

{r flqd,il rtqtqr** ilqt{rfi qlq(qmd I

Ar\

il{rfi a,<rRquu{qfr Hq{ {utificlft-qrukrll s ll ^rrroo

1. If the lord of the 3rd bhava and it! eire (Karaka i.e. Mars ; ztide Adhyaya II' sf' 5t) occupy their depression signs or depressionNavansag' or Le in conjunction with malefic planets or in malefic of 60th portions sqtt (Shashtyamsa) a sign srtrch ": T (Krura) and others, their influence will be to bring brd' thence ih.r, into the world and to remove them premattrrely. Norns.
The 6rst rI( reads thus in ntd6(q'

*qTfr61'.1mrte*'

**ffiofaqsd

eq6etam*

fq,it ,{rfAfqarilgqg* gnifhil r

vget6ilftf'la' gaF5ftfan,i
gtq {q;'{,lTssfi fiqqnrf}qt tl

748

wraocrRqrf

Adh. xrl.

qqrefrdQerodFqgsrqil qrg: 6n.rq1

{:Frrrt{ q};g{{Ua} &q aneqr}
sr(;zilaelxrqan, I S:Fqq qftegnFgqerd:

aRaqr frqraqqrra] srqlfra$aa:ll q^rdqilqrgk ql ilrhsfi qr t qft

qrsitqrei frsc{r{ri{ n d tl ilsTffirqh

Sloka 8. When the 3rd bhava, its arro (Karaka) or its lord is asscciatedwith a very malefic planet, the personborn will lose brothers in his early years..

qtEi alslrri qoft.tqrqrilEttlErc1fiGt I

ifar{sRqq{ud q {HcT{rgsEGTI {$( il q tl
Sloka 9. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in ,rear atrength in the 8th bhava and if the urq*n* (Bhratrukaraka)be in conjuncrion with a malefic planetand also with the lord of the 4th place from the 3rd bhava, the person born, say the astrologers, will have brothers from a step mother.

qft ]rruarfi g{gt *wqf fkrgr

qHFsFfqrqi nqURrnrq t clli aF( eruttrgvemrltIIIqsl dwqr-Wqdi-qi $a qqh sfiErq. lo ll !t
S/ofa 10. If the 8rd bhavabe occupiedby benefic planets,the brothers of the person born (say the astrologers)will have long life. lf there .be maleficplaneto in the bhavaanclmaleficones aspectit also,the brothers will die prematurely. The Sun occupying the 3rd bhava and aroectad by a malefic planet kills the elder

.sl. rl-13

eq'drsqr{'

749

born. Saturn in such a pcsition removes the next younger brother; and Mars, if in the same position, dcesaway with all the youngerbrothers. Norss.
This and the next nine slol<as lrre also found in f,kTdtiT.

fi*orhi qR qrqdt qdkrnrqgqa{il{q I grilqqTt qrf\ziqfg{rgii ftqqii qqf}ilil t I tl

{iloku 77. If ;r maleficplanet occupya Trikona or a Kendra from the .3rdbhava, the consequence be will the loss of the next youngerbrother. If a beneficplanet occupysucha position,it will redoundto the prosperity of the younger brotl'rer. If there be a combination of good and bad planets in the positionsreferredto, the .effectwill be mixed.

gsQffi dc(sriqg*'qnqroftIalqfi qdla t fiqlrrilrrTfi6gnfi ili qqa{racQftprqillRrl

Sloha IZ. If the lvloon in conjunction with the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a g:tqrc(Dusthhana), the personborn, say the astrologers, will suck the breastof one, not his own mother. When the lords of the 3rd and the 4th bhavasare in the latter,the xqvra (Bhratru, bhavaflourishesnot.

lfiqrilE*ftEtd qtmwqr{ifr qR ;ngqs I arq fnrailttgcrTr{silifi$g(r @fitrq n tl rr

Slofta t3. If the lords of the 3rd and the 4th bhavasbe in conjunction with Mrrs, they l::l to the birth of an younger brother; if in conjunction with other planets,there may be no youngerbrother. Saturn in the 3rd bhava brings about the loss of the next born;

760

qrilt6qrft'Jfrt

Adh. XH.

the brotherg that follow.

wwrfi oGn Rqr\ s{uat sasrr&nt I qrdTgqeilrR qr( $qrttesqt et* tr tB tl rqw:
Sloku 14. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy ao invieible sign or be in the ?rh bhava in conjunction with a malefic planet, the person born will have one younger brother and no more. The gamewill be the caseif the lord of thc rrr{qr{ (Bhratru,bhavr)occupy a male ei {Varga) in a visible sign and be alao in con, junction wirh a maleficplaner.

g HrARTaqillgq{it ilqr$fi qrqt

ftrq$ gqtqifrrdgi*.dlaffit
q{rsnRrffiifu

gt;q-*rfrlqil r srq{ qR qrfitor rrirrqr {qt$rfoqqr{ lt t\ tl

.Sloha 15. If the lord of the 3rd bhava be Ia a malesign (aide Adhyaya l, S/. l3), the owner of the horoecopewill have a your.tgerbrother born after him, If the planet in question should tje associatedwith or acpected Venus and rhe Moon in an even sign, or if it by occupy a Kendra or Trikona identicalwith an auepiciouc sign in conjunction with or aspected a benef planet, by ic the after-born brother will b: long.lived, healthy and continuously happy.

rrfrsrq]q;ilrq<rsilftilitirRrrilsqil il-t{ n tq tl
Slola 16.- lf the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the I"agnaor in conjuncrion with its lord, the child born ncxt to t}re native will be securefrom danger. If the

t*rcrnqil1 ilgA irnt qM

r I

sl. 17-18 *"" ", - oc-*,

\\

tqfrsqpr:

tl6l

tt,r

*4 -

oTrrFnrnq{ilqqillrqgq{ttaq{-dqdTs$cil T{Fd I

'L7. Sloha A personmay have as many elder born as there are planets in the I I th and the t2rh bhavas from the Lagna taken together. The after,born will be as many ae the number of planets in the 3rd and the 2nd bhavasfrom the Lagna.

srqsntqqrqrdf+qait;?r^qqrqaftqgllcnrf sqqFil(qu! 11 ll ls

Trqq[ril{R*frilgm ffiqffi

qqEr

Gnirs ilEuft*qqrsgsmi {rtfr T{ | q-tfr qG ilqqgftS{rr ffie qrngiil{

S/ofra 18. The gistersand brothersthat a persoD mayhaveborn after him will be as many,at all eventa, as thereare planets in his horoscopeconjoined with the lord of the Tr{}rriT (Bhratrubhava,) urrc (Karaka), its the planetaspecting and the one occupyingit, proviit ded out of thesefour an accountis taken only of those that may predominace strength. If the four planetr in already mentioned be depressed, eclipsed or in an ini, micalaign, their influence witl be to do away with everybrotheror sisteras they are born. In case these planetsbe friendly and posseosed strengtb, they of secure long life to every one of the person's youoger brothersand sieters.

q{rs n s{FilewRu{frns wtgcrmt n qdtl

rrrEerrdqfq+cqg$ * qt{qd qqr nwnnrso{d trqilil flqtftur*oql t

762

qnnoc|nqrA

Adh. XII.

tatr q-oq*q{sn $enir{ndqur

qtrdililcifEraqgsqtrff{aqrgqr! || qq ||

Sloha 19. If two out of the 4 planets,viz. the urq +n+ (Bhratru,karaka), the lord of the 3rd bhava, the planet aspectingthe last-mentioned bhavaand the one occupying it - if two out o{ thesefour planetsbe strong, their preservative well as destructive influence on as the bhavawill be equal. If three of the four planetsbe a strong,they will cause slight diminution in the num, ber of brothers. If someout of the three strong planets be leminineand occLrpybad places, they would add slightly to the number of younger brothersand sisters possibleunder the othcr iroroscopic conditions and the number of such aftcr-born will be the number of whole traversedby the lord of the xrqrrrtt(Bhratru, Navamsas bhava)in the sign it is in.

qi\+ q{Ert ?Trqili qoq.I i}qi qef,rqd elircnilHft! {tws {Tils il Roll
Sloka 20. Ascertain how many planetshavebenefic dots in the 3rd place from Mars in that planet's Ashtakavarga. From this list deduct those that are inimical or depressed. The remainder will give the number of brothers and sisters to be born aggregate

r,rT*dqeid\ ilTfi 1iqqfnft r dqirsqi arci xneugq{* u Rt u

(Bhratrubhava) Sloha 2t. The lord of the qTEITIET and Mars occupying a sign owned by a femaleplanet of and capable causingthe birth of brothers and sistere to will provebeneficial the brothers: The sameplanets occupying a sign belongingto a male planet under the

sL.22-24

Er(qfrs.qFqr

763

same circumstances will be auspicious the sisters to that the Jatakawill have.

qlil: naJqfrorqgift qa(t ffiKfrsaTail rt 11 ll iq

Sloko 72. If the 3rd bhavafrom the Lagnabe connectcs by a femalefrr (hora) i.c. the Moon's, or by occupied a female planet, the pcrson born will have a sister next after himself. If the conditions be other. vrise, i.e., the hora of the 3rd bhava or the planet occupying it be male, the person concernedwill have a brother born immediately after irim.

gt didrqrqrgEttrtur ft urgutiiorrq t

$tt[s {Ttqrqt{nqqii dRqel t ae q {sffiresffiiqi Rrffirr;il{{rrg lt il ll

Slaha 23. The +rr+ (Karaka) of the $rrqlTrq (Bhra, trubhava), its lord, the planer aspecting and the one it, occupying it-these four are beneficial or otherwise in periods. their dasaand antardasa

It st{sdiqgrrtet5aq'rnirwgvr Ecql ftqrftwiTmtirdu Rgoftuen RBtl n

Sloka 74. Asccrtain rhe Navamsaattained by the four classes planetsexplainedin the precedingsloka. of Take away from them those amsas that representdepres, sion, inimical and eclipsed Navamsasand doublethe swakshetra and exaltation Navamsas. The result will representthe number of the afCer-borns. Thefotlowing sloka tr"J#il; gives another method:

qolnrdurqfFqniql q ,i}qrFqat{i $qt1dt} r nqlqri{ q ntq ,ft"q Bqrqdq H(qr:tqq lt

95

qtnrad

Adh; XIL

Find the number signified by ( t ) tt Navamsa occupied by the lord " of the 3rd bhava (2) the Navamsa occupied by Mars and (3) the Navamsa where the lord of the 3rd house' from l\Iars is posited. Add theseand take a third. This will represent the numher of after-borns,

o}ttgqsktqn qrrftEgqqilf u R\ tl
Sloha 75. It is with reference to the ?th place from the xrqrilir (Bhratru bhava) in a person's horoscope should ao astrologer make a prediction regarding his brother's wife. Thc planetsthat inf luencethe brother's fortunes for the worse or the better are (l) the lord of the Lagna(2) Mars and (3) the lord of the llrd bhava.

xErrnftmi r {tq Eftarcurrfrur

q.,fi;qftefrgdg {ilflqt

qie w"nr;qi'*uqqt fr qCITai

ulqql ffiqt a itlTrqqrgr RE tl n
Slohu 26. There will he much fraternal affeclion amongthe brothers ,:f a person ii the lord of the xrqrrra (Bhratru bhava) in his horoscope be in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna. If these two planetr, of being naturally friendly and possessed Btrengthat the same time, occupy the Lagna or the 3rd bhava, asttologers say there will ba no partition of property among the brothers (during their life time). Norrs.
This as well as slokas 27, 30 and 32 appear in TRF[-(.

unFltr qRt qRffit' t

olugqatqsl ff qtt?H;fr;qffi q*

q giawPeasn*l qRn giurrrilg{d r

6t 87-99

rrqrtsqrq:

756

mqfr{aq[qr({oi eqFrq$wi
mfreiqrr*qtgno{darRt{ tt Retl dq
Sloha 27. If the lords of the Lagnaand the 3rd bhava be weak and mutually inimical, or if the planet occupying the 3rd bhava and its ort+ (Karaka) be weak is and occupy a g:tsri (Dustbhana),the astrologer to say, the dasa (wo'Paka)of there will arise at the time when the weak, inimical or ill-placed pl.rnet maturesitself, quarreland confusion along the brothers, their ruin, waste of wealth, culminating in rankling feuJ or closing reconciliation and other such events according to the nature of the planets associated with those that bring about a breach among the brothers.

gtEtsgi g* argtuutinq(r I

iriq {fu} gi ukt gE{t{sti tt Rdll

by Slohu 28. When Venus aspected Jupiter occu, bhava, the person born will devotedly pies the 3rd cherishhis brothersand sisters. If Mercury occupying the 8rd bhava be aspectedby the Sun,he will alienate that would otherwise be friendly. the affection of thos'3
cl'. nkFfiI-+Kq

{l(e: fln,} qg: qqR}aqq:ll

| a?rrRg:vrt{qf}{ffinr{ qffiTi utqiirmurrglllq ll finqt qq{R{:rrrt

Slok{t 29. [f the planet occupving the 3rd bhava, in its lord, or its +tto (Karaka)be in depression, an ini. g:ani (Dusthhana), the astrologer$ mical bouse or in a period say, there will happen in the dasaand antardasa of a planet such rs has been deocribed,loss of weahh

758

wriri[qrRqre

Adh. xII.

and energy, discomfiture or the death of a brother or

sister.

uitt$rdt fqfiuq ttdcTaffiTdirqar $i

\\A\

rcG ($Tffc qm&{ qtq q ffif}i

qiq ilqqrG ufr S qwimqifirori I

nfr {r-Cgi q qgfrmwaitrs,rEr tl etq l io

Sloha 30. Subtractthe figuresfor the lord of the 3rd bhavafrom thosefor the lord cf the Lagna. When Saturnarrivesat the asterism indicatedby the remrinder in the abo';e process,the astrologer is to divine the deathof a brother or sister of the person bcrn. Again, from the figuresobtainedabove,subtractthe figuresfor the lord of the 10th bhavaand Mars. The resuk indi, catesrhc Rasi which when Saturn occupies, sirnilar a event is likely to take place. Thirdly, add rhe figures forlthe 4 planets mentioned above; when Saturncccu, pies the *tt (Amsa) denoted by the aggregate,the same event may happen. NorBs.
(gied: fl'tzr(qfi is the reading adopted {Fzf,-g qiqTari in the 3rd qtr of this sloka. in rlddtq instead of

qQFSErTFiTEqrsKrfrr tTiqra1q1q. qt gfr I

(ilTstarEErrrgffilqffqrqt{qrftat t{T( il lt tl
SioAa 31. Find out the Drekkanaindicated the by sum total of the figuresfor the four pianets connected with the (xrqrrr<-Bhratru bhava)3rd bhava. When Jupiter passes through the sign owning the Drekkana in que$tion, astrologers sayr there may be the loss of a brother or sister. Find tlre asterism indicated by the $um total above referred to. The dasaperiod of the

sl. 32-33

rr{ttrsqrqt

?8t

planet presiding over the star will be greatly productive and prosperity to the younger brothers. of happiness

rrqs$efifrd'q sfrrd tYfi*t st

(IGGITE;TT{T ililI.dATEEFTSSqqN {{(
F\.\A\.\

srkrargsnwt fqfigd qrSew'iuiq t

qailqnq-{,iq$eui qi}sgir ,qrqt n lR tl

Slolta 32. Subrract the figuresfor Rahu from thoce for Mars. When Jupiter passes rirrough the triangular signs indicatedby the remainder, there may be the logo of a youngerbrother or sister. Subtractthe figuresfor Mars frorn those lor Rlhu. When Jupiter passer t h r o u g ht b c p a r t i c u l a r a s i a n d N a v a m s a o r r e s p o n d i o g R c t o t h c r c m a i n d e rt,i r e r cm r v b e t h e l o : s o f a n c l d e r b r o , t h e r o r s i s t c r . F i n d t h e l { a s i c o r r e s p c n . l i nr o t h e s u m g t o t a l o f t h e f i g u r e sf o r t l r c l o r d s o f r h e r i s i n g s i g n a t t h e time of birth or conccption and of the 10th bharn. 'When s Jupiter traverse this llasi, the birch of a younger broth,:r or sister mav b,i rrxDeCtrtd. ' Nores.
I r r t i r e i a s t q r l t l r e r i ; r , i i : r ' 1l ) . r ri i , j ' . r i s s l i q l r t l y t l i r l e r c r r t , r . r f a . r

4rf,tq.tiJrr.Tq"5Zgi.

q{{Aii q{i{tal gqti1i rfl i{}( p Q tl I

S / o h r r 3 3 . W i r c i r r i r : l o r d o f t h e j r d b h a v ab e i n g the in exaltationoccupies Sth bl-rava conjuncrionwith in a malcfic planet in a moveabie sign ancl in a Navamsa owned by a moveablesign, the personconcerned will be firm at the prosp.c! of b.:ttlc.
NorEs. I n t h i s c o n n e c t i o nc c n r p a r , t h e f o l l o n ' i n g y o g a sg i v e n i n : n * f . 1 f i . . )

ftffiriQq* drq rnpr qrqdgil r \a\

768

qrirltrRqr(r

Adh. IfiI.

nlqlftt ffi'rt qord h-qg*il oil fi*qg! 1

gqrfirerfiqq\ qfrq' {i{4rt *'qgh edi r ?qrfr*i* qetoig* sia* 4I UttT: qlt: tt R

pfx+,$te'Itstt \frft+,itgq: {t{: ll H ffih qodi* {TTrrgqurigi r

grrenfi.rrntiiiqt ftaiEl u iB tl
Sloha 3+. If, whcn the +R* (karaka) of the jtd bbavais either weak or associated with a malefic60th portion of a sigrr,the lord of rhe samebl-rava either be by aspected or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet, the personborn will prove victorious in war.

qrqu}{.ilarr fiqtftt rtrggisr{nq.qri?Tt gurudr*qf{ ffirqi qirrqri}r( rtrfi+sgQgitf ul\tl

(Tq cttrt[-.it(rtKllrtrri{{iq: w{Rr{t{QlpttE{trt(t i srqKft g:Fqqflqi g d;qus\qq irsa{qtqr lt lq ll
nA\Aoa

qsi q+{rr{rrqq,gg*sftiiiri siurdgiqr( |

qltdqi Er(wrwg6 *.-lilqi qrflqgi atq rr le tl
Slolas 35*37. If rhc lord of the 3rd bhavabe with the Sun,the personborn wiii be valiant; associated i f w i t h t h e M o o n , h e w i l l b e f i r m . m i n , . l , : d i;f w i r h M a r s , h c w i l l b c d e p r a v e d ,s c r l s c l e s s n d i r r i t a b l . ; i f a with Mercury, l-rcwill be cndorveCwith an excellent f u n d e r s t a r r d i n ei ; w r t i i J u p i t e r ,h c w i l l b e w i n n i n g o n accountof his stt:adyvirtu,:sand thoroughly conversant with the truths of all tire s;icnces if with Venus, he ; will be subjectto carnalapp:tite and will cleverly purquarrels and intrigues into which his lustful impulse su,3 m a y l e a dh i m ; i i w i t h S a t u r n , h : w i l l b : s t , , r p i d i f ;

sl,.3MO

erq*E$ffi

7ffi

with Riahu, he will bc a great coward; and lastly if with IGtu or Mandi, he will suffer from the torpor due to heart-disease and will be outside the pale of othet people.
Nolrs. Thesqas well as slol'as 38, 39 and 4l are also ir: cK;6(Qt'

ot gt ftqilqgk

qq-qk Sfrt t qsqtErqt

rrEtTi il qoflRloi qoqqtt qgiR eilil ll lc tt

.S/ofta38. If Jupiter occupy the Lagna in conjunc' tion with the lord of the 3rd bbava, the peroon born has to apprehend danger from quadrupedsor from kine chiefly. If the Laqna be a watery sign, he will be to exposed risk from water. Norss.
c/. sloka 44 infra.

gqq gk q\ qfut qi?iqo rrlag3i(ifr | qio$ sciliNrarilsmRrarqrefr ffiqtr ll lq ll

Sloko 39. lf the planet associated with Mars the pos$ess highest strength, the perscn born will pos' ses$ courage, strength arrd wiil enjoy the pleasure Mar$, the derivable from music. lf thc 3 planets, 1rie. planet occupyinqthe 3rd bhavaand the lord thereof,be in grcat strength, the person concerned will be a hero in battle.

qt*sqnqguorRftwqt iqf rqrqnqansrt

qr{gilGarq ll Bo ll {reedtqnqwrqliE{iqffit

Slota 40. At the time the three planetsmention(Apahara) or ed in the previous sloka have their crv-trt cm rPaka) laide Adhyaya 18 infra) of a dasa, will come the enjoyment of fruits, roots and other Eweet

760
.--_%

q6r5qrnql|

A dh. XII

edible thingo, edifying speeches such aEit is a pleasure and privilege of the auditory organs to hear, ,rrd h"ppy events re*rlting in the accessionof brothers,:sisters, song, daughters,etc.

ffq3ftgrrqilltrtqrrru

{tft{s} Tdt {r{ilft\ frrqqdq^i rorFqi r

n c srcdt Bt tl

Sloko 41, lf the lord ol the 3rd bhavahas attain ed beneficvargasand is stror)g,the personbornlwill be virtuour; bur he will be rash if that plancc be in depre'ion or eclipsed occupyan inimical or malefic or rign and also associatedwith a malefic planet.

firqfftt ilSnt-nrfu{mihtilgg?r r ffi g+{ gt rrfr.r{R tf BR qr( wk{ ffirnt tl

Sloha 42. If the lord of the 3rd bhavabe in con. junction with the lord of rhe -sign occupied by Rahu and if the la*er be in the Lagna, d,rnler har to be dreadedfrom a snake. if Mcrcury be in conjunction with the lord of the lrd bhava, the personborn wilt ruffer from an ailmencaflectirrg throat. the

rlnfq; ilggt irn6r gir<naiioe 6ognrlt1 Bl rr

8l.oha 41. When a maleficplaner in conjunction with Mandi or som* such othcr plnn.t .ccupiesthe 3rd bhava, ascrologerspredicc the disease thi of throat;Jif saturn possessed .bundantstrengthbe in conjun.riSr, of with Mars in the 3rd bhava,thc p"r..,n born, they say will be liable ro the irch. tldde atsoAdhya5,a .i:;,: , ,, ,roro. . t

$ 1{i

rrotrrrr{ qr;Errftgi Ed}d frtrrq r

sI.44-4?
# . v - t - - - t

ilrqtilsnqrq:
- t - - '

?61

tr*trgs udqfr.ilrrtffi t

ilgun qr sfrril=ilTRftqgfl qlt ll 88 lt

Sloha 44. The lord of the 3rd bhavaand Jupiter occupyingthe Lagna in coniunction with Rahuor the by lord of the eign occupied Rahu point to risk from kine.
NorBs. c/. sloka 38 supra.

qsil Rrqqft{ot*n1 riq t ll fttsfrftqt {fr ftqndr RqG-o,(8\ ll

Stoka 45, The lord of the 3rd bhava associarcd of with Mercury will occasionthe disease the throat, planetin the 3rd bhavabe in its inimicalor If a malefic depreesion sign, lossof brotherswill regultfrom poicon or other cause.

gtr ilii fdftri il ffitrfr ror{gtq r

ffi

qFrFr Ersr6qiqrcdttft luqll fut

Sloka 46. If the 3rd bhavabestrongand be either by occupied or aspected Mercury and Jupiter, or if to Jupiterand Mercury occupya Kendrain respect the an person born will poEsecs 3rd bhavain question,the fine voice. exceedingly

fug* frrqtqrfff\t t Et-dt tt ilfrt srrtgt {stft,ftt Etq. 8s ll

Stoha 47. When the 3rd bhava is occupied aE well as aepectedby a benefic planet and when the lord of that bhava ie in conjunction with a benefic planet, the astrologermay declarethe acquisition of an ornament for the ears. 96

78tz

crdEqdtfte

Adh. xtl.

g* ililt qR dfhfi g qt+soqtqwfqEi.ilr trtqnisq{ fiht qt qgrqr{rsi {il& u Bd tl

Sloha 48. When Venue is in th: 3rd bhava.the ear ornahent will consist of a pearl if ir be ; Jupiterr the ear ornament wiil be a Tulasi, i. e. oI the form ot Tulaai leaf; if it be the Sun, the ornrr"n, will be a red Etoneset iq a ground of blue; if it be the lvloon possess, ed of abundantstrengrh, there will be a multipiicity of ornamentg. Thetatterhatf of ,,r,. .r)*oJ.""]ros in qn*drd. thus

qrirg Fq;qgh cdtt sruqrftoqri err<}rr

qiq ffi sti $qt* ftRrrqrof r iltqfrdq{,fo fuqqTqrof ri Bqfl uq(

Sloha 49. If Mercury occupy the 3rd bhava, the ear ornamentwill be dark,green it will be variegated ; when the 3rd bhava is a sign owned by Mars. fin.o the lord of the 3rd bhava in the last-mentioned caseis in its own varga or exaltation, the ornament will be charming. c/. vro+w

qrqQ qirqnWqft ftrqqii aqt

vd g.nwi g nl+ lqrri qinFfliaqgg*r fift*qrcqrqiul qTtftA dbq ilsqqE{rql: ll

{iqial q{H{!q|ut g*igqqHfi qrdt qtqqnq{qqrtt qiqilg+ftfirrt" rr

Slofta d0. S/hen the lord of the 3rd bhava occu, pying the 10th or the 4th ( ? is in a benefic sign and )

H {qqqiiqftwi frrq Sid ot( r

sl. 61-55

ArEtfrsrqmr

in conjunction with a benefic planec, the personborn will get ao article of attire incomparablybeautiful. If a beneficplanet be in the 3rd bhava, his wearing apparel will be of a superior kind. Venus and the lord of the of 3rd birava when possessed abundantstrength produce clothing and decoration; when associated abundant with or aspectedby Mercury and Jupiter, they secure the advantages listening to sweet discourses on reli' of gion and nrorality.
NorEs. -fhis as well as sloka 52 appear in ;iir{{{d-

t tqiffi fr6it fi-qqaqqiqr* tiki srgil i,tfruwilqh ll \q ll

Stoha 57. A p.rtot will be courageousif at his birth the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies an auspicious Navamsaor is either aspected by or in conjunction (*ifiota) ic with a benef planet,or is in a Vaiseshikamsa ( v i t u S u p r a . A d h y a y a1 - S l . 4 4 ) .

il *qilR qrqgeftt gra{FlitdfinuiA t *;nfuirfrs{+d$i siiht irrqR Q{trrd ll\1ll

Sloha 52. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a (g:ern; Dusthhana (6ch, 8th or lfth) and be either the by aspected or in conjunction with a malelic planeq, lacking in courage. But if the lord per$onborn will be of that bhava occupying a Kendra or Trik:na bg either with or aspectedby a benefic planet, the acsociated peroon concerned will be endowed with courage.

I {'fftt qftsta g* qrwt *{Rrutrtgr \l *l'(mt'ffit qsr&*qtfrqj,rinrgoutt{3

784

smscrRwrt

Adh. XII

malefic sign in conjunction with Mars, ir will brced cowardice in the person born. But if the lord of that bhava possess strength and occupy a Kendra or Trikona in conjunction with Venus, the person concernedwill be endowed with superior courage and shine conspi. cuously by his great capacity for enjoymenr.

gs fr{rw Frntilo{R*{rir qt r grrrrdwisnrilf gtrqq n \B tl (tfr

Sloka 54. When a benefic planet other than ye, nus and the Moon occupies the 3rd bhava and is in a benefic Navamsa,the person born will have palatable food at his command.

qt{q ilftrErrrrnqrurd ft*r(sluruatrqfri qsrd

dtqlf\t qR srffiGft

qr I

qrd((Isqso{otqfrql qq il \\ tl
Sloha 65. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a Raci, Navamsaor Drekkana owned by Jupiter, or be aspected by that planet, and if Mars occupy in great etrength a Kendra or Trikona with respect to the lord of the 3rd bhava,the person born will be fond of roors, fruits, radishes and syrups.

frffirP{.r grl ttHq{q{Et t t*q grfit qr( grmqR qrc'srq \q tl lt

Sloha 56. Venus in the 3rd and the 6th bhavas caqses sorrorr diseaseand danger. The sameplanet in gameposftion may becomebenefic when rn aclvance the of the Sun (when appearingas an Evening star).

sl. 6?-6,9

erqrilwqrq;
NorBs.

?66

Same Adhyaya8, Sl. 67. as

gtgrst vd qrt ftqgttut t

qorTt {r ifiKfiIr qeru ll \s ll

Sloha 57. If in the 2nd bhava the lord thereol become associated with Jupiterand Venus,or being in by conjunction with or aspected a benefic planetbe powerfully aspected another benefic planet, the by personborn will dispense food to many.

ft't d{ qt u* ftqqftttt}rtt nt qtMir {r gqufurA,{inu \6 tl

Slofra 58. When a benefic planet in its exaltation by another benefic planet in the 2nd bhava is aspected or when the lord of the aforesaid bhava has attained a tt&oit (Vaiseshikamsa),the personborn will become to the giver of food and happiness many.

il sTqqg{}Trqsoq u
r$il ftqrqiqtgqrfi gwurfu;gqiqqft t qdqqrnRffiEtrFrqgd,Tr{{wrftilt{rf u \3, ll
Sloha 59. The acquisition of learning, the welfare of the mother, happiness, sweet-smelling subatanceo, kine, relations, mental attributes, royal vehicles, Iands and houses ariee from the 4th bhava,sav the sapieat astrologers.
cl. sld;n{<f

g{Eq ffgg(rgq;q qri q g&Rg* {if\a r

fiqr q fiReqqqFaITtqqIq q1(nqr dlq. tt dql

786

qRtsqrKwRr

Adh. xII.

qrqet grfr eTqqwqGt cd't qrqilfirlqtin u Qotl Rqrdqiwfi ugwr

Slrrftc 60 When the Rasi representing the 4th bhava is occupied by its lord or is either aspected or by with a beneficplanet, the person born will agsociated be amiable for hir learning and humility. The same will be the casewhen Mercury is the strongest. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:nrT (Dusthhana)or be asscciated with or aspected by a malefic planet,.the person concernedwill be devoid of learning. The same will be the result when the lord of the 4th bhava is in a maleficRasi. Norrs.
This as well as the next two slokas are also in ;rlil4t$.

frqrrrfifiqqfrgt fr*qg+f{t {r qrfr frqriiaqqgq{;(uft t qfut

frqEqfttudiqquil atqrRrn qf( r Er *qqdqeiit*uruarrp t.dRrnril qR tt *M*qqriiufufrguil trqrftnqfiqs qq ll

Bloha 61. If the lord of the 4th bhava, Jupiter and Mercury be in the 6th, 3rC, 12th or the 8th place or from the Lagna, or if they b: in depression inimical rigns,.the effect of the yoga will be to makethe P3reon borq devoid of learning, intelligence and judgment. But if these planets be in their exaltation or cil (Swakshetra) or ia a Trikona or Kendra position, the perEonborn will be perfect in the combination of such as advantages fortune, learnrng and education,and will becone a favourite of kings and emperors.

ftqruHqqilff ((rqr l vqilawrglfuei:

sl.6A-64

ffistqrq,

gh sitti; qR qr {drrgdrstiqi rirrnilqgfr l qgst qEdt dotd qrgfu{tg; (gqtadie ERll ll

Sloka 62. When Venus hasmost power or when the Moon occupyingthe benefic portion cf a sign in a Kendra is aspected a b,enefic planet and the 4th bha, by va has amplestrength, ascrologers the mother will say have long life' NorEs.
Itegarding the Iongevity or otherwise of the rnother, sfr1{ft11q has the following sloka.

r{I{6rn}1u-4} eue agq;dFq fqga} gqr qqlnl I ael gs] g\A<v vft g*i*'iEqqTli qi as mqriefiR aargnqgsdqrgqG ft} vruqrqlrTq flfa+ qnflr:qeqfig: tl

qreqrirfqtqt qi Er{o{fqi I qrEil{ Etaqrir ql rr oir qri qHU

Sloke 63. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in the 6th or the 12th and without strcngrh,and when the Lagna is occupiedby and aspectedby a male{ic planet, a shrewd 4strologermay predict the loss of the mother. Ihe fotlowing sloka ,.}rtTl*..
will be of interest:

regarding of mother toss

qrd* qrq{tstqrqqr,iid il qu tl q{{q:

gQ irg"ar} 'r,i qqq(af,+ fi{rqrr}a qqfla g'irirqrEfeft I i{rq}t fqiliqrqZfa g:r\ mqmlRqaq{t qft q ac&at ftfrga q-aq itd qt( tl alt e-E iduar dir q-i.et qt 6qt qTq1qdgiI

qrifsrTtRqrt

Adh"xII.

Sloka 64. When the waning Moon is asgociated with a maleficplanerin the 8th,6th, or the lZth bhava and when the 4th bhava is occupiedby a malefic planet, there will be loss of the mother undoubtedly.

qriran?Trt flqq?atlfuit fft

qrcnd ftfrGt( u q\ tl r;rlqrtsfrfrq&

Sloka 65. When Saturnin the 4th bhava is arpect, ed by a malefic planet and when the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupiesdepression or inimical house,the agtro' loger may predict the loss of the mother.

qr{STqtqft qrflittsftffi

qA qrqwrs+ wfr.i ftfrq+( ll Eqll

Sloha 66, When a maleficplanet is in the 3rd or in the 5th bhava, and when the iord of the 4th is in depressionor in an inimical sign, and when the Moon is aerociatedwith malefic planets,the astrologer may predict the mother's ailment.

d*q tRer$wRnr'fr

-TfiM silitqrpr uirPe fta t {rrqrftt{ (ffi qR qrfirql fr?i dqqlUfr Gilasqr s'tlt tt qs h

Sloko 67, The lord of the 4th bhava occupying the 9th bhava in conjunctionwith the lord of the 6th hasthe effectof maling the fathera voluptuary. The lord of the 4th bhavaoccupyingit in conjunctionwith the lord of the 9th producesthe same effect upon the father.

qrdirilfGitiufii 'Iwilerril qd ll

q'qrilfrftil{m+ aqftqrrdt ftgq

sL08-?r

(tntseqrcr

?60

Sjola 68. The lords of the 6th and the 4th bhavas in the 9th bharra produce profligacy in the father. If the lords of the 4th, 9rh,6rh and the lct bhavas be togetherin one bhava, the personborn has beenbegot, ten in the motherby one other thanher husband.

qG nrst ilil ilr uqR qrflrrditflqtl Tt gt il

Sloha 69 If the Moon be asrociated with as well aE atpectedby a malefic planet or if the Sun occupy a Kendra poeition arrd if the 4th bhava be either marefic or aspected a malefic planet,the person born will be by guilty of incest with the mother.

rnntt qrqst w* ffi

{r qRffi

Tt gt

qA U,il{r W

qr{rrrql ErIfeERqr{t so ;1 qfr f

qm}Eqn r a*r

Sloha 70. Wheo the 4th bhava is represented by a malefic Rasi and the Moon or Venus occupying a Kendra is aspected a malefic planer, the percon born by will commit incest with the mother or becomeaddicted to the wife of a venerableelder. The same effect is producedwhea the Moon and Venus happcn to be in a malefic 4th bhava and are arpected by a malefic planet.

6qnrqRxfr ( (qqiirqs! il el tl |Tri!;

Sloha 71, If the Moon occupying the be in conjunction with Mars and the lord bhava,the mother of thc person born will intrigues with another The Sun and Rahu bhavawill make the mother incontinenu 97 4th bhava of the 6th have had in the 4th

gA snri+ qA qrdrs;*gfir

v'n

rtrdqi

Adh.xll.

(ffi qf{fur fts{rnr t {fr+qt

q?EgtC qiur trta $qqtrmll sl lr *i q.nr gqnt{g$til.sdi qiE tt \tl ll

rrg+gqtgir atfi iqqr t

Slolas 72-73. When the Moon, in the porition with (1) Rahu or in deacribed sloka 71, is associated Ketu,the mother intrigues with a low'born Person; (2) if wich Saturn, the intrigue is with a Sudra; (3) if with Mercury,it is with a Vaisya (4) if with the Sun, the paramourwill be a Kshatriya;(5) if with Jupiter or Venus, the lover will be a Brahmin. The Moon with aecociated Mars and the lord of the 6th bhavain in specified will produccthe effect the way described cases' the several NorEs,.
In this conttection, compare the follovving f rorrr-{f'T{rG.

sElciksqqEr+ qrtxrtgrgt gqFt I qr qfifht qrqgrrrqi ;n{rRqBaqrsqFqisfq tt are& {Egt sqrqnta\qrfi fsqr+\qt qriTr;qflsr gq+rrfiqrqqg.nfimftlnl rr dq gQt.itorrrd qId gfi=1*<rruFfral aEr iifr*,irt gq?|efrilqfiqatds {AFHia*ll rita+} sile} +di nRft qE dtsqor r ,rqr{q} qta grt sfr dtqqoliria fii6t dlf{gqgt tt gt t {6qrFqtafruerfrgqr e'iEa faqgg4a {fr: gtarfi aqrfi}q qr.q'i dle{qr Hil{ ll

nfr*gtffirt wrd ll eBll grerftfrqruReqia$fr

q?ilsftsqlrrls mg+{i il(qr;qt;qqli

utft t

st. ?4*??

Etqthsql*,

771

position in conjunction with the lord of the 3rd bhava forces the person born to suck the brerst of a woman other than his mother If the lords of the 4th and the 9th bhavas be in a grwra (Dusthhana)and the lor.dof the LagnaI :rong, the yog:, will lead to the death of the parents.
Notle>. This as well as slokas 79 80, 86, g8, g9 & 90 appearin qp6{,q6.

fieEqhttgr&olt {odgt I
Hnfrewt urq frq-il(ffisqil n \e\ tl
S/:ta 75. When the lcrd of rhe lOrh placefrom the Rq{rs (Pithrubhava 9th) is in a g:rqr.r(Dusthhana) and the lord of the Lagna is possessed strength, the of person born is either to become the bane of his pareJrts or has had no dtc;frrir+rr (Seemantha samskara).

qree{T}qro}ri ilRrrffi qR r qmr eqtureqfr itil ft ilT rreEtl rtq

Sloko 76. Il the lords of the 4th bhava and rhe Lagna be in Trikona positions with respect to those two bhavas respe*ively, and if the lord of one of the Trikonas be in the Lagnr,the rnotherof the personborn will die along wich the father.

qft r trilo}{ftEqr h(ffiilr a{{n;dlrmr}qa;qrcrgqillElsss 1; ll

Sloko 7 l. If the lords of rhe 4th, rhe 1sr and the 9chbhavas in Kendraor Trikona positions, be they will. during their dasaaqd antardasa periods,Iead ts the motherof the person borp following the father in death.

nZ
. ! u l r w v v v Y w v Y : v

iltinicrrtili
Y i v v v v v ! v v u v v : - f f i v v Y ! r

AdL XII.
Y v r w !

tr(MqReng*sfi

e{mqegt il fidrfj'il{tn ll ee ll
S/ot r 78. The Sun and the Moon occupying res pect,ively the 9th and the 4th bhrvas will lead to the mother of the perEonconcerned following the father in death. Ihe sameie the casewhen the bhava associated in with the Sun has the presence or the aspecton it of 4th bhavas. the lords of the 9th and the

t rqrwfurmffi{*flffqrddirmffq*fr*n:

qrirq qlilqwt ffiEFil {tfrIs ll \eq ll

Sloko 79. Ascertainthe lord as well as the orrt (Karaka)of the 4th bhava and the planetsi[ any asso, ciated with them, as also the planets that occupy or the cr{qrir (Mathrubhava). Again find out which aspect (Dasapr.' of theseplanetsis malefic. During the E{tTtTtt hora) period of this iast mentionedplanet will happen, say the astrologera,the demisc of the mother of the perBon concerned.

qrr'trfrqqsod ftqfirfqrfwe

Tnd"qts-{fr fHrq {rftFiw}wrtqt* di* rrrggtn mEnut atmiqt{r Eonq I

rgt

ililril diffq+

r (Et rft tt do tl

SJoAa80. Subtract the figurea of the Moon from thoseof the Sun; find what Rasi the remainderrepre, sents. When Saturn and Jupiter pass through that Rasi and Navamsaor through the triang,rlarpositions cqrrcuponding thereto, the deachof the mother may

sr . 8r-83

qqqft5tqFr:

??3

take place Again, find the remainder rerulting from the subtractionof qq{qz6(Yamakantaka) from the lord of the 8th bhavafrom the Moon. This remainder should indicate certain Rasi and a Navamsa a thereof. When Saturnpasseo through the Resi and the Sun through the Navamsa question, motherrnaypassaway. in the

qarqEfr{r}S q gct qqqrf dt tl dtg

SioAc 81. When Jupiter has attained a Vaieeehikamsa (zirlr Adhyaya 1 s1.44) such as Gopur.a and orhers, or is in the 4th bhava, and when the other planetsoccupy the 2nd, the llth and the 4th bhavas, the person born will be happy.

dgmi{*#gssnqtsfrnr

gqs&gifrct fr.qqrqqtsenr I

qhildlr+ {rsfqSorttq6rgqr tt di, tl

Sloha 82. When the 4th bhava has upon it the aspectof Mercury or is b:tween two benefic planete or occupiesa Navamsaowned by Jupitar, the person born will be ever engaged holy worke. in

gcfuerdrrilrffir qail

qRt gd frcilt ilGcrrPtr{nur

aqlqqr$ilqift qrtE! u cl fl

S/oAa 83. If the planet in the 4th bhava be atrong and occupies a benefic Rasi and if its strength b; enhanced by an advantageousconnection with the Lagna,then the person concerned will enjoy uninter, rupted eaae through the instrumentality ot'" people belongfng to the class which the planet represenrE (aidc

774

srdqcrfrwt

Adh. XII.

Adhyaya I-s1.2)) aud will possess wealth of the metal a pianetQtideAdhyavr 1, sl, 24) to appertaining the same

'q6{rfrriqsqilqrrtEfrsfi{rftTqftfio{r(|
qrt(fTqGftiErqrg!il c8 ll eeq*qTE ry,a{tT{{R
!loh,.t 84. If the lord of an untoward bhava from the Legna,occupying its depression or inimical sign in the 4th bhava, be an enemy of the lord of the Lagna, say that, through the dire influence of the astrologers rhis adverseplanet, the personconcerned will be bereft of bodily and other comforts.

qgtqr{fu(qitqnw qod}qilqqfr(tcqtgsn t
qfrEil ftqsqilWfif gtr girngqq;qft*l ll c\ ll
S/ofta85. If the planetin the +th bhava, the one it, aspecting and its Karakabe all strong, they will pro' duce much happiness to the person concerned if those ; or inimical signs or be be in their depression planets th:y will produceunhappiness-the rule being eclipsed, planetand miaery by that joy is occasioned an auspicious ones. by tho inauspicious

qc'it lilsq$frgh qilft* qrRffifiu*rit t

gxrFEi{;*rRgaqqtt elfiseqflo(drft *cq

tr

Slo&rr 86. If the lord of the 9th bhava occupying predominant the 4th in conjunction with Venus possess and opu' etrength,the personborn will live in pleasure aforesaid lord of the lence for a long time ; but if the gth bhava occupying the 6th. 8th, or the 12th place from tbe Laqna, be associatedwith a berrefic planet, the happiness of tne person concerned will be but shqrt' lived.

s[ 8?-8e

EtEdsqrq:

776

grrai l16lf{r}-{i{trrT$rryor{lt de tl
Siotc 87. Every calculation,firstiy, in respectto one's easeand comfort should be with referenceto the 4th houseand Jupiter ; 2ndly, every thing concerning the mother should be thought of from the 4th bhava and the lrloon ; 3rdly, all fragranceas w:ll as cloth, vehicle to in and ornamentsshould be gueesed reference the 4th bhava and Venus. cf , nslti-lomqrGl

geR<r rltgapqiur{t+m SQr'$rI

qt it gqui{alqiqrfi.qtq {;nidtn;gerrftil

qife grFE{tlrcqrt'igGf .t 14 ll 3Tilfr{tqlraetta?i

S/o&a 88. il the lord of thc 4th bhavaoccupying by cr in conjunction * ireneficsign be either aspected with Venus, and at the same time free {rotn the aspect planet, the personborn will of ;rn inimical or depressed flowers duc ,:ujoy the pleastrre to ungents, odc,riferous a n d s i m i l a ra p p l i a n c e s ,

gfrEi rriunrirrgtg*q et wfrqgi {r t

iqifrt {iqiBqi n"inqi srit.q} dide s{q \, dirq* ufiqgtq rafq{ rch {T{FTIC 5saq lrc3,ll
thc person Slola 89. When the Moon is strot'tg, if tl-relr4oonbe horn wiil have good clothes to wear; with Rahu or Ketu, his ciothing will be associated with Jupiter, the apparel will bc tattered; if associated of silk; if with Venus, it will be variegated with jewels; and if with Saturn,it will be of a dark colour.

u\;gniuiii gwrftalt

ghoraiediar qfrtihi il t

7 76

qR{rqrltilfi

Adh"xII"

qrrtfrRrdW oqii q$qs tt \o tl

Sloka 90. 6If the lord of the 4th bhava be asgocia, ted with the Varga of Venusor the Moon, or if it be aspected or in conjunction by with eirherof the above two planete, if it be ar the same time]free and from the aspect a depressed inimicalolanet, person of or the con. cerned acquires cattleand everyother proprty.

ilt* rddtd rggq] qlq(r n qt tl

Sloka 91. When the lord of the 4th bhavabeing an auspiciousplanet ia aspected another auspicioua by planet,and when the Karaka of that bhava is in full otrength, the person born will be esteemedby hie kinsmen. Norss' cf, Tffir(

l;g$rfi,qt fr'qq{frtftt r frA

FgqTe,rrt g*o(ftfllnt r ffi

trft+ onflg+ ryggq}qim: rl
For the same effect, the following yoga isgiven in slflifi((t.

efiq\ o{Tr} flffgnr?ti gt qrqtqqr} r

*oqfFqir n)r{qefbg*Aiiftil qlfE{r q;ggrrr:u

d.r$sdi ffid *;nirqrq{gi r qlqg qlrr{ffii ll qt ll ttRtffigt

Sloha 92, A person will befriend hig relativea when the lord of the 4th bhava occupies a Kendra or Kona poeition or the llthl bhavatand has artaineda Vaiseshikamsa is free from the aspect or associa. and of, tion with, a malefic planet.

sl.es-eo

Tr+fisnq*

11r

{tgafl qiftrd qlqrrlt {wdt I {qrtntairg+ gwsnffift il ql ll

Sloka 93. When the 4th bhava ir occupied by a malefic, depresredor eclipsed planet and is void of any aspector conjunction of a benefic planet, the peraon born will have antipathy to his relations.
cf. qrffR(d

qTqrFqt qrqat q ff*

dtqrFqi qr,.r flqF$f& |

qrqqt4twqlqolfaqaqqqtGfrttrqr ar r

qqfr q;qi (H sqd q$.t t qlqi'qrq{rkt Frourqai gtfint tt qBtl

Sloku 94. If the lord of the 8th bhava be associ, ated with a malefic planet and the 4th bhavabe occupied by an inauspicious planet, the person born will be deceitful; but if the lord of the Bth bhava be in exalta, tion, in a friendly house, or in its own or a friendly varga and the 4ih bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet, the person concernedwill be candid.

frgtr{qqrtrt=il{qtt, q6ffi I

.il9il?ia* {rsfi uiur?qqqfH tt q\ tl

S/otn 95. A personwili be pure,mindedand calm when the lord of the 4rh bhava is strong,or has attained or Gopura and other Vaiseshikamsas, is in qg (Mridu) and other benefic Shashtyamsas.

qrait qogtqmtrfiqurFqt t

qtq gqstEe qrqilrGs(i tt qq ll

SloAa 96. When the 4th bhavaand its lord por by sessstrengthanil are appctrted a beneficplanet, tlre 98

778

lrtir{,fiftufr*

Adh.xrtr.
posse$6

aotrologer may declare the person born will vehiclesor similar conveniences"

qTatt ile{Q t.St Srftfwfr r srqnndt {ETTmi qtA lt q'sll

Slohu 97. When the 4th bhava occupied bv its lord in a benefic Navamsain conjunction with Mercr-rry by is aspected a beneficplanet,the astroiogerm y preclicr the acquisitionof vehicles and other such convenienc*r on the part of the person born.

*Ej iqordq;ql ET.ruwFEee I gild ilar i{Efk gfrggqn u qd lt

Slo&c 98. When the Moon is in the Lagna irr conjunction with the lord of the 4th bhava,the peraon will havea horseto convey hinn. bornosay the sages,

kd\ ErqgEil qA drwnrtirt t

{Uqtqrttgt qgts"{{Tai{ ll qq rl

Sloho 99. When the Moon, in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet, occupies the Znd or the 4th bhava, identical with a behefic l{asi, the person born will have a horse conveyance.

qgqff\qf, ftoi oil*qrfq gisEorril I qr( Str gt qfa EElt iarilqi EREEr{d n loo tl
Slohu 100. When the lord of the +th bhavaoccupies the Lagna in conjunction with its (Lagna's) lord and the Moon, the person born will have a horse; but if the lord of the .ith bhava occupies the Lagna in con, junction with Venus, the perscn concerned will have an elephantto ride on.

sl. 10t-102

en(tfr$q{'a:

?7e

NorBs. This sloka is found in qlfffit(.

qFfrf$qrwurql ft'd{ttkd
{i6'rnRITKEf: S{q&ffw

{ftffi I *;ri*qfruruilfr 'rTfsry

qq gt-ffifrtrtm*Ufr ll t " t li Er

Slof* t0l. Venus ancl the full Moon having strength and occupying a Kendra or a Trikona poaition, will give to the person born under their influence the honor of being conveyed in a palanquin" When the Moon occupyinga Rasi belonging to jupiter is either bv aspected or in conjunction with lupite: will lead tc acquisition of a red apparelor jewel. the

qr;frf$fiTgt{ot{gft? crr6t gfu;glnndqwgilcrgffirs I

qs{ ?iEutqHqr;(qffi3 *rnfi*ior.&Ttl{U{frq6{{ lt ?"R $l
Sloku tOZ. A per$on will get a palanquin or 'l horseto convey him when Venus, the Moon and the with the lord of tlue lord of the 4th bhavaarc associated first. lf Jupiter, tht: lord of the 4th bhava, the Moo*, and Venus be all together in a Kendra or a Kona posi" tion, the person concerned wili get a vehicle bordered on all sides. NorBs.
See sloka ll8 infra. With this as well as the prt compare the following :loka

rnc{K*t{ qfuugg'lqftRil utifF* qnngac*qqq+q{Hftqfri

7W

llrtTqrawe

Adh. xII.

gqtqguFd Grdlwqr-*ftmr w+egqfqf-*t dq&t no f,{q( rr emtrrq*{ra'qFtqra{r$tq I glpro.}F'sTsftdwn rqqrqqq. n

*aqTqeMqfl(qed or-qqrt,,lil

Sloka 103. When the lord of the 4rh bhava is associated with Jupiter, rhe p3rson born will. have a vehicle bordered on all the four sides. When the lord of the 4th bhava occupiesthe t0th place in conjunction with a benefic planet, the person born will have the of appendages a chowrie and an umbrella.

qrit Wt qi+qurdga: n t tl "1

qa'il qft {afurfifrfq grqEqlq, rr flqlt g6gt qgrilrq{rfi{ |

qrqrft +eqftdfi-{rqsRarq'q}-q il r qaft4 ffiqpq6u'amn* genraffeqE

gA* hnqf ilEtt oqfui qraafrqn(r t

silqi urqqilildt s{i* qsunarr;ils toB rl u
Sloka 104. Wherr the lord of the 4th bhavaoccu, pier a Kendrathe lord of which is in the Lagna, the perronsborn will have facilities for keeping a conveyance. When the lord of the 10th bhavais in the llth, and the lord of this againin the 10rh,the personborn under the yogawill have ornament$ and vehicles,
NorBs. The 3rd padaof this Slsln in eEi&iqilqth rords differently as follows:-

dlft nrrta{ir rr

sl. 105-107

qrqqitsqrq:

?81

qrtt omrrftQ qrorqt g* | gt

slcrin dwr tt I o\ ll frqilft* ucqrrfrd

Sloka t05. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in the llth orthe 4th, and when Mrrs is in shl (Swakshetra)or in the I tth bhava, the yog.rwill undoubtedly leadto the acquisitionof a kingdom'
cf , qq|ri?E;a1qtq

nqi fr*a\ Hqt qrdE qE qr fhftqqg$ t

tl {qilr+ qfeil gQi} rr;ardfreqrqtutlftqn{

Eq onrertrRrftqacfqqmek eqI

qioarhrfrt}onqflf I rfrqq{gEqtg q;qFd qrqig tqrqnlqnrrEt{gqrrFr q-gd{qii{{rfiq{rtdrqrft ll WFdt tt t oq,

Stoha 106. If the planet occupying the qth bhava, the lord thereof and the one aspectingit, be in a Kendra or Trikona position or in the l lth bhava identical with their exaltation,their own or friendly signs,and if they to be also poseessed strength, they secure the person of much landed concerned long life, beds,seats,apparel, property,a good mansion,friendship of relatives,charm' ing vehicles,fameand happiness-

t hn*rcrsqFqet ffirrcqlFft E,tft ffi trd{ ll tos ll Rqrqrratqfr

Sloha 107 Mercury in exaltationor in $wakghetra (ser) iderrtical with a Kendra or a Trikona place from the Lagna,leadsto the acquiaitionof ab,rndantknowledgeand vast wealth.

782

qriri6crftwft

Adh"mi.

Nores. For the sameeflect seethe following frorn .r{({le{l-(.

frqtt TrarfqnTqrdfh'rqgat gerrr*iflqilq

dqF,il-qrftftqfprft fioqril qifhdlt"gtEf r

d gd .niorwrgrugqCat,iftfqe'
grrE{Tr{t ffi;qwaft firti qif:{*' drdt q il

sr;qlqd\mtfkar qR q{rqroflryrrgr gr& : tt iqfr q$d;ilqrTihgodirwil6rfte t oc ti

Slofta 108. If, in any horoscope"the four planets, -via., the lord o{ the 4th and tire 9rh bhavasreckoned from thc lord of the Lagnaand the planetsoccupying the two bhavas-be slrong in. ;ruspiciousvargas and relatedto chc Lagna in someway, and if they whereven or possiblebe associated:with aspected one another, by will b: a kinE long,lived,energetic, conccrned the person of largewealthand in possession four,corner;dvehicies, other symholsof sovereignty'.

omnigqnrtiRrs{iltt rTr{rrwF{nwff{ qiin{! UqETirfil gqiba& orsqf}qar t

r!

d[

qarqrT ; affiHoriqqn*iihnfl rrqurffipqq. I

{gtft d*o-r. tlt o\ll Ard El{gt fto} adiqqr*

Sloka 109. If 3 of the four planets (mentionedin the above slokaj have superior positional strength the (<rrt-co,Stthanabala) effect will be the acquisition of precious stones, ornaments and com, diveree kinds of forts. If two of the planets be possessedof strength in the Lagna,the person born will be happy in their res, pective dasaPeriode.

sr.r10-1tr2

lr(qftsqrq:

?8i!

sirqmTir6tqt f,6t {r:RrRlqs I

uruft{rd*q? EErlrEr I I " u egu lt

S/ofra 110. If the lord of the 4th house occupy singly and in strenqrh one of the three positionsmen" tioned in sloka108,srzlrc (r.e.trsr,4rhand 9rh bhavas) and be associated, with tire Lagnaor its lord, the dasa periodof the pianetin questionwill leadro the acquisi, tion of veiricnes.

qgiiqqtqqirftrarqr f|6qwqrqrorftur*t t {UEft qra,q rrrntqq-rrrrrfq t t t ll squr ll

S / o a a1 1 1 . I f t h e l o r d s o f r h e 4 t h , 9 t h , i l , t h a n d t h e Znd bhavasbe reiateci to tire Lagna in some way and have strength, thcy will, in their severa! dasaperiods, respectively lead to the acquisitionof a kingdom,good fottune, accession wealth and property. of

t rqfrsfhinirsgirr taurqt\q*u*ft i{go g{or gilf egfI N ft{ ftitgqftqEl sr(* rTlqqrPfr

qTqmr-fr fr{ril{ftrffibqrilfr rr ilR tl

Sloka 112. If the four planets (mentioned the in previoussloka)havesuperiorstrengthand bc connected with the Lagnain someway, all this will rake placeon a large scale; if they be all weak, they will produce misery. The effect will be mixed if their strength be of a mixed character. If the Karakaof the bhava conccrned,its lord and the planet occupyingit be inimical to the lord of the Lagna and be weak, they will prove exceedinglytroubl eoome.

,NA

|lilmfut

Adh.xu.

Entttrftqt grt udfttfutr

ggqtaili{rfrqoqreqerfr t tQtt nl

Sloka 113. When the lord of the 4th bhava being in an inimical or depression sign, occupiesa g:wrd (Dusthhana) and is aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava, there will be acquisition of a vehicle which will be either unsteadyor prove a very bad specimenof ite kind. cf. ssf'ih.mqlq

:rq fiEli qR qrqifl qrr]'tftqrRsqtkt qr r gqlqdt eaoeqf,til or{rfrqqrfimftfht qr n

o{dtti tesr qrilt gstlqgqqn ilB tl

Sloka.114. If the planets in the 9th, 10th and the lst bhavasbe benefic ones in their exaltation and be by aspected the lord of the Lagna,the personconcerned will cometo grief when a vehicle habitually used by to him ceases exist. cf. sdtfr.arqh

qrfi ! ufRo'rqrKglqqgqlnil |

m{qrqfiar?g s}oqqil''fFqm, }a t

etg +ro?TqnqTiFd g:t+qqql( ll

dti Ergtqtgqrmgi emwrurtt

qt td nqrcdfttat ilsililqft{ilq I qrni*nni a fr grQqrqgisa;iiqRgt

q{ (ffih

qFdtrsrtaor{tt\ rr furgq n

Sloka 115. If Jupiteror the lord of the 4th bhava with a benefic planetoccupya beneficRasi associated identicalwith the 9th bhavafrom the Lagna, person the will moveaboutin royal splendourin a vebi, coocerned cle borReby men during the gteaterportion of bir life.

sl. 116-119

etq{tsrqTqt

?85

to referred above occupyinga g:wrn (Duo' If the planets or thhaoa)be eclipsed, depreesed in an inimical houee, be no vehicle or other such meano of plea' there will locomotion; if they be in their own houseand surable strength,there will be a long apellof poEEeEs superior in in culminating progress a palanquin. enjoyment

urqqnrfrq* t ffrrtd.&Fftfr qRq1dw{qrrqsilnfrqtE tl qoqd u

Slofta 116. If the lords of the 4th and the 10th bhavaseither occupy or aspectthe llth bhava and be $trong.they will bestow every blessing.

orrrd gtrrnQd qffifi iil $ftrrq I

{rqfrftst qE(ll qle ll {rafr e{rrrrqrni

Sloka 1l?. If the lords of the 4th and the 9th bha' vas be in the lLth bhava or aspectthe 4th, the pereon of born will have many vehiclesand an abundance every of and be capable pleasinghis sovereign' earthly blessing,

qR qq\rearratd det{qFqft I

ffigfr

tt rmirroGqy,q.I tz ll dar

Sloha 1l8. Jf the lords of the 9th and the 4th bhavaebe related to the Lagna in someway and be a!' pectedby or in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will have the capacity to ingratiate himself into the favor of a king and other such ornamental accomplishments, Nores.

See sloka 102lirst half suPra.

grl{Enrfirft grrq{{g* t qfofrqR qrqi ll t tq ll qtnFnr e{tqr{

99

?86

trrcqcrRqre

Adh. xll.

-t *"*"

bhavasbe strong and associated with benefic planets. the person born will bc opulent and in crmmandr:f a numetous armv.
c/. omfic

qrddtqrfqgas,rrr r nleqrf\qqhqrGq\q r(
dangci fl'qlfaeni qciirirqiolri.Trqq tl
\.i

qltrf qrcilni{ilt ugndii g{eqldi I {FqIFlt s'rqqgstEr.r$q-({rir{qrefqt{{ tl u tRo

.S/oAa 120. If thc lord o{ thc -trtrhlia,.,l be in thc 9th, rdenticalwirh a sign or,vnecl a benefic pianet, by a n d i n c o n j u ' c t i o r rw i t h J u p i t c r a n c iV , : . u s , a n d i f the lord of thc 9th bhava be in a jionr or .r Kenclr.r posirion t h e p c r s o n o r n r v i l l h a v e t ; r u a r n : r l t sl,v e a i t h b ;rnd velri, cles collected frr-rrn rnany cur.rutries

gariuia wgrrrrrwl{rtrri{r{ u tqq tl

S / o A aI ? t . l f t h e l o r d so f t h e ? t h , 6 t h , 4 t h 3 r c l r ) r h , , lst and th; l2th l;havas ern conjurrcrion ith rhelrirtl b w of the 5th bh,rv.r,the pcrs;u born will riossrrss landr t c c m i n gw i t i r i r u , ' n b c r l c s s i n c s . m

flfliiqrqggqilrilor{aqtar r t

g}{r: tih warugerd{ft ltq rr fr*urh;*{rrrr u

S I o A a l J J . l f r h c l o r d o f thc .1thbhavabeing Jupi, ter or Venus occupy thc gth bhav.r irom the Lagna in great strength,and if the lord of the gth bhavabc in a Kcndra or Trikona pc'sirlon tire nerson born will get many vehicles.

gqriqdr iegtl fHr qr qqt iioqrqtri'rq'rmr r

s[ 123-126

grEtftsqrq:

78?

ll *rA*urqiqlsft qg{IEilt{rIIT{ 111 ll

Stoka 123. lf the lord of the 4thbhava in conjunc' tion with Jupiter ,rndVenus, occuPythe 9th bhavaand if the lord of the latter be in the 4th or in any of the other Kendrasor in a Trikona position, the personborn Inany veiriciesand lands. will possess

rurilfr Rm qloqdqrrqtgt I

t orh;nfutfirt qTewqariqi

riiqr qit *onqrq& frUeqq: I lls tl

Sloko L24. if a benefic planetbe in tlrc Lagna-Ken' dra,i.e.L:gna itself, and the 9ch irhavabc occupied by a planetin exaltation anJ when the lord of thc Znd to bhava is in a Kendra,thc yogr is c;rlcttiatcd leadto a throne.
cf. _rtil.f,.c{

rirqa&ql-{r *"{ fiarq qar.dg.t'{qlf}{il q ffe ffrqrtartfng{t(l.f}d tl dEfF,{aftnqni

sqf iintqfr ffr{ firr${{E{fl q1\ ll

d S l o k a 1 1 5 . W h , : n t h e a t h l ' h a v r i s a s p e c t r :b y a ic benef plarretand tire lorrJof thc:lnJ biravain conjunc' and a tion with ben':iic planets occupies a Kt';1s113, is in thc 2nd bltava, the birth in planetin ex,rltation such a yoga is likelp'ro leadto a thronc.
cf , iIiT.nGt

qFt giihi ft;ftgtr {a '{{f'.rtI

ainqQq}oi I fr*ne '{iqt g h'i qi}a'{

girdiFc|| sqflqii fir t<flqr*ific{rqqqrfh

n tlE ot qrqft qr t{ei iifraffiqqo{Es tf

o{inwlrnriqn rdqt: qdqnfrt

788

qrnrqraqfi

Adh. xII.

Sloka 126, If the lords of the lrt, 4th and the 9th bhavasbe in the iOth, and the lord of the latter occupy or aspect the Lagna, the effect of the yoga will be a throne.
cf. fl.ffi{d

qrrhart{rgQanr: miftqar ntq*arfE{or'r +t+rtqdigt figri ffronanrRgqrflfld ll

udungq{r{m r{qrnrcr qit r

q{fr aFltffi frrffiq?d{iq. tRs tt tt
Sloka 127. lf the lords of the 10th, lst and the 4th bhavasoccupy the 10th bhava and the lord of the last mentionedbe some way connected with the Lagna, the person born in the yoga will become the master of a throne.
NotBs. Some books read, "grTlt{t=<Tl:tt place of "g141gtttl:', in

qR gwtgqmtilr *;quiurFTril I

qtsqrirreqqi qosonfur?rfiqtRd tl u

Sloka 178. If Jupiter, Venus and the lord of the 9th bhavabe in a Kendra or Kona position, or in the l1th bhava,the person born will have an abundance of vehiclesand becomea monarch,

qriffiitqqfr qiodtqt{rfrqlt eqil}n t

ranQewrqfin ftarrqnfttft xlrrq u tRqrl

Sloka 129. If the lord of the 4th bhava and the most strength and be planet occupyingthe 10th posse$s by aepected or in conjunction with the lord of the 9th bhava,or if they be eachir the other's house,they wili pave the way to the attainmentof a throne.

-._--, " _._._-.*-,1S_.IT" -.."-",--"-19n ]3-T1s_'_ ?'.

eqrn.d{rfit nqrPirqqrnrrt' tt ilErquiil{nt ffs:sqq?tdiq 11" tt
preceding sloka 130. The personrcferredto in the throne when, in the sloka will becometh. o..upunt of a 4th bhava' its own rnain dasa(qlrr) of thc lord of the progress (eta{rn; sets itl, and when. during the antardasa (fi6tr) and within it the of tbis antardasa,the vidasa bhava is reached' up.d.., (Yqm) of the lord of the 10th

gqd gqritfr onrlds I qqt{Qfis(ritrTrfi i.iiu *1.t qutii iaeiqqdqlftqft {r{qrq{ t lt

the lst bha Stttka131. If the lords of che9th and the latter be in the vas occupy the 4th and tl're lord of person born Lagnaidentical with a beneficRasi' the i{ the lord of the 4th will always enjoy happiness' Rrrt tire other conditions bi"rr^ happen io bt in the 6th and will be overtaken by obtain as in the above Yoga, he be{allsan enemy or a misfortune-a fate th'rt usually

qt wilIIEIiqqfi m:r&glrct qod$ I qqiiqi{r{qGqqq+w {ilii t* gsnerEri lt llR ll

bhava be in the SJoftc 132' if thc lord o[ the 6th of t)rh ur aspectedby bcncfic planetsor possessed much the yoga will have to strength,th" p..rot bcrn under the dasa period of the surrender,for sometime' during to his enemy' lord of the 4th bhava,his whole fortune

hostile person.

eq gtqfi\t fiqqAegse{rqqmt<utfrri t qrqdlqi firr;fi gar<rw{ wtfr r{q tttlltt rc

cet forth in Sloha 133. If, under the conditione

7m

qrdEqftqrt

Adh. )ilI.

with the lord of the 4th bhava, the whole fortune of the person concerned will be with the enemy during the whole of the dasaperiod of tlre latter planet. But il the planetary conjunction be malefic, the fortune vrill return to ite former owner at the concluding portion of the daaaof the lord'of the 4th bhava.

ilisn* iln {ft qgtd*rnrF{il t Qutr n

Sloka 134. If the 4th bhava be a benefic Rasi and ics lord bc in conjunction with a benefic planet and the Karaka of the bhava also holde a similar position, the perEonborn will have much land and wealth.

trqri girQ*Tdirg{rtgt I

**Et flqsqdqfi worfhlor,rsyBflt I

qIqrFEiqlq(frid qr *nRffii $erqFilffi{rs tl
Sloha 115. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying a.depressionor an inimical varga has attained any one of the malefic 60th portions of a sign, ztiz. Kalagni,Sula, or Anraka (kala) and if ir be also in conjunction with by or aspected malefic planets,the yoga will lead to the loss of landsand other such sources livelihood, say of the astrologers.

oni\qq wfrrqRqtrfuqri{rgftq} ftqq;g{rftr

wtTrs'sifut.niimr{rq. I

qralnmFqgngrkurftgrt{Q il il

Sloka 136. If the planet ownrng the sign occupied by the lord of the Lagna be an enemy,there wili be lose of land and houre when, in the dasaperiod of the planer,

sl. 137-1s8

atq{tst?rq!

791

its own gfo (Bhukti) sets in When the Bhukti of thc lord of the 4th bhava in the main drsa referred to approaches, person concernedwill becomebereft of the some relative ; and the Bhukti, in the same dasa,of a planet in conjunction with Saturn, Mars or Mandi will occasiondisasters.

S*qrFqer Rittr swriqqi trErlq! fitqt

qrdlorritrftrd I fr ?.iwtit orrr}F{fr

dEtrE! {q{dtqr gqgfi ft*qiuRriiq ofiur gqrrftrr grrgfi fi&qRilqs tf lle tl

Slohu 137. lf the lords of ttre 2nd and the 4th bhavasoccupy, in conjunction with a benefic planet, the 9th bhava identical with a benefic Rasi, the peroon born will comeby a treasure laid un der,ground. Again if the lords of the llth and the 2nd bhavas in the +th' be bhavabe in a benefic and the lord of the last-mentioned sigrr in conjufr:tion with a benefic pilnct, the acquisition of hiddeh trcaslrre will be the result. Thirdiy, thc lord of the l lth bhavacccupyingthe 4th in conjunction with a benefic planet is a giver of wealth concealed underground.
Nortis. 't16q,1q, in This appe:rrs

qrlaqqTddil amqr! qrq{gar I qnitl{gtg$ImlqtKtttiqElstf I ld ll

'Ihe S/ofrc 138. lords of the Znd, lZth and the 4th bhavas occupyingthe 8th in conjunction with malefic planetsoccasion languidness the house which will in increasein propclrtion to the number of evil planeta con joined.

crdofiftEtir
r v v ! ! v v v ! ! v v v v v v v v i v v v v v v v r - . v . ' r ! t v v - Y ! . #

Adh. xII.

fltsudr $tS qr gt qIET{irnf ll ?13 tt

Sloka 139. If a maleficplanet or Rahu in the 4th bhava be aspected by an evil planet, the person born comforts' will be a suffererin the matter of domestic If Mars or the Sun occupying the 4th bhava be in depressionor in an inimical house,the personconcerned will be houseless.

gt ntsfr il qlqsU t{gqrffiqR t

dttsei qI irtfr wIraEIfiqfttqRt

ll St qft ql.Tr{rqqqgAqti gt+utqf tuo ll

Sloha 140. lf the planetin the 4th bhavabe depres' the Dersouborn will slip into a well or sed or eclipsed, eomesuch reservoir. If there be a maleficplanet in the 4th bhava,he will experiencemisfortunes. If Saturn occupy it, there will be loss of comfort and happiness.

.Jtt I "qq\ o{t6 {ifisadqrql Gi uuq{n} qrqbiliqG{l(! ll tBt ll

S l o k al 4 l . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c 4 t h b h a v a f r o m t h e Lagnaoccupy the llth, the person born will lodge in a housein a foreign land ; if it occupy the 8th stranger's bhava,there will be no house etc.' owned or tenanted he by him; if the plarrctbc in thc 6th bhava, will lodgc paternal relation, in a houseof which thr: master is a suchasan uncle,a cousitr,etc.

qr( 3rmfr qflErorqE: qgriqar qodtui qr t gsirIl?q(t<teeid glanqqi r{ikd EI ll lBl, ll

Sloko 142. The lord of the 4th bhavaoccupying it or any other strong planettherein will easily lead to the

sl. 143-146

Etqrilsqrqr

acguisition of a house. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:rrrrT(Dusthhana)or if the planet occupying the 4th bhavahasstrengthfor evil (as an adversaryt,the housefalling to the lot of the p:rson brrn will b: either cra\y or haunted.

q{R6qqrsqjnilaffi qqg ft q1l qHiqrq{ifrflrIqRRildrql! lBl ll ll

Stohc'143. The lords of^the 12th, the Znd and the 4th bhavasoccupyingthe 6th, the 3rd, the 12th and the 8th bhavasfrom the Lagna, lead to the loss of a house in proportion to the number of m,tlefic planets in conjunctionwith them.

oamq+fr,tETqrrrowFqilt I
ilrqitaqstrtrd qdlqtq qiaq: ll tsg ll
Slokn 144. Awise astrolog., -iy assertthe sound condition of as many housesas there are planetsin the Trikonas and Kendrasfrom the Lagna. cf . q-{Fr{

*-afi+;iotgfjqq gi ndla'tarJ(rf\ofiq: r

qgq\rqrttqdrfioqrq affiq| qltl.f qtfr t

ffidqqt

qordfriq{ft d\t ccrgrttlu\n

Sl<thu. 145. If thc lord of the 4th bhava occupy the 12th from the Lagna,the personborn will have a dilapi. dated house: but if the planet be in a Trikona or a great strength, the house would be Kendra and possess lovely and of many hues.

rdit fpqdgil Rt wrtgt r tt {tft frguq{rtErsft eaqf<rq.tBEu

Sloha 146. When the 3rd bhava is occupied by a beneficplanet and the lord of the 4th bhava ie strong, 100

qrdsqrfoflt

Adh. XIL

a che personborn will possess strong house; the same will be the casewhen the lord of the 4th bhava has attainedGopura and othcr benefic Vargas.

Sloha l4'1. If. the lord of thc lOth bhavaassociated with a malefic planet occupy the 4th, the astrologerg say the perscn born will become bereft of lands and obedient service. The samee{fect is producedif the lord of the 10th occupy the 4th in a malefic Navamea xs and in such a baneful shashtyamss filiur (Mrityukara) and be at the sametime in conjunctionwith the lord of the 8th bhava.

qrarfrqrQrftaruqr$REi {rqriI twri gi qtiEiorrfr ciq tt lus ll Sk* igs{tftqft

uttt drqdg* irit eqodlqf I ll olt qotqda"i nsn$gaq lge ll

S/cAa 148. When the 3rd bhava is occupiedby a beneficplanetand when the lords of the 4th and the Lst bl:avas are in strength, the personborn will be in possession a mansionwith encircling walls. of

qn1qatut git;gq1pqtr ircnt , qTsft uiiwrrf{r+ it*t .&q&tq ll lsq ll rqr rfr a'iaq*aa tqarqft{Ri
|| ErrfffiqrRqft ar(dls'.qrqs

SlokLti49. If the lord oJ the 4th bhava be in a q'rtrqaifi' (Paravatamsa),or being aspected by Jupiter and the Moon has attained Gopura or other em (amsa), the possessionon the part the astrologershould declare of the personborr"rof a divine abode (Temple ?). Thus ends the XIIth AdhYaYa,&c',
--,<-^,/y]F-'

qfrqflsuuFt: crrcrirqftqrfr
ll il qerqgrtHFqrHr
AdhyaYa,
THa nrnecrs oF tttr

XIII.

5tn AND THE 6Tll RtrAVe:;.

ll qq[ q{grrir$o{

ll

goqdii'irft' oila;gRi{re: frawi qlqrcqwa{Her

qHTIIR(Ne's{,T*itrei rqel I ft

wrffifffttr

qhir{{'-d+(ll q li

Sloka 1. It is from the 5th bhava that an astrologer should think about a person's tutelary deity, oovereign, son, father, intelligence and religious merit. A pilgrimage has to be guessed with reference to the ?th, the 6th, the 2nd and the l0th bhavas. Any wan' from the dering to a far-off placeshould be ascertained bhava. The father's happinessmay be known l?th with reference to the lst and the 4th bhavasand the Sun. The acquisition of children is to be determincd 'Ihe in connection with Jupiter and che 5th bhava. wife's accomplishments,the astrologer may predict through the 7th birava,the lord of the Znd and Venus.
cf" qrd$I{<ot

:I g&*+erewr;rfladitln&ft'rfiftfinsq
gdrfil{rAqaqqriqi t}nqqt, qftRoaf,tqq tt
7J5

7s6

sfrdtfcrRqre

Adh. XIII.

oqrqlilfr gqtftilgf $tqilruq,i

qrfr qrcfitgEqft;giter){i}ti s} gqn qtr{ fiog qrqst gt {rftrq{ nr;qrRq}t ttrtt

Slohrt Z. If the 5th bhava from the Lrgna be oc, cupied or aspected by a maieplanet, the personbrrn will adorca male deity. If the Sth bhava be an even Rasi and asp:ctedor o:cupied by the Moon or Venus, he will prcfer to worship a femaledeity. If the planct aspecting occupyingthe 5th bhrva be the Sun, the or deity worslripped'will be the Sun chiefly ; if the Moon iirft (Gouri) wilt be adored; if or Venus, thc goddess Mars, it rvill b: Kartikeya; if Mercury, the object of adoration will be Vishnu ; if Jupiter, ir will be Siva. If the 5th bhavr be in conjunction with or aspected by Saturn or others, zrie., Rahu or Ketu, the person will worship other deities. NorEs.
This sloka al)pears in :ltdfr{d, The word sltq{ (Athman) deuots tlie .5th bhzrve,. c/. r,.aa1iqor.

sq silfr{rrqtftegtftqmii=sfr t

qfi6q( ll {TqI;* gRq+..rt;qql

wrdil drrft gAQwnnuqrsifru I tl

Sloha 3. Devotion to the deity indicatedby rne lord of the 5th bhava leadsto the loss of children when the planetis inimical to the lord of the Lagna. If the lord of the Sth bhava be not inimical but more proprtious, the effect 'uvouldbe even. But if there would be fuiendehip between the lords of the 5th and the lst bbavas,he will, by worshipping the deity indicated by

uqfr ofiirrqqrcqqil] ntq{ikl gffimrtcr I

sl.4-5

?{I(ilstqtq:

7s7

thc infinice graceof the lord of che 5th bhrva, secure that deity.

ilneri gegqi{tfiiki qgi {r (il{iri {oitit tqffiwqfttft t qrqltrt ft.raqfifi qrfift fiI{ri
qrdi frqrft{qgqdittet;mtrdql ll B ll
Sloha 1, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspected by Jupiter, Mercury and Venus, and if the lord of that bhava be strong, the personborn will qet into the good gracesof hts sovereign. But if the 5th bhava be occu' pied by a malefic planetan.l its lord being void of strength,occrlpya malefic pcrtion o[ a sign, the person born will be void oi lcarning, dducation; virtues, and royal favor. intelligence

g *: oi qraqdl tgqdtsirsq{t

ftffqrfrkgfu{ qia{tq-tqet gt

ffi

g qg.qqq ct;ri qrgqelll"qmqt I

'TKg(l{(eglfrqii (fr qlftRr'a \ ll ll cTldf

Sloka 5. If the lord of the 4th bhava be in the Lagna and the lord of the latter occuPy the 4th and be by aspected or in conjunction with other planets, the birth of a quadruped will take place. If the planets, aspectingor in conjunction, be Rahu or Ketu, the crea' cureborn will be a goat; if those planets be Jupiter, Venus or the Moon, the birth vuill be of a cow; the or creatureborn will be a buffalo if the planet,asPecting in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna be Saturn. If the lord of the Lagn:r ba in the 10th and Rahu in the Lagna,the creature will come out from the womb with the lego foremost.

798

qrdoqrRcra

Adh.XIII.

u $ufuuftgeqft* qril! uitrilqftsrotril! q rl

Slol.r 6. If the lords of the 5th and the 4th bhavasoccupythe 2nd and the ?th severallyor conjoint, Iy, and be aspected or in conjunction with a mrlefic by planet and when a male planet is in a Drekkana owned by a nale sign, the creatures born will be monkeys, pigs, cats and the like.

qrtRftwrerffi * 1 furerf iqqqnarft

efq.qrqgtfhta qnf ftoerafrqlWftr ffiirffiq.* qit q*hF{q} ho'* t

qsangfiEqrgiliqrs g*;gglitmr

q*sft ffiqift

ilrtoi iEqrutfr rr\e Ger rr

Sloha 7. When the Drekkana referredto in the precedingsloka is aspected Saturn and Mercury, the by birth will be somethingin the from of a lump or a round mass. If Jupiter in conjunction with Rahu be united there and be aspected by a weak planet the personborn will be of the Brahmana caste and will his birth. If Jupiter, rtoop to do vile acts not becoming Rahu and Saturn be united there and be aspected by Venus and Mercury, the person born though a Sudra will attainto equality with a Brahmin, and as a twice, born will receive inscruction in everv science.

ormsroorhgqqft{rtsqq so}i*t ts q;ilet qR s.qqihfr aqrH*sqrswrnsI qrqHqqtqfi fqgir *aie.ril] ilrar g*s{if.B'fr il d tl sranirn{ gxqroi

sl.8

ldqqtsqrq:

79e

Sloku 8. A person can have prosperitv (sons, wife, etc.),according as the 5th or the 7th hous" calcu' lated from the Lagna or the Moon at the time of his by birth is occupiedor aspected a beneficplanec or by its lord;.if otherwise,he can have no son or wife' II, Vrrgo identicalwith the rising when the Sun occupies sign,Saturnis in Pices,the latter planetwill cause the deathof his wife. And Mars in the 5th house in the previous yoga brings about the deathof the son. NorBs.
This sloka has been taken fronr gEsildin (Brihat Jatakar. I f t h e r u l e r o f t h e 9 t h h o u s ei s p l a c e d i n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 7 t h bhava from the Lagna, it will bring atl liinds of prosperity. The sameholds goc'dfor the Moon. This is one interpretation. Here g{ (Subha) is taken tc mean the 9th house. Second interpretation. It Jupiter, the \Iaster of Benefics (qxai qfn:-Subhanampatihi) is placed in the 5th or the 7th house fronr the Lagna or the X{oon, the yogir causesalso every kind of prosperity. (Ishta' Third interpretotion. If planets rrrling the ttrtzrt<l: stthanas,uiz., placesother tharr the 3rd, the 6th, the 8th and the lZth) be placed in the 5th and 7th houses from the Lagna or t h e M o o n , t h e n a l s o p r o s p e r i t yi s i n d i c a t e d . Fourth interpretotion. If the ruler of the bouse occupied by Venus be placed in the 5th or 7th bhava fronr the Lagna o' the Nloon, it leads to prosperity. Here glrvfr (Subhapati) is split up (Sukra), u (Bha):qi11(Itasi) and qii (Pati). into { (Su;:* Atnther uiew. It the ruler or nakshatraoccupied by Venus be placed in the 5th or the 7th from the Lagna or tbe Nfoon, then also prosperity is indicated. (The rulers of Nakshatrasare accord' ing to iEli'lnt-Vimsottari System). In all the above interpretzrtions' the planet or planets con' cerned may take the role of aspectdng instead of occupging.

800

qrilEcrRqre
In the absence of the above yogas, the

Adh. XIII.
nran is sure ,to be

unhappy. If Virgo is tr.rrise with the Sun in it and Saturn be in Pisces, the native witi kilt many rvives. If Virgo is to rise witl, l\lars in Capricorn, such a peison wili lose nlany sons who are born. It may however be asked "Why does Saturn in The Pisces with

the Sun in Virgo as Lagna kill wives?"

ans\ver is, Saturn,

as ruler of tho t'th, in the 7th aud in opposition to the ruler of the l2th is bad. To be mo.re explicit, the rulers of bacl houses sh<luld not be in Subha Sthanas igqtqta) or good houses. T h e S u n a n d S a t u r n i n o p p o s i t i o n w i l l i n c l i c a t en r o r e t h a u o n e wife especially in dual signs. j \ I a r s i n t h e 5 t l r n r a y l ' r sg o c d f o r l i n : r . n c e ; b u t i t i s c e r t a i u l y b a d f o r i s s u e sa n d r v i l l a l n ' a y s l i i l l c h i l d r e n .

qrc itq: qgquq? qrdfqqr{qfrgqq. t aDgur sqq lRiq q r nidee:tt

l \ l a r s c o m i n g i n t o t l r c f i r s t p o r t i o n o f t h e 5 t h b h a v a r i ' i 1 1k i l l frrst son: con,ing into the nriddle portionl he n'i11 iiril the the middle son, and if he cornes inro the last portion, he nilt ki1l the later issues. Further, 1\l:trs ni11 always ki11 chiidr en betrveen I and 3 I'ears ( Qf , r'.,T, aq fdirii: etc., l lrihat ei \rlII. sl. 9. '\ct.ording to this principle, the lioon Jatalra-Ch. rules for the {lrst ye:Lr and llars rules for tbe next two 1'ears. the ages of Therefore childre n l iil be l;illed tt:tthin three years I.y llars.)

l;ilS+: gdr,eaqtqarqdrtfn?r uQhdqqrfaq I I R: ftqlqi sfiaft erils*gi qrqiqfi:Ud?ft:gail gr: sr(u fiqwq q;q1 e qff,rct'-ligur rnatqr{ q,rf}dI
c{ \ n qlrqHrEqnQ$sFE: \ ggls;qqr qK{aI lQ {ra: ll

T,-qtot{q{ (Kalyana Varr.nan), the author of qtrrqe,t(Saravali). s a y s t h a t t h e r e a r e 12 k i n d s o f s o n s w h i c h a p e r s o n m a y b e d e s t i n e d to have. They are (t).rltg (Aurasa) a son born to a iawfully married wife; (Z) *ac (Kshetraja), one that is born to a wife through a brother or other kinsman of her husband duly appointed

sr.8
J.!w

tffissqtq:

801

to raise up issue for him ; (:) r< (Datta)' one tlrat has been receivedas a gift from his natural parents for being adopted; for purposes of the (+) *iiie(Kreeta), one that has been purchased (Kritrima)r a srown-up son o continuance f the family; (5) flTq adoptedwithout the consentof his natural parents; (6) 3{qqcrr{ (Adhamaprabbava), an offspring born to a low'caste woman (7) rtqx (Gudhotpanna), a son born through a Brahmin; secretly of a woman when her husbandis absent, the real father being unknown ; (8) 3{ciaq(Apaviddha}' a son that is abandoned by the father or mother, or by both, and adopted by a stranger; (s) ficrfi-{(I'auuarbhava),a son of a widow rernarried; (10) 6tdia (Kaneena),the son of an unmarried wornan; (l l) {il6 (Sahodha)' (Dasi' the son of a rvoman pregnant at rnarriage; (12) <rtci{a 'l'he particular kind of son female slave. prabhava), the son of a tbat one may get is thus describedin Saravali'

gd{qn {qgiir gfrd1r wqlfit }rrq t tt tqi qsq: gsi qqsq{qq faqiTh qfidi Utqil grruara\nl qq.gx: t qr *Iff4lqqqT q?iifialfeffisft n]+i: ll
\.\^ flFqI iql{Tqqt flIFqI{ dlqil flqI eel I

eD fberqrqinhsqil ll gqED aQgqr

r mt n\Xqfgq{eigr$qr*,erq1q:
fr*qg{ qiqfa q}'iisft.iu} {aqee: tl

qpqgndfi;gfiilfni qR nia\q gnq. r

e.fl{g*rqlt:+,lc*r gqs Ai st( tl flflqqri +lii frrgi qai q{ qqi t tl aflqg'i fq-qt.&qq(udq1;grt

qil qaqrrdi q{q ETsa | ng+ rii\

AfadeuqFit qrdq gilsqqqqq:ll q-i ,tiqt{rqaqkq q;etEAffit qqfti I
101

802
\\or

q|(sqTRqft

Adh. XIII.

afoiq q qii qlfiq,irtfitfrt Gqr r

gaqqqqfi g+sqfia qft *6,tgfiqqqr(tt

ll {flF9a: 91: sJqqq{qrrTFt

nfhitt qoi nfigft qai sErqqt r g*,rfiuuieUga' ilq,ifr qqfi tt

TsT qqrsflHT.firedq{ qqq +FI I
c\.\\

gr: ifiebssqq qrqta: sfRt Rqqfa il qfrrfiqoqqrit, qo4uqngt gatt r g*.n eenriga:*fin: n*aa tt qai diarr$+ qrqd HEr | {rrft
c \ ^\ qldlsgr: gQq:HFqq{ilqKIiT ll .\

graai{ nfuag},or Aflfht eqqsda r qtdiqqqrfr ala'qrqfQ *fiqrqrqt'tt fsaerfuqi nr"qiels'rqrfq I Srt frg-i qt+q+.oq*T: qrqw fg:.gqtrfrrrr;tsfr g{r: tl
or S u c h o f t h o s e i n w h o s e h o r o s c o p e st h e 5 t h h o u s e i s o c c u p i e d s p e c t e d b y l r e n e { i cp l a n e t , so r r : ; i t s e l f a u a u s p i c i o u s s i g n ( b e i r : g o n ' n c - db y b e n e l i t : s ) ,w r l l c e r t a i l l y b e b l e s s e d w i t h o n e o r o t h e r o f t h e l < i n d so f s o n s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e . I f i t b e o t h e r w i s e , t h e r e w i l l be no issue. If the 5th hr.ruse, couuted either from the Lagna or the lloon u h i c l r c i e r i s s t r o u g c r ' ,b a p p e n t o b e a \ - a r g a o f J u p i t e r a n d s h o u l d also bc a benelil sign or be aspected by benefic planets' the person (Aur;,sa) son. concerned rvlll have an ctfo{(i The numl,rer olt sons that a person may lrave is that signihed

by the number of benefic Navamsas that have elapserdin the 5th bhava. This nurnber will be doubled if the bhava be also aspected by benefics. 'fhe numbcr lost will be ascertained through the number of malefic Navamsas traversed, and tbe number will be

s[8

*irqqisrqrqr

803

doubled if the bhava be also aspected by mate6cr. Also ff' XIII-+6, *7, infra. If the 5th housebelong to a Varga of Saturn and be aspected bv Mercury but not by Jupiter, Mars or the Sun, the person concerned will have a ta; (Kshetraja) son. The same will be the case if the house in question belong 1e 3. Varga of Nlercury, be by aspected Saturn and be at the same time devoid of the aspect or of Jupiter, IVIars the Sun. I f S a t u r n s h o u l d o w n t h e 5 t h h o u s ea n d a l s o o c c u p y i t a n d i f w t h e M o o n s h o u l d a s p e c tt h e s a i d h o u s e , t h e p e r s o nc o n c e r n e d ' i l l get a (({ (Dattal.a) son. If }Iercurv should take the role of S a t u r n i n t h e a b o v ey o g a t i r e n a t i v e w i l l g e t a f t t ( l i r e e t a ) s o n . o I f t t r e 5 t h h o u s ew i t h S a t u l n i n i t b e i n t h e S a p t a m s a f \ l a r s any of the renaining planets' the b a n c lb e n o t b e a s p e c t e d y (Kritrirna) son. person concernedn'i11get a SrQt If the 5th housebe in a Varga of Satu-'n or be occupiedby the Sun, with the aspect of i\{ars on it, the son of the personcon(Aclhamaprabhava). cerned will be an 3Tqqqif4 lf the Moon should occupy in the 5th houseanamsa of Mars a n d b e a s p e c t e db y S a t u r n a n d n o t b y a n v o f t h e o t h e r p l a n e t s will be a lf,aiiq{(Gudhotpanna). the son of the personconcernerl If Mars occupy the 5th house identical with the \rarga of by Saturn anrl be aspecterl the Sun, the personconcerned will get (Apatidclha)class ; so declares sageKaruna' a son of the aqiia The son of a pdrson will be fiqii+ (Pounarbhava) when, in his nativity, the l\'Ioonis in the 5th house in a Varga of Saturn and in conjunctton with that planet, and is also aspected b1' Venusand the Sun. tf ttre 5tU bhava be in the Shodasamsaof the Sun and be w b o o c c u p i e d r a s p e c t e d v h i m , t h e s o n o f t h c p e r s o nc o n c e r n e d i i l (Kaneena). be a da}< If the 5th house belong to a Varga of the Sun br the Moon and be occupiedby the Moon or the Sun respectively and if the bhava be at the same time aspectedby Venus' the native will bave a son of the t{Eid (Sahodha)class.

ildcqrRqre

Adh. XIII.

If the 5tl house being a malefic sign be occupied by three or more malefics in strength and has no benertc aspect on it' the person concerned will not bave any sc,n. I f t t r e S t t r b h a v a l r a p p e n st o b e i n t h e N a v a m s e o f V e n u s a n c has the aspect of that planet on it, the issues will be of the atdi. qlt4 (Dasiprabhava) c1ass. Sorne sey that the srnre should be predicted through the \Toon also , i.e., whert tlre 5th bhava is in the Navamsa of the Moon and is also aspected by that planet. If the 5th bhava beiug in a Varga of Venus or the tr{oon be at t h e s a m e t i m e a s p e c t e ' 1o r o c c u p i e d b 1 ' t h e s e p l a n e t s , t h e i s s u e s w i l l g e n e r a l l y b e < l a i r g l r t e r s .T h e s a m e w i l l l r c t l r e c a s e i f t h e s i g n r e p r e s e n t i n g t l r e V a ' r g : ri n c l u e s t i o n b e e v e n . O t h e r w i s e , t h e i s s u e sq ' i l l b e a l l s o r r s . The author of Sar:rvali gives some detarls regarding one's wif e, ai,z.:-

g*;g*enfiri' qtaibfla atuqi{?flqq{ q n}'fihl I ll qqt qtsfi s qfts't faAfn( EI flf:d fe* qEqqfirrFlqrll:

u3$dril' asiq;qrfiqaqq,iiqnI afirrfiq,it,rai qn?gqi gq.i: tI( ll qef}d qqqdtqi{r(eqT qril f;iitflqlarsfE I qrfii tt qlq qfauqiir utgqqlarR qftq ffafha,irii ghsnarfiqlfqi I qqFn fii\or tt eEar eg'l:o,it ui {!{m'it: aaui ifiSaaftqrgi'ia-F{ir: htqTolql: ll gh turrrqal-isfi aafln

o{lFso}sEEI grelnqfr e qI ;IEr{t sq qi{gmqiikavtgeiair qrqf t

$qd gt'{f{rhagi iIIffig gldi{r} qlfliqeqntireq ffTqtldtqRfqst ll q ll

st 9-10

aqlqtfrsqrq:

m0

Sloha 9. When the lord of the 5th bhava or of the 9th from the Lagna occupies the 7th bhava or an even Rasi and is aspected by or ia conjunction sith the Moon or Venus, a gooJ number of daughterswould be born. If the two planetsreferred to above occupy a by male varga and be aspectcd or in conjunction with male planets,the number of children born will cootain a majority of sons. The question of obtaining irsuer, an astrologermust propound, with referenccto Jupiter and the 5th bhava. Nortls' cf. noffi.r1

s{{qil 'it+ittqt*gt e} sG g xgfi: t gti dtqi srFgdfr tl drrtii elqtdmzb q=s

If the 5th house or its lord be posited in a rnale sign or Amsa or be in conjunction with or aspccted by rnale planets, the children will be all rnales. fhe birth rvill be of dirughters if the said house or its lord be in a fcnrale lt:rsi or Arnsa, or be associated with or aspected by fctnale planet:. o,-, r-rrrins in the last gta of the Ilalalthadrzr,tal;es it{;qriqtlii: -lupitor'" " fronr the 5th place reclioned frorn and sloka to nrean quotes the fol1ou'ing :

qlqflgmI qlqlFqaqqrdt.qaq,T gqfaqlilfq-qn *'qAz C gni. FII( ll

This as rvell as thc ne.rt six slolias are in lidl,(d.

-iiq gx;gtd grt iqoer;g+q girq w t ll ntrgfr {ggr{noi{;qnt dt grdias t o ti

S/oAa 10. If the 6th bharra from the Lagna be a or vargaof Venus or thc Moon and be aspected occupied by either of them, and if at the same time no maldic planetsbe in the bhava,the person born will have many

808

arftnFltRiri

Adh. XIII.

the children. But'if SatutnandMars shouldasPect Sth bhava. wili be bereftof children. he

ftaqrft{qS} gil.IffifTtrq mqd*

eft*q{t c g{utilfrsaqg*qt(

aqrtgr(ffifuagt ffitsun

q+sgi qh tt t t tt gM{qfts RII{t{r$qa}

Sloha l'1, A person will have a grandsonif the ?th plscefrom the 5th bhrva be in the Rasi and Amsr o[ a beneficplanet, or if the lord of the 7th place afore' said be aspected by or in conjunction with a bene{ic planetand occupy a K.endra or a Trikona' If the lord nf the Sth bhava be in <wa (Swakshetra), the person born will not have many sons. If the planet owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of che 5th bhava be the astrologer may give out that in its own Navamsa, will havc but one son. the personconcerned

gx& qfirfti ftm'ir qrqriidt*sqqt

g{Kgq{r1Rl$r&il1 qrTI:$o'6'itr*tl I

nfr rqrqri{rir il(i.ft gfaffit g{{I ll g*& ilgt t* gilqfr rJaifrqrilFqcTq?1 ll

Sloha \2, If the lord of the ?th bhava be in the 5th, the person born will have no children or be'bereft bf a wife. Malefic plan':ts in the 8th, the 6th and the 12th places from the 5th bhav,r bring the family to extinclion. Rahu occupying the 5th bhava and the lord thereof in a g:tara (Dusthhana) vrill causethe death of children. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 5th and the lord of the latter io the 1st bhava, the person"'-qcerned will adoPt a Bon.

s[ 19-14

zqtqdcqrq:

8nt

NorBs. the following For the lst {l{ (paaa)of this sloka compare from qoaliiqt\ '. \ \ ^\

e.lw gf,rt qqeqtanlsgqls'iqlll

ssdMtutfrs{

q C<risd sr&ldtRfi q( t
rJ6rR ll Eqffi4qreqfraq tl ll

SJofta13. If the lords of the 1st and the 5th bha' (Dusthhana) and be aspected by a vas occupy a g:<nrT ic benef planet, the person born will have a legitimate son as well as a scn by adoption. Find the vargar of the planet occupying the Rasi repreeentiogthe Stir bhavaanCalso thoseof the Karakaof the game. Find again which of the several Rasis to which theeevargas b.long are unoccupiedby planets; from someone of the class of people irldicatedby these Rasis will the adoPta son. personconcerned

*nffiqtJ$r:

gdt{: grTd

d'qri:Ee'iqfa gd qqtfr qtti I *qllrgirgilrfirqufuqlql qFrgfurrEf}Krg! tB ll qtqT$rfr ll

Sloha L4. If the lord of the 5th bhavain conjunc' tion with a benelic planetbe in a Kendra or Trikona porition in a benefic Rasi, the person born will havea son in his carly yearo. lf the lord of the 5th bhava be in conjunction with Rahu, the son born in the Bhukti (girn) of the former wrll be short-lived while the one yoga born in the gi* (Bhukti) of Rahu in the sanae will attain long life.

809.

qnnF Rilt

Adh.xlil,

grvr?qRq,fr qrtfhtr -ril{o} Sr}

qrejffit gilIqritfr qqtl qR dcq!1T Wqtqfiim qtshT q{qrE {r qbtaiiitiqi gilEdi tqrqi n t\ tl qriur

Sloka 15. If the lorde of the 5th and the Znd bha, vas be weak and if malefic planets aspect the bth bhava, the person born even when he has many wiveg will certainly have no children. But if his wife be born under a yoga which makesa Bon possibleand if the 5th bhava be aspected a benefic planet or the lord of the by 6th place from the 5th bhava, she will become the Eother of a son by a paramour.
NorEs. With this, compare XIV-I6 infra.

S{qfi il{tt {r gt il gqqiikt I

gqqtE{gt g{qritf drqr n lq tl

Slaho t6. If the 5th bhava, its lord or Jupiter be aepected or in conjunctionwith a benefic by planet,the personborn will undoubtedlyhave a Eon. cf. so{tfi+r Norrs.

qRg*q fqq:sas]di qrrqrifr gl'nA, CIrriq+ ud rr

If Jupiter and the lords of the 5th house reckoned from the Lagna and tlie Nloon be well-placed and rvhen the 5th house has on it the aspect of a benelic planet or of one'owning an auspicious house (i.e. orher than the 6th, gth or l2th), or if the lords of the Lagna and the 5th bouse be posited tog.thu, rn a house or have rnutual benelic aspect or occup\. each other,s places, the acquisition of children is assured,

gFqtfierilftii: gdt{;iiar: gpiraqrqgq?firgi gFqT fqrilfti-i: gafr

t-t:-t-t----.*,--.,.-ff*'-,.-. - -*".- Y
cf . also the following from SITIKER

sgrrtMta qqtgqtlnlFqligrqi{r {e gaernftas: gag'*Fq * qqqdsfls: I

ql]taruraa: gtr+['d stil qGeaaqfr

erflneilgtr x rrq)friqeulqqfi qggir: ga' u}ril rGg{tuqTllgecq*if t tt s,*q)gu{: ensai wg,trrw* ng'r}ir s{iit q=uq61qEqgle{ vn r q-.q).d gee+1q.JEtiq geft il r il a qtq ed r'ilqrq"q'il g,fir\ g,rw I'i t

wa, gegai$q{isq' gaa qmt{h qnhra<e rflag qt ftAr-nfleilqfi:I qlrqqnar,i 'qqfigfauaq Rrq ftq* i{ia

q;*;q{i-fnaeq6gwra} +trqnfi qtq( | H geardieaOq: qqfrR aw n+qfi<Fufi(rl erai dfiiriqfd q gftfir* arqgvn<afi n 'a'iring* qrcq{ qnfP{fi girsq r rrqrfi-qqErin] drgnl ad glal a'rrr qfi ,{raa} qlf}a:qaqfi'tfltgfi{ig'<nrgi<rq Het{Tq tl ti t6oflalrafr

oit s{qrq0S}i qq*gt t qRrotq* g{nfr* d{qs ll le ll dit

Sbhu L7. When the lord of the lot bhava, occu strength piesthe 6th and the lord of the latter posEetsec and Jupiter also is in full strengtb, there will undoubtedlybe a Eon.

r0z

8r0

ctaqcrRqR

Adh. XIII

grtlrrriddi qltxdrsrfRt usrftrr ffi gr{ritf tuqr lt ld tl

Slofra 18. When Jupiter occupies 6th bhava the n full etrength and is aspectedby the tord of the Lagna, son will undoubtedly born. be a

ttiqst{t di s}t q ilr fkt r gr{rtr *?t g+ffitE tl 11u

Sloka 19. When Jupiter has attaineda Vaiseshi kamsaand when the lord of the 5th bhava is also in a Vaiseehikamsa,and when the lord of the 9th bhava aEpecto 5th, the astrologer may declare the birth of the a Eon.

ilq wditFi+Etr{it"qft a tqqr ll Roll

Sloka20. If the Moon be in the 10th bhava, planets in the 4th, the Venus in the ?th and malefic family of the person born underthis yoga will not continue afcer him.
Norrs. cf. d<nc \ e{t qs{ q;q: flE} qq+ftd: I qr\, qrarf,gFDa qflqrq*t at: ll .

qrot@i

qrftn;sA I XIEtf

Also

qrnili q;i taqsrt u,it, Si r

qri' qr,rloct{rr}<r q+fiffi: tl
gqr<rE{rlfFqil{gqfil6q{11fr Igrt{a\ A.

Also q-ffiE;I

qt nfrft* qil gnw{tagfFft:

tt W aRrRtq-q"qqageqqr\rR

o\\\ qfl$q: I ar.IrEtrilfiwt6quqrrg

sl.8r-82

tq?qrfrsrnrrqs

81n

extinction: (l) tho a*ilv t*-tas"ta t"t"-* t" 4th, the 7th and the lOth houses in aoy nativity beiog occupied (2) the respectively by a malefic planet, Venus and the Moon; l2th, tlre 8th, the 5th and the first houses being occupied bv malefics: (3) Venus and Mercury in the 7tir, Jupiter in the 5tb and malefics in the 4th houses; and (4) the Nloon in the 5th and rnale' fics in the 8th' the l2th and t\e lst"

qgrsqqft t otw qngin gdlftms

rfr n ryrft& gd{Ifr*qur rl Rl ll

Stoha 7L. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th or the 8th bhava and the Lord of the 5th be either in conjunction with malefic planets or aspectedby inimi' cal or depressed planets,the astrologer should say the personborn under the yoga will losechildren"

qrqfl$ | onrrHqw{heltrfum:

*{it-Gffiftor: lt 1q ll ${anftErte{r
Sloka 22. If maleficplanetsbe in the 18t, ?th, gth and the 12th bhavasand occupy the vargas of inimical the extinction of the family signe,they will cause Norrs.
The following yogas leading to the same eflect are fronr dtd4(4.

onFsgfllErrilktgfrIqlqq{terrfiarufg: t

gti{ a;gfieafi:s'E{rqfi"}'i{iie qtr: tl g*art {tqqeufi:$eriq\ q;Egiq gft t qTqqQI fi:sgauttrt: q{s ft"}miia {ta: i,

Bw+t awrasitq acsatq[-{gt aq)qr t

qK: I

qTqqQT ffgrrdl4t d q{ie ih}q*ila

gnrt qrGqa o'tgfrEugil r *rgi sgm

ars

qrir$c'rRqrt

Adh.XIII.

qK: t* .nnrgr(Rt q vrQ irre fa"beprlq ll qrt fiort geil n{rr} e,r}'s\wruflrgt r qAfidiiqft orart qatqfi-Frqqiia tl qrd:

iFExrr 6{rr qrorirftrqi sEqdtert gqr fitqrr tqui61q qpitsfi qii{i*ilr: 1 Rl tl

Sloka 23. Eighr classesof femalesare excluded hom the benefit of the rules governing the birrh of children. Theseare: (i) a barren woman; (2) one ad, v a n c e di n y e a r s ; ( 3 ) o n e e m a c i a t e d y d i s e a s e ; ' ( 4 o n e b ) that is a child; (5) one discased (6) one without ; menstruation (7) one whosc body is rouglr; and lastly, ; (8) one that is corpulent.

gtolnntrrgeqlrilfr\Sq r
u{s qo-di?g EtraqrFfidxretiil i,B tl il
Sloba 24. When Jupiter and the lords of the lst, the ?th and the 5th bhavas are all weak, childlessness ahould be pronounced. Notns.
This sloka is taken from I'arasara.

'When Sloha 25, a maleficplanet is in the bth bltava and its lord is depressedand without benefic arpect,childlessness must be pronounced. cI. q{rf.{qt Norrs'

glrsfrt{&} g fifi'{Tr iffmerf,ril R\ tl

grvri nrtqri ildt Cffirt r

flrrftndwrtgii R:s,ftt-n&vegt r m gim nnr:+ftilsx q$' g\e} gnt get rr

81.26-?8

lirqlr)svrqr

813

If the lord of the 5th housebe in depression in an inimical or houseor be eclipsed,or be in conjunction with the lords of the l 2 t h ' t h e ( r t h a n d t h e 8 t h h o u s e s ,t h e r e s u l t w i l l B e l o s s o f c h i l d ren, say the astrologers. The same will be the case wl.renthe lord of the 5th is posited in the 5th antl is not aspected benefrcs. bv

qsqQiiqt I t U'oei6q1*1 gqrr+rr(Rttu-qr ifi1ttil ll Rq ll

Sloka 28. When malefic planets occupy the 5th placef rom Jupiter, Lagnr and.tl'reMoon and are neither associ,rted with nor aspectedby b:nefic planets, child, lessness must be pronounced.

grqnrri qrt il{rt qHIIE{tI

drqeq'mGi qffi-qr ifirretil tt Rs ll
Sloho L1. When a maleficpianetoccupies the 5th planetsand bhavaand its lord is betwecn two malefic nor associated with a beneficplanet, is neither aspected musr be pronounced. childlessness
cf' qoqtiqat Norrs'

g')ngtfhhg oaifrcanfiai gr,rgcri+fhi'ae r

vlirnlg galg giralg g:t-'lr.{tga q?f}f,gdt: fi'rp( ll
When the 5th places counted frorn the Lagna, Jupiter and the Moon arc either associated rvith or aspectecl iry malefics and a r e d e v o i d o f b e n e 6 c s o r o f t h e i r . r s p e c t ,o r , w h e n t h e s e h o u s e sa r e 'the surrounded by malefics on botlr sides aud when lords of tbe above said horrses are posited in Dustthanas (i.e., 6th, 8th aod l2th), the person concerned can have no issues whatever.

qrqquq{t grn qu{Rt I qE

firqqrffit qila{n ilGfirr ll R6 ll
S/ofrc?8. If Jupiterbe between malefic Z planetc and the lord of the 5th bhavabe without strengthand

8r4

qttscrliq e

Adh. XIII.

with J ,r0.., by a benelicplanet, devoidof association be pronounced. childlessness,must

${eni gqt} qqt}sqqr qR r qt gdrs urFqwEgfr aqrEqrqqs ll qq ll

Sloha79. When the 5th bhavais in a Rasiowned by Mercuryor Saturn anCis occupiedor aspectedby will have sonsgot by Mandi or Saturn, the person or adoption otherways.
Notns. This sloka is from Parasara. cf. q-of,rftqt

qr;qgdd q{i qH *q qr-qftgarf}qa{tfhd t ta

qillFrTq: sgd.qrniqnq=qAt+ fi<o, gtn: ll
If the 5th bhava be a sign owned by Saturn or \llercury and is aspectedby or associated with l\'Iandior Saturn, the personconcerned will have a son by adoption. The'same will be the result when the lord of the 5th house is weak and is not connectedin aDy way with the lords of the ist arrdthe Tth houses.

trqafrsnqeqwildqtqqs EiwRrftr I
qg_..(fr1 ll $CIRdrdlql Srl iT {T;<tRi 1o ll

grqrl gdtt qrqtt W\ ttrqi t ll ftrdi qia$rqrdtrnnd ltonq. lt ll wt

S/olas 3C-31. Jupiter in Meena, gives very few gives children after much diffi' children; in L)hanue, or Kumbha, no issue at all. When culty; in Kataka the 5th bhava is in Kataka,Meena, Kumbha or Dhanus, and Jupiter occupiesthe same,the effect is as declared in aloka 30.

sI.89-33

lqHssqrq:

815

n gnTrr&g!ll
Tho causeof shildlessness,

qnfrurret iqilqq gffiqr r

qgTfqrgi RqaTqq$ffiqr ll 11 tl st

Sloka 32, When Jupiteroccupying 5th bhava the resultsin by is seen a maleficplanet;the loss of issues If Jupiterbe in conjunc, of consequencea deity'scurse. by tion q'ith or aspected the lord of the 6th bhava,the lossof children is dueto the curseof Brahmins.
Nolrs. With this and the next four slohascorllpare the followiug from slld;[((f.

gt nrFs?G fHagd nrqr(t( tqe u}} verngtafi,{qrn}h1!p{rgs: 1 rlrlta aelqotqtqqrftqarRrn,i aqr

qrr+{}sfqg} rqrrrgt mqfin{ffiFft:11

glils'qftrigt ga.It *.ilRg+ aqr gar,geqfsuil ggt sqfforqFgft: 1 dtoqGqoqn fid m snt aa:
ll tdw rarorqqrTflnq1rflFqrnrgrq{

gr&R*+r ftgcivq Wqqrn 11rl

Sloha 31. If the lord of the 5th bhavabe in conjunction with Mars and aspected the lord of the 6th by bhavaand is devoid of beneficaspect, loasof iasuer the chouldbe tracedto the wrong doneto enemies.

snir$qffi ftgqrttflf\t t

816

crfisqftiln]

Adh. XIII.

aqqlT{r{r} qrilf,qr($rrqqrlt lB rl qrt

Sloka 34. If a malefic planet be in the 4th bhava, and the lord of the 5th be in conjunction with Saturn and the 8th or the t2th bhava be occupied by a malefic planet, the loss of issues is in consequenceof offence againstthe moth:r.

qr{enqt qfr git qrE*St

aqt qrqrtghq;qg* g?Ti\i I Grslt qrilqdgir fiacivq (Fr{q:tl lB tl

S/oArr35. If a maieiic planet occupy the 9th and the lord of the 5th bliavabe in conjuncticn with Saturn and if Mandi be in a Trikona position, the losaof children shouldbe ascrib:dto offence againstthe father.

ilg*'gvi st qei EoEffiit qft il{tr qrirQrr dqiqr( gileilqr lq tl n

S/oAa 36, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspccted by Rahu or Ketu, or if the lord of the bhava be similarly placed,the loss of children is broughton by offenceagainst serpent. a

geffiErqFrwr tfcr q{t t

gtq{tnqrgffi Qu *eqt 11 ll
S/ota .3?. If Jupiter,the lord of the 5th bhava, the lord of the ?th and Mars be together in one bhrva, a wise astrologer may declare the loss of $ons and to daughters arisefrom troublecausedby evil deitieo.

g1rFtrril3 sr{( qftqg/li{-dli}{il t srsfgTarQrqq Eqr+T!gils il Qull ilil

SloAa 38. If there be a planet in the 5th bhava

st.89-{s

rqtqtilsErFtt

8r7

U of the 5th be by unacpected any planet, then the person concerned will have eonaby adoptionand other ways. Norns.
There are two other readings, rtiz.(l) cc$ Sr<rla end Ql;ng:s"ilq4q.

flrdq qrnfr$tfis ffiqq: ll lq ll

Sloha 39. It the Moon be in a malefic Raei and the lord of the 5th bhava be in the 9th, and if the lord of the Lagna be in a Trikona, there will be a eon by adoption.

qrqtnrtq* Setq{rrfuit

q;qt{s{qTAEqg*'t{ffi

qr wfrEt grilq{e+qntfrsft t

ll Bo ll

Sloka 40. When the rising sign is an even Rast and the lord of the 5th bhava occupies the 4th or has attained a Navamaao[ Saturn, there will be a son by adoption.

qI Wqiirqt5qRr giqilsirgwfuerI

Eqgrq qFrft{ilfuqii qfrtqft ll st ll

Sloka 41. If the lord of the 5th bhava in conjunc' tion with the Sun and Mercury be in a Navamsa owned'by an even Rasi or by Saturn, there will be a son by adoption.

q;Ett g*nrqt$ qrrfr gelil{fi r

gil! d qqsdxrftrqt {rqft g:T3 ll 81,ll
Stoho 42. If the lord of the 5th bhava occupy a Navamsaof Saturn, and Jupiter artd Venus be in their 103

818
"

ffirc|frq|t

Adh. XIII

adoption and then havea son from his wife.

q-{t{rsR{iln gsqqnqqrfutrs t tal

gdfr grqrf Etgtm wafrrll 81 ll

Sloka 43 If the planets predominating in the light half of a month be in a Navamsa of Saturn, and Jupiter occupy the 5th bhava,the family of the person born will be continued in the line of the son taken for adoption.

ffi wrqil ftqart Rqmit qiq gfr qrgrrriU mror;fr tt BB grr tl

Sloha 44. When Mars is in the Lagna, and the Sun occupyingthe 8th or the 4th bhava is aspected by a beneficplanet,the pcreonborn will have a son iate in life. Norrs. cl, t-nnq \-^

qiq iieeqrh qreqilfifFairfiixUtr , qqfA qi aresgn{i zsrar;il g1: lt

Also nu{'nr*r

fiqq't q"Ewq ont S arelgnqlt

6fl e6{Tq}arileadttarecrqnfr : gfr q'i vlt{qt gtftqagarql}nqrt qqwTs;Ttqqn;qil nqqqls enTot;itt Qdd: l!
When the Sun is positedin a childless Rasi, Saturn is in the 8th and Mars in the Lagna; or when Saturn, Jupitcr and Mars occupy respectively the Lagna, the 8th and the l2th, and the 5th house happensto be a chiltlless sign; or whcn thc Moon bccupies the llth, and thc 5th house reckoned from Jupiter is occupied by a malefrc. planet, and there 8rG morc
\ \ A \ \

St ,f6-46
! v Y v u ! v v v v v v Y v v v v v t u

aqlqiisqrqr
r v vvvvr ! r ! v ! vY uvvvvv v U v UvurY vff

819

planets stationed io the Lagna; the person concerned will have a child late in life and that too, after a great eflort' qa{irci is thus explained by e-'iar in his s'oirfqfl'

The signs Vrischika, Vrishabha, Kanya and Simha are termed Childlcss Rasis. (vide also Adhvava XVI, 29 and 43 infra')

gfr ohfrfrq(ait;mqnrril r

q{i f{A fift St iloralt go ll 8\ ll

Sloha 45. When Saturn is in the Lagna,Jupiter in the 8th, Mars in the l:.th, and the 5th bhava is weak' a the peroonborn wrll ha'.'e son late in life' cl, {ru<e '

g* *i Gqrffiq* s{.eqgFt q qR *i qqfa qeqisqqnfr ,T,IaIFd\ ll gx,

Also c({r(

a.ri q;a grl r-i -q* rilqHqF'qt t

qqet trqqI fitt gxdfr s: tt

gil{ rTerrrilE ildtqw;rr$E{ {orr( lHd ttrtfiRrdq iteftr q I ilfiq iqrfitrirrar

qrdt*E aqirrffiq. S{eqn Ki{I ffit tq\q afrqadqdlfttcq g ffnqslaf glqql ll 8q ll
the Slohu 46. An astrologermay a-qcertain number of sonsfrom the 5th bhava; of brothersfrom the 3rd; from the 4th; oi wives from the 7th ; of servant-nraids aod of menialsand friends from the Znd. Multiply the elapsedNavamgas (in minutes) in eachbhava by the benefic aspect on it (in Rupas) and set down the result' Divide thir by 200 (which is the number of minutes io

820

qratc|Q!fi

Adh. XIn

one Navamaa). The quotienr representsthe numbcr of sons, brothers etc.

Norts' See also next sloka. cf, tri.

gitil+lqgiriagew 6q1 grrin* |

qrqitfhtll Gnrgtfht fr$: qrqifr

Also cttt4dr

Reqrqqi{qeqr*rqii arqd't ret I s{ gttFt d(BgoIT F,er qrqia*s,{il $ tl

Also

qilqi Hf,q?nrrdT rrrqFqFqr qia&,im er dHinfi ryQ,iaft atgrtt: $R6t:g*a-r 1

rrriqrft6tfi a-a) ufr g+,ag fRqgdrfiai qqii rr gfiEmftdnBfqos hfqq-arflqr,i

Also va;qqpq1

q flaftdeldqrs,lqqian}sR ET gdqEi{HrTTfQ
61se |nr;46;a

q6H;dfi: Hi* ;aHrrr4l$scrqdpqr

Also q'aifq+r

gdFt I

ql'fufiarfi.ItfFqorqi {Irilnig{q}ifirnrq. ?lE; tl

eruldtqTftqqiab'gaagmtft g?r tcqrfii' r gnfial grqrfaiiiln(gh nt' gefqfafifqosh rr

The nunrber of issues should be deterrnined by a consideratios (t) tle planets in the 5th houseor those that are posiredalong of with the lord of the 5th bouse, as to boc' rrran! of them are in f r i e n d l y , d e p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i i : a l N a v a r n s a s . A s i r n i l a r e x a m i n a t i o n s h o u l d a l s o b e m a d e i n r e s r ) e c to f t i r e 5 t h h o u s e o r i t s l o r d r e c k o n e d from the gigr: occupied by Jupiter or the sigr: representing the N a v a m s a o c c u p i e < ib y t h e S u n ^

sl.4?-49

qqiqrilsqFrs

sitl

g* trEr{ sutgci qr{ q ilft ffn

afrrr: gqQeelqd{fl!rrgtlrRqirn sqq I

grGirttrr(ts il Be lt rqqn qrqafirrsrdor.{ft

Sloha 47 Leaving out the figures indicating the number of signs in the bhavas to be mentioned below, multiply the degrees, minutes, etc. in each, converted into minutes, by the figure (in Virupas) representing the beneficaEpect and divide the producta by 60 and again by 200. The results arrived at in respect to the 6th, the 3rd, the 7th, the lst and the 4th bhavasreEpectively represent the number of sons, brothers, wiveE, menials whether male or fernale, and friends that the owner of the horoscope is to have. The figures got similarly from malefic aspect on the several bhavas above,mentionedindicate the number of sons and otherc that will be lost.

gii grt{rdqo{q(segil uT'iu-rrw

qrgqrinfftliFffiSeqqlTmru{Tarrlsq{t
aCa..

rwinicqrsgils I S*rft:siEtf]ear$eg(

qmhrgeqrr n Bd tl .fi.T,iftfrqqSiqqqqt gdts

S/oAa 48. Add the correct f iguresfor the lords of the 5th and the lst bhavas,and find out the Rasi and the amsa the sum represrnts. When Jupiter passel through this and its triangular positions, there is a possibility of a scn beiog born. Agrin, take the pum of the f igures for jupiter, the Moon and the Sun, and ascertainthe Rasi and the Navamsas suro repreqents. the Tbe number of the Navamsasobtained give the nunber

8n

Gs'fun

Adh. luII.

of irrues of the perloD concerned. Two nore alternative methodsfor ascertainingthis oumber are: (1) edd tfre ligurea of the lords of the 5th, the ftb and the 4th a8 bharns and ascertain, in the above care, tbe number in of.part Navamcac the Rasi fouod. Thic will be the required: (2) add the figuresof the planetaif oumber any in the 6th, the 9th and the 4th bhavas. The nunn, ber of childrenwill be the numberof elapaed Navamcag in the Rasi found.
Norns. Ihe following from qodfrqt givesa clue to ascertain when may be possible: conception

qogd swifrqtfharqqqqa{fr r isrq

frri qr Wq-+ qiiTdql t,TqRrr{: tt
Conception (of a birth) may take place when, the Sun and Venus in the case of males, Mars and the Moon in tho case of fomales, being possessed of strength pass through their Rasis or (Apachaya) place. Navamsasidentical with an orq-qq

qM

'Aowqar(gIqEqrd

dqrqltui q irrftfiIu* $fddf*q t qqruil ilq{r g{sr;rq6nT{$uge il&aF{rftrfsrmfifirURq gTf,(r tt Bq tl

Sloha 49. The 5th and the 9th bhavas from Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are child'producing. During the dasaand bhukti of thelord of a child'produc' of the ing bhava, astrologermay predict the accession a child. Add the figures for the lords of the 5th and the and the ?th bhavas, ascertain star indrcatedby the totai. ln daaayieldaa son. The dasaas well as its bhukti of or a pluet which either aEPects ie in conjuncrion with

sl. 49

tfiqqisqtqt

883

the lord of the 5th or the 7th bhava will prove to be child-producing.
Notes. fhis as well as the next one are in el{'d(fl. The following additional information from q?tlicmt about (Putrabhava) glrqg will be found to be interesting :

dti=gfhftarbt+qqqa q grqi{+ 3rd gdq ea.Fa fri n+remo1 dtqi dqEa r

qIwg{ gwg}+q qqqscq} diqr*s"{irq {

flA iqi frqqdSnqcftq g ftri +tq rr

Add together the liguresrepresenting the positionsof Jupiter, the i\Ioon and f lars irr the case of ternale horoscopes. lf the result denotesan even l(asi and an even Navamsa, the strength of f e c u n d i t vi n t h e l e n r a l ci o r p r r d u c i n g o f i s p r i n gi s e s s u r e d . I f i t i s o m i x e d( i . e , , R a s i r n a l e a n d A m s a f e , , r a i e , r u i c eu e r s a ) , t h e r e w i l l great eflort. If the sum total of thc be children only after a figuresdenoting the positionsof the Sun, \'enus and Jupiter signify a n o d d I l a s i a n d a n o d d N a v a m s a 'i t d e n o t e s t h a t t h e v i r i l i l y i s i the male to produce oflsprings very strong; and in case one of t h e t w o ( R a s i a n d N a r a m s a ) b e e r e n , o n e h a st o p r e d i c t a m i x o d result.

qfl;rfii:

qTgFSi F5erfagQf, nlqt-

qil, arfr Auir gafttierurfrqr( qq{.i}' q ;t qfrfuqfiqi fafr{tQ' rrq ftqnet $d: rr
Subtract llve tinres the ligures for the Sun from five times the figures for the \'Ioon, If the Tithi representedby the result be ru one in ,6" f1;ght half of a month, prqfeny is assureC auspicious to the native (even) without nruch exertion. But if it be ooe of the dark half of the month there is no such possibility. It rt by * close examinationof the strength of tbe Titbi-whcther it rs aus. picious or otirerwrse-rn both the Pahshas-bright and darlr-thai

{tear fafrfte gqft+ s+sesq.irqft na |

8s4

qfrrtwaqti

Adh. xlil.

ono hiurto divine the possibility of the nativc being blessed with issues.During au Amavasya, a *fii4 (chhidra) tithi, the ftB (Visntl) Karana or any one of the it Karanas, there will be no issue at all_ *Chhidra Tithis are (l) qg'ff (Cnaturthi), (2) sO(Shashti), (t) eisdt (Ashtami), (4) TTnl (Navami), (5) <rtal (Dwadasi), and (6) .r$ht (Chaturdasi). These six ane generilly avoided for any auspicious function. There are I I Karanas distributed over the 30 Tithis of the Lunar month at the rate of 2 Karanas for each Tithi. Four of these viz., (l) Chatushpatthr, (2) Naga,ra, (3) Kimsthuehna and (4) Sakuna are called (Stthira) Karanas and are so named as they permanently hold sway over the four hatf Tithis commencing Chaturdasi. The other seven from the 2nd half of Krishnapaksha (l) Bava, (2) Balava, (3) Kaulava, (4) Taitula, (5) Garaja, (6) viz., Vanija and (7) Vishti or Bhadra are called Chara or moveable Karanasand occur in 8 cycles to preside over the remaining 56 h a l f T i t h i s o f t h e l u n a r m o n t h b e g i n n i n gw i t h t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f Suklapaksha Prathama. ct. frrgITqrRffiI gglftr$r!:IilwzT 4{ult: 4qTE 1

sqGqarr fqw;arr egnwgrif,riiorr rr ai q srsi *s Slnoq'*qo avr r rrrei afirq] isi!: stti firorr:s'qr( tl qss.rtqct iiiers{"i q{rrrrre: t {*rqlqi ci iaiE: qi qdc{iq rr qdiqrqi si gri qwqi q{'qmar t q{r{rcq? iiieagftqt E qia: rr trSi q1Fcqqrrt i*TXEiq ilt{ a I fuuiq ;Fwr;lq qgitccrr'.id: rr g-gsias-{-saicd-ii a'rw?ete t rq ageqt ari frrgi flgii nerrtl hwi lSitgx*nifir qrcunFAg ffqAE I q eS a 6rErii aur tr affi "g?it qe{l cedt *a ccT.ls6"r: cdtftdrt tl

sr.49

rffistwqr

825

ftqqmq*' r Rld' Rqt il wt qR qrd E*i q+d.

qwi gilflqqlTfl +r{ qiaguqT fto qTrnrq{tt (lqrqqs aqq qqEqiqqEfr ia:qan q t

qge{ft trrqaqaErqtt ?qfats(dr <il(arqrft

gi'it qft ftEqrfi qeqqqi q{Fqr:qa}sfr+e-tqt

qe{frqriluqfr F+,;q &a aft mlq tt qTrrrd q

Should however the result happen to be one of the chhidra (fu<) fltnis, the iliii (vistrti) Karana or a fu( (Stthira) Karana alluded to in the previous sloka),one ought to worshipGod Krishna by meansof the Purusha Sukta mantras to ward off the barrenness lhreatening the family. If the Tithi disclosed be Shashti' he ought to worship God Subrahrnanya; if lt be Chaturthi, he ought to propitiate the lord of serpents: if it be Navami, he ought to arrangefor the rerrdingof Ramayanaand hear that Stogy; if it be Ashtami, he ought to observe the Sravana Vrata (bv fasting); if it be Chaturdasi, he must worship God Siva by Rudrapara' yana; if it be Dwadasi, he must propitiate the Gods by liberal feeding; if it be Amavasya or Pournami' he ought to propitiate the Manes. Thcse things he ought to do all the more and with greater care and effort when the Tithi happens to be one among the last 6ve of the month--uiz. after 5!Tl'{A({riil. Generally, in the dark half of a month to whichsoever of the three divisions a Tithi may belong, worship ought to be resortedto; the particular deity to be propitiatedbeing Nagaraja in the first division 6iz'15 Tithis), Skanda in the second (next 5 fithis i.e. 6- l0) and Hari in the third (or last 5).

g** Rgdtqils<qqilft 'qrsfi ftfrqnqfa | eegflfFqiisR EI g:FqTnqRa{TI(

gilqlqftETilq *qlt drftqilmFf,q"

qtq fr*,qqawRfi q-{rqg tr ri'

lf at a birth the lord of the 5th house be posited in its inimi. cal or depressionsign or be eclipsed {by the Sun's rays} or occupr

LM

8s6
%%

qnr'lqrftqrt

,q,dh. xlil.

aDy of thc,g:gFrrfr (Dustthanas, ajz., tbe 6th, the gth or lZth); or thc planet occupying thc 5th house be similar.ly situatd or happeo to be the lord of any one of the three houses, viz., lhe 6th, gth or the i2th' one ought to declarechildlessnessas an inevitable resultHe ought to divine tbe source of the same by an examinatiorr of the particular deity, tree and animal represented by the sign occupied by that planet.

B4qlqgqrk{t{qq{rs}qrofr r s}qd,
gRRsil wrq frqfrtqdr Fgrq*qrroi {IqfaroiFar( aftfrsgeilqrgt fdqreqqa: lt

ga, rt"dggqoiridR mwfilgort

*rtrfo rfffi qgrilflersraaqdqt*g.l dqrFfr ul} g'qgq"&qaq r

qtqrR+rlq sr HlE*ril$eqrnilq.qnf,)

q-tsEplqqr6$ frqft: ii: ftffq1fift: rr qlil aail gtvnftt s{e {rT'rrirrtT hal qrqomqda gfot \alqm{ qi( r

gh-{ gfdmrFqd}aq.kfrr6' gt oG $q) eTq mqtfrfrq ffi taN+qurqn: rg

lf thc planet in question happens to be the Sun, the percon cmcerned becomessonless owing to injury done to God Siva and Garuda,and the consequent curse of the Manes; If the Moon, it wiil be due to the displeasure and anger of the mother, a Sumangeli or other venerable woman or Goddoss Bhagavati owing to her feelings iraving been hurt; In the case of Mais, it wilr be due to some fault done to tbo village deity, to God Kartikeya, to an s.t!m:r, one"s dayadins : if the pianet be Mercury, or the sonlessness will be due to curses made try youngsters or to the kiling of tbe spewns (oSgsof fishes end similar creatures) or to ths wrath f Gsd Vishou ; I,f Jupiter be such planero it will bo dus to sonc

st {9

qfr$ilsqrqr

8r8

hsrrn done to the hereditary Brahmin family'priest or thc dcstruc' tion (cutting asunder) of a tree full of fruits; if the trord of thc 5th or the planet posited therein be Venusg the ceu* df child' lessocss will be due to the cutting oft of a tree full of .flowcrs, or an iojury caused to a virtuous lady or to tho cow-kind or a sinful dced to people that ought to be rcvered; if Saturn be tha planol under advertance, it will be due to the destruction of an qrtttl (Aswatthe) trre or on account of Yama's ire or through tlepartcd Spirits, Goblins and the like ; if Rahu should occupy the gth,beu c bo ersociated with the lord of that house, it will be dnt to tb curce of a serpont; in the case of Ketu, it will bc owing to thc curso of a Br4hmin. if it be Mandi, it will be due to a cursc from departed Spirits. If Venus and the Moou in conjunction with Mandi should be in such a positiou, the cause will br attributed to the murder of a damsel or the killing of a cow. Tf Jupiter or Ketu in conjunction with Mandi be in tho 5tb bdfl, the son-lessnesswill be oo account of the murdcr of a Brehmin

qq R q-qgqt rctiq.qfiqtftf, gftil{e qqf*ilflQI: I

@q{TFilftr

ftE gtfrEtu

Tbus have been detailed the several sins accrued by oue's acti,ous in his many previous births and now revealed in his present nativity which lead to childlessaess and to ward off which and to secure a son persoDs versed in the Astrological sciencc have recommended (appropriate) particular Japas, gifts and such other good actions prescribed for the several planets.

+tfii frEF{ri nrq,ryrqr:{t: frqt: qil{fr | Wr

qqqrq$Rsi gdqt, $gqlFH;ilffr n qrqaTra tr
oneself in rcciting A boly bath in Rameswaram' eng"aging the rccounts of a venet'able aud a revered pGrsonzger worsbip of Gsd Sive, observance of vows with reference to (propitirtq) God Vishnu, gifts, ceremonios in honor of depertod spirits, ilstrllatioq of tbs serpent deity, these are the various modcs recoromendcd bt wbich o[e can attain ProgenY.

828
%

qRnrqrRlilft
t.*!.ffifu

Adh. XIII.

qtilt qoflf.ba'iqft g,Trnrqffiuftqroi

grqrilmn+q{gil glqrrqrg{ur glwrawRqffiuft'rqt nni qin I g*nr

grdfrgdtrqqfqUdqflit q O{i}ai n \" tr

Slofrn 50. If the lord of tire 5th bhalva, Karaka. its the planetaspectinqth;tt bhava, and the on,: occupying it, own a g:ttttr (Dristthrna) or be wcak or be posited in (Dustthana), tb,: astrologer Inay prcdict the loss a gserrrr of a son during the ,Jasaor bhukti of rany or-re those of planets. But if these {our planetsbe srrong and benefic, in their dasa,bhtrkti a.nd antara, they lead t<_r acquiche sition of chrldren, tl'reir prosperity and thc favor of men in power. cf. mea'lhmr
Norrs.

glrmq girrTqq gilirR: I orTT<grqfifrqqdrrq(ft

g}{|ilfi{qar qq{Ez{d qli qt aqqfhlarqiaq qr tt
The acquisition of a son should be expected during the Dasa or Apahara of any one of the 6 planets, viz., the lord of the Lagna, t h e l o r d o f t h e 7 t h , t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h , J u p i t e r , t h e p l a n e ta s p e c t . ing the 5th houseor the one occupying the 5th house, or when Jupiter in hisorbit transirs tbe srgn or the Navarnsa Rasi occupied by the lord of the 5tlr houseor the Upagraha, Yamakantaka.

eilrfr{T:gfl{rtq ,irq ei+i qS qnqsr wfa I gaqrft:qt(qt ar;n,t: gas qrqrft*nrgq il tt

F i n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e L a g n a c o m e sd u r i n g h i s t r a n s i t ( l ) i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h h o u s e ( 2 ) t o h i s e x a l t a t i o n sign (3) to his own Rasi (4) to the 5th houseand (S) to the sign ocbupiedby the lord of the 5tlr house. During any one of these transits the acq.risitionof a son is possible.

gt 60

erT'lqrts.lmqr

829

Raar,tqT:qqqlqfl.ri qFmt qrrfiq q{ri q(trqr{ t

anrqr}g gi}aq: tT(ll g.aaadtnn*q{tqi

A d d t h e f i g u r e s r , Ft h e f o l l o r v i n l ; t l r r . e p ! a u e t s : ( l ) i - o r d o f t h e Lagna, (Z) ttre lord of the 7th lrouqe nnd (:) the loril of the 5th house; drrring the course of the \'Iaha f)asa represented by the a s t e r i s m a n d i r r t l r e A l r i r h a r a s . - r fa n y o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g , t t i z . , ( l ) t h e p l a r r e t i n t h e 5 t h h o t r s e ,( 2 ) t h r , . p l e n e t e , i J r e c t i u gh e . 5 t h t h o u s e a n d ( 3 ) t h e ' p l a n . t ( | w n i r l g t l r e . 5 t l rl r o u s e , t l r e : r c q u i s i t i o n o f a son may be predicterl. -o

gaqtdgil{rrlr dq${r{qttdrtgqrqrel I q4qGdq q{rqrqqq at rqrfq; ll

F i n d w h i r : ho f t h e f o l l o w i r : gi s s t r o n g: ( t ) ' l t r e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h o h o u s e( 2 ) , J u p i t e r ,( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) & l 6 ) I h c l o r d s r e s p e c t i v e l y f t h e (l) & (2). l)uring the Dasaor R a s i sa n d N a v a n r s a s c c u p f e d b y o of Apahara of this strong planet, ;rr:qr-risition a son is possible.

I fi g ilqr.qqarutit'nflttqitgeqfi,i{?om. q 3T'tT.qrra4 ffqfli) fqaq*.soaftrotr tt gx'

M e n w i l l g e n e r a l l yh a v e t l r e b i r t h o f a s o n w h e n J u p i t e r i n through a Rasi trine to the sign re' the course of his orbit passes presenting the Itasi or Antsa occupied by the planet owning the 5th housereckoned frorn Jupiter. According to other treatiseson o t h e s u b j e c t ,o n e o u g h t t o i n v e s l i g a t ei n c l i c a t i o n s f p r o g e n y f r o m t h e p o s i t i o n sc f p l a n e t sa t ' b i r t h t i m c o f t h e n a t i v e .

q-r{;rE{f4rqg q.gtqr|fqqq q I ^ \\ \ \. Tqf,M qI gdlq{: ll Fgizqu rd 5i1?T

Note the ruler of the asterism occupied by the Moon as also that of the 5th from it. Add the figures of these two planets. by When Jupiter in his orbit passes through the sign represented this result or through one of its triangular ohes,the acquisition of a son is possible.

830

qrf,Tcrfurt

. Adh.xlu.

qR.riqtr rrftqrng.fifr

ircrrusft$efci'ufi rftqre? t siletrs{qfrTqwl u*mqu \l tl

Slofra 51. If at any time Jupiter or Saturn moviog in their ceveralorbits arrive at the Rasi aod Navamsa indicatedby the total of the figuresthen for (l) the lcrd of the 5th bhava, (2) its K.rraka,(3) the planet occupying that bhava and (+) the one aspecting the same,they will causethe birth or dearh respectively of a lon to the perrbn concerned.

t Mdt ft.t sR*sq.1=tr uri il swgt frsftt fritfrtq u\r tl

Sloha 52. When the lord of the Sth bharn ie benefic and its Karaka or the bhava irself is associated with an auspiciouoplanet,the aatrologer may announce of the happiness the father. Nores.
It is not clear whether by the word kZtrna, the 5th or the 9th bhava is meant. 'Parasara says " fucrfi itrr ac,i efdit " The openiug sloka of the present Adhyaya gives fi{ as ft;g or ascertainable from the 5th bhava, I accordingly interpret ft-Zerm as the 5th bhava here being germane to the Adh5'aya bearing on the 5th bhava. The slokas 52'57 occur in qEf{fs-drq&r under the 9rh bhava. So ittrtqra must mean the 5th as well as the 9th bhava.

qrmilrd ffit ilt* q itqrr ftqt r

Elqftrt{r* ilsit fr{qtql$Ct{ lf \Q tl

$loka 53. When the lord of the 5th bhava her attaineda Paravathamsa orher higher Vaigeshikansa or and the Karakaof the bhava occupies similar pooition a

sL 46-5?

tqiqslsrqrcl

or be in its own, exaltation friendly anEar, the or astrologer may announce long life to the father.

Tcftqi{rstt il qrfiTrtq il(+ |

q;qqFqgw+it{gsd frtdf*tE u \B tl
Sloka 54. When the lord of the 5th bhava and its Karaka is in a maleficor depression amsaand ic in conjunction with Saturn, Maridi or Rahu, the aetrologer may announcethe father'sunhappiness.

fi.t dqlE\Ersit ftq5tRnitt r frilg:d'ftfrRt( u \\ tl T{qsq{*Ersfr

Sloha 55. If the lord of 5th bhava, even when benef be in depression, ic, eclipsed in an inimical oign, or or in a malefic Shashtyamsa, the astrologer may pro, nouncethe father'sunhappiness.

ftf6*.1l snnr frqgqgqftqert

fr{wqrfrqderdr fteEurlrqs rl n \E
S/ota 56. A person will have the characterirtics of the father when born in a Lagna corresponding to thc l0th bhava of his fathcr. He will be dutiful to his father when his rising sign corresponds the 3rd bhava to in the father's horoscope.

itqrrrst qrdrftu{eqhc{Rt
\ a. \ a .o\ \--

flsH't Roeei iqil{gi q{E $ds ll \e ll

S/ota 57. When the rieing sign corretpondr to the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'shoroacope, the person concernedwill be at variance with dhefather. But if the lord of the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'c horoscopeoccupythe Lagna in that of the son, the latter will be superiorto his father.

89s

rnwTM

Adh. xln.

I oTrflqilqRqilr uf{q*g*rqqi tgEr-

qrt n qR q{t Uw?+srqr$qfri-'Eqr r* mgoilffiroqifrdnt {s*Fil t tt uc tt

Sloka 58. Saturn, Mars and Rahu in the 1lth or the 9th bhava from the Lagna occaeion the father's death ; Saturn and Mars in the 8th or the 7th bhava bring about the death of the child. Mars, the Sun, Saturn and the Moon in the l0th or the 5th bhava bring about forthwith the death of the maternaluncle, the father,the child and the motherrespectively. cf . tel'ih'orqinr
Notes.

Rrilqdwggff funf, {Toar cqrwil |

orrr gt 4r qG {;qrttri}qoit-qgfr}fQe6sqru: I

qtq gt qft sxe ffa R d;qT{ft I Hqrt

c0 qrqz{r qih tt figiiaairtarqts*;r {t{rq:

offr;gq milq Xftgi qrqfht qTqoFgrilg: rl

This sloka appearsin dtit4.rG'. I should think that the three planets ulz., saturD, Rahu should ail be trosited in one or other of the two in both to bring :r.bout the eHect. I wo alone will not produce the fateful effect. Similztr rernark applies to given in the 2nd qti of the sloka. I\,Iars and bhavasor be able to the yoga

q{i ftuqrtt ott-gqqg{qrr qtoi gforqR ffiqrcd&ft ftgrn \q tl

'S/ota 59. If rhc lord of the 5rh bhava be srrong, and the lords of the lst and the 4th bhavas and the Moon be weak, ohe morher of tlre persDnborn will die at the next colrception.

sr._60
A\C\

lqiqfrst{tTr

888

qqqrEsqr{d iqrTr( qtrisqn I

UiffiiS rt: Tits lTq( ft{gqq: ll Qo ll
Sloha 6J, When Saturn being the lord of the 8th bhava or GIt (Khara), both reckonedfrom the 9th bhava, happens to be malefic in i't (Vedha) positione, the planet will causethe death of the father. Nores.
A knowledge of .il={tno (Gocharaphala-eflect of transits) is a condition precedent to the understanding of the term c'q (Vedha) used in the sloka. It is a rvell.hnown theory that thc rnovements of planets in the zodiac from mcment to nrornent signify good or evil. This is the basis on whicir the fransrt Systern rests' As the physical and menthl qualities anci tire chief eveuts in the life and career of the nalive could be foretold .by a reference to the position of the planets and the Lagna at the time of birth, similarly, any changes in the prospects and conditions of t;fe of the individual at any required time may be ascertained by a reference to the personts Janma Rasi (e;c(ri{r) and the conliguration of planets at that time. Thus it is said that rvlren the Sun rluring his trar:sit comes through t h e 3 r d , t h e 6 t h , t h e i O t h a n d t h e l l t h h o u s e sr e c k o n e d f r o m t h e house occupied by the Xloon at birth, success' ruin of enemies, gains of labour and pecuniarl' gains respectively are the results to be predicted. nectron. But there is one thing tu be noted in this conThese rq5ults will happen only if the corresponding ct{
. \ A

{Vedha,) sign in each c:rse is left unoccupred by any planet at the trnre of consideration. If there should be a planet in the \redha posrtron,hc Irres to nullrfy the orrginal eflecl' that would clther. r v r s e t e ' u l t , r n : t ) ' ,t : v c r r b r i n g a b o u t : r q u i t e c o n t r a r y e i l e c t s h o u l d be happeu to be strong at tirat tirrre. W h a t t h e s e s e ( \ , e d h . r ) p o s i t r o n sa r e , r v i l l b c c l e a r f r o m t h e f ollowing slolias frorn +,tsqdti'{{t

tfi, gr) qt ftarcqflqli+rtgrtri: I nfi qtqrq,ilqqiwar gqgr{i: 11

j I lr J r,t9.27 t0 lSll -.

l9

lt

t-t T

$t0lult

105

884

nHtqlRcrt

Adh.xllt.

iuq:
tl # d.fr's"id;i&t'fi, tn-r$ffi,q}, *u'+-ii,it{.\ 1

gs:;

tr u+ E*ilff it*t*.i* qR,

a qq, tt u-qqFqrTtR+ flqgazft:
F o r t h e b e n e h t o f t h e r e a d e r s , t h e - t r ( 1 ' s 4 h r t D o s r t r o n sh a ' u e b e e n r n d t c a t e d r n t h e t a b l e s t t h r o r n e r:l V e d a h i r t : , ! g n sr c ' l r t r n e r ll r , . r r nl l r . ; h , r u s e , , l t h e \ l o o n .

rr",,t.r i t' i
suull
.u,'!'lr )

,', rlri .l', I ,'l .i.i*islrr

'*1 1*, * j i','j'u" i"'i,,,,iu,,,11",,

i
ilarc llercury

'l'i'l'l"l'i'l''l

-l slrr

I !

I
|

I Juniter
Vetruo I

! I

I
E

', ,i,i-i^l ,lzlrolrrslrr 'il ' j_'lj'j"i'lslrr l-l' j6

,i *i,i,l n!,1,1 oi,ul,,l,,

z l zly't2z i1,3t l 4ll e ii 6;i T, 8 1 11 r 0Il slllr r 4 e 6 7 8 0 s l ;

There rs no iq (Vedba) betrveen the lrather and the son. C o n s e q u e n t l y( l ) t h e M o o n a n d l l e r o r r y , ( Z ) t h e S u r r a u d S a t u r n , do not affect each other through Vedha. 'I'he Take for exarnple the uativity referrerl Lo rn p. 657. i I l o o n a t b i r t h i s i n l l e e n a . S u p p o s et i s r e q u i r e dt o h n d o u t r f t h e S u n ' s t r a n s i t t h r o u g hN l a k a r ai n . f a n u a r y - F e b r u a r y ! ' . 1 3 3w i l l prove propitious. X'Iakarahappeningto be the llth from l\leena (the Janma Iiasi), the Vedha sign for tl'reSun is the 5th from NIeena, that is, Kataka. This is not occupiedby any planet. So the good pecunrarygain, due to the Sun's Lransrtthro' lrlaliar* affects,'uee..

sl. 61-89
. v v v r v u v v ! r ! r v v v e v v v

lq?qdrs"qtq!
r v v v v r ! v ! ! v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v i r ! ' w r

835

the llth housefrom the Moon will happenin their entirety. Simi' lar is the case with the other planets.

u}urt RtuRryeilrri{rrfu(r tfr t

ll qt ll ftTtltgqtf,qrgR'3tqtqrdqHord

SloAir. 61. Examinethe strength of the Rasi aE well as the am:a occupied by the Sun. Find the stronger of thesetwo. When thc Strnoccupiesa Kona pooition from thence,the firther'sdeathmay be expected. By " similar processascertainrvhethcr the Rasi or the amsa occupiedby the Moon is stronger. The mother's death may be predicted with rcference tliereto, i, c. when thc Sun passes through the Kona of the amsaor Rasi that is stronger.

mi{ {alcduuqt {rgfu qrcnEt

.ft qa q+Fgqhrtt*{qrnq{ lt ql ll

occupied S/olo. 62. Find the lord of the Navamsa and Dwadasamsa by cheSun. Find next the Navamsa occupiedby thc planetfound. When the Moon passeg found, the deaths and through the Navam.sa Dwadasamsa will take place. respectivelyof the mothcr artd fatirer

| nfr t{faFRIitE{II{{ t (gtqldmr lltil {tarrsnq{tuh

qrdhqffiriq{ lq-{i$rwort ll ql ll

Slola. 63. [f, wherr the Sun occupies a g!ili, a peraon hau his birth in tl^e Dwadasamsaoi Simha or Meena he lnust iravc causedthe death of his father prior to coming into the world.
Norps" For ttre sarueeflect the followiug is another yoga quoted in
..i I6{'i{Q o

886

rrilwrRwrt

Adh.)flrr.

tri ecqrre tqfqi eigai{irqt r qrftd ttn"eu'rgagi ililRrdiilgil tri aafiiq+sffi ilKr<r q n EBtl ani
Slola. 64. Subrract the figuresfor the Sun from those for Mandi. The resrrh will iudicate a cerrain Raei and amsa. When Saturnpasses throughthe Kona of the Rasi found, the fatherof the person concerned will fall ill ; deachwill supervencwhen Jupiter passeg through the amsafountl alrcady. Add the figures for to Yamakantaka thosr for the Sun. Thc result will give a certain Rasi and a Navamsa. When Jupiter paEoes through that Rasi or its Trikona, rhe father of the person concerned will fall ill ; and hc will die when Jupiter passes throrrghthe amsaforrnd.
Nol:r:s. 'llre Tlris sioka al)pearsin lrtd4;{FT. lrd qt( tlrr:re rcedr thu: :

qTnl gfus$erErd nfuFrmar {r+r

q-qqtg\ei r ett nm* asrnqgt narFrt ffiqil qrq(fta qftqgdegerlear{r: n?' u

qrTfiuzftF5zei aTTGA rrftfafiq ilii rr

*d*s*q;iErffi{Ei($drl

*t ftrtd fi +( igndfhdrorrlE\ tl tt
Slohu, 65. When thc Sun or the \4oon occupies a Kendrain a moveable sign, [he son will not burn thc father'sor mother's corpsehimseif. lf cheSLrnor the Moon occupyinga Kendra b: in a dual sign, th: death and burning will not be in the uame period of time. qqlq't-r.TrqFr cf .

H q\s* qfq qr {rnr} gn} qtnf.qrii c nq i fiSilr{} qR di q hA n.ir{fi qr qtnrG+;ra: u

sl. 66-68

ritqalso=rrqt

8i|?

qgtTqldJ ftEqrfirlft ftrlCI({r(lt{* q+n{ I grrfqqisq$rfrrrr*q grrr{rnfqq}$sureu Eqtl

.Si o/ra. 6ti. If the lords of the 9ch and the 4th bhavasbe irr the invisible prrc of the zodiac, it will not be the good fortune of the persor)concerned see the to faceof l'risparentsin their last movements. If the lord oi the 5ch bhava be 'in the invisible porcion of the hemisphere, personconcerned the will not see his son's face at the moment of his death.

irr (rwl grqqHqssilTrT qftrr rrrEnqgiqwilt I

_--._\ .\ \ -_ -\ \ a \A

tri qior firqmrrt{g'tfi,itti gffitfrilil

u qs tl

S l o k o . 6 7 . I f t h e l o r d o f r h e 5 t h b h a v ao c c u p y a g!(crrd be in the invisible portion of the hemisphere, or the personborn will have a rather dull understanding. But if the planet in question be associated with Mercury or Iupiter in a Kendra or Kona oosition and have strength,the person born will be-incc,rigent andfcapable rtf shrewdly guessing the thoughtsof others (bv their geotures artd other expressivcsigns)

frwoir qi"qii efir qiifiigi r

rrlWEi{sErsftg{t{r grldiihi l Ec tl
Sloku. 68. A person becomes cognisant of the past,the present;ind the futurc whun Jupiter is (1) in his own Navamsaand has attained the benefic Shashtyamsaq5(Mridu); crr (1) hasattainedGopura and other higher Vais'eshikamsasand (3) occupies a benefic a b N a v a m s a n d i s a s p e c t c d y a b e n e f i cp l a n e t .

irrri qst qrt Hqrtq ffim&I Trvg{{ritgfrgwrq}qEi*A Eq tl t[

838

qrtrcqrKili

Adh. XIII.

Slohu. 69. When malefic planets occupy the 5th and the 4th bhavas and when the former bhava ig in a without being acpected by or in maleficShashtyamsa the pcrson born will conjunction with beneficplanets, ouffer from heart,degeage.

qqEr{qtfrei qs}t'g{ttr* t
Urr*wt{gh qft} tq$itrf ll uo 11
.Slofta. 70. When the lord of the 5th bhava is in a beneficamsaand Mars occupyinga Kendra is in conjunction with benefic planets' the person born will ever devorehimself to rhe dutiesof hospitalitv rnd the relief of the hungry and the famished'

il qq q$il{s'oq ll
t gt trrtt drqftst dit tililrfiriqq qdr;firrgd olrrwqflqfr Rg.gEsdt

tt futfemqueil{ et\t: q} roild^{qr rgl lt

r S l o k a 7 1 . A n a s t r o l o g e o u g h tt o d i v i n e d i s e a s e e ' bad habits and hurts that a p.rsorr may have, enemies, from the 6th bhava and Mars' What relrtes to has diseases beentreatedalready (Vtde Adhyayas V' & VI). When Jupiter is in the 6th bhava, the person will overcomehis enemies. lf che lord of concerned the 6th bhava and Mercury be in conjunction with Rahu and connectedin someway with the lord of the Iagna, the personconcerned will be impotent' Mars occupving the 6th bhava together with lord of the to Lagna will produce damage the organ of generation by an ulcer.

sl, 7s-?3
,t. nrdifr'(a

lqkdsrqrq: Norrs.

839

eTR.rqqrqft*rq{nG"qtflgE{tlffi. I irr

qgilGqgqqrtTt qilI{gf4ar-qtrqlflrr :
For the Znd ,nt, cf, ,Trtquoted by <oU4 in his fprcq.

eit gqit Erqd gorflaqrr flZ+sRqr q|n{isiqqrfts: tr Fs:

q*q'aiq+fr{d{q-{G srqt {rgict

.ftt qrc{ * Rgwarri{rqrqigtfr |

fi.t& gi n i .rqqfusrilwit u.*otil {rtr arqilftaqqqf}goqiTi il56* in nst rr

Sloka 72. if the lord of the Tth bhavaoccupy the 6th in conjunction with Venus, the person born will be impotent in regard to his wife. If \{ars occupying the 5th bhava be aspected Sarurrl, hc will havc a by l i a i r o n r v i t h a n c n c m y ' s w i t e . I f t h e 6 t h b h a v ab e either aspected occupied by bcneficplanets, or there is no clanger hc clreadedfrom enemies if aspected to or ; occupierlbv malef ones.there rvill be a good deal of ic hurc or othei Jrmage inflicced bv an enemy, danger from ulcers or some mark of ignominy put upon the p e r s o nc o n c e r r : e d .

qt ilqfr sw{rqsftfidq1Ri g{t wffiftqilnitrdffidr o}uiqqqtr freiqg6t mlqqrt {fr {smqrr}

{Ktd Tgil q(F( rqr {{iffiq1qqTt lt ul tr
S/ola 71. If the $un occ.[ying thc rith bhava identical with the planet'o depression or un{riencily

&10

nRi5clftile

Adh.xlrt.

rign, be inimical to the lord of the Lagnaand have no strength, the person born will have to associate with of the enemies his father's party. But when the Sun irt the 6th bhava is fritndly to the lord of the Lagna and in a friendly sign and has attainedits own, cxaltation say or friendly varga, the person concerned, the sages, will be distinguished among his relatives for being unhurt by enemies.

irsaaegrq$fq,ii iil ilqI I qgqgrrig rnwrglffiqgig Trilif. qqtiU(l {rililq ll eB tl aqisnsrie+dftgutr

Sloku 74. If the planet in the {'th bhava or thc sign, owner thereof be in an inimical or its depression or eclipsed, the person born will have mdny retrograde kincmen by the father'sside ; and his body will hrc coveredwith many sores. I{ aily one of the plancts from the Sun onwards occupythc tjth bhava,the persou will be annoyed continually by the foe of thc class oi peoplerepresented by the bhava c'f whrch thc planet occupying the 6th bhava is thc Karaka"

{rar:iliilsRatqrIariiq* qfr Ersrfr'+nw,ft*it

fiI oprfrrm qqtiiqftaiqrta g+I

t td qodrlfri\qit gqr tr?qnqqrft'fr tqrftardei( lt \e\ ll ilw?i smolqt{{iad

Sloft.r ?5. lf the lord of thc 6th bir,rva frutn tirc Lagna, thc planet occupying the samc ,tnrJ t'lt.:ottc weali, aspecting it--if ches,:threc planets he maleli: ;i.rirl run oi cattie, discase a.rld the rlcstrr-tci they prclduc*

qliAqqqqru'i iigrri giila q;qlitar I

Sl. ?6-77

:rir<Ssff{t

841

.";;; ;'.

, tr;;,; ;;";";";;;".*t

beoefic, then the effect will be wealth of cattle, horses and other beastsof burden, royal food with condimentr of of every sort and the disappearanee ailmenteand enemies.

urr g.ii enqrqtqrfr qfd h;(ffi ErqdT I ilgrrq. afrdi qd{rfbfi nR egaqtw{Gani

q*sit q{d qR arrRgbrrGfuiks$

xrfffirrri{dqueft{d {qrt g qTll sE ll frE

Sloha 76. If two out of the three planetsmentiotl' ed in the preceding sloka be exceedingly beneiic and 'Irikona or the l tth bhava in great occupy a Kcndra, of strength, tlrey will quickly causethe disrppearance etc., spokcn of before. If even one among them diseasc, be very strong, the trouble froln ulcers, enemiec, etc' will operate only to a small extent; and all that war said about the evils be:etting the bhavas of which the planetsundcr cortsidcrationare thc Karakas rvill be belied or rcplaccdbY haPPiness.

qri oqqi lTqiTqgt ka.i tRii

iro+ geQitqgefrrguqi qrcs Rqr t qui q+& sit qrgoqqafreerg,qq ll urrrt e ffilrqq fttri qrfr gEtii q+{ tt \e\e

Stohu 77. A malefic planet in conjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava in the Lagna afflicts with an ulcer or vsound the person concerned;in the 5th bhava, his father or Bon or both ; in the 4th, his mother; in the ?th, his wivee; in the 9th, his maternal uncle; in the 3rd, his youngerbrother; in the llth, his elder 106

a2

$ttfrTcrfuil

Adh. XIII.

brother; and lastly, if the malefic planetappearin the 8th aEEociared with the lord of the 6th, the person concernedwill suffer from pain in the anus. NorBs.
This sloka as well as the next one are in "ild4ir.d.

*ig{A uqfigtsqftsil qt g ar}nq{tFErqtM rset ixrq,i {rdqrt

qd qnqftq *geEt-riliirgqtrrir

olur dtlr

qtf\qa] gaaui qffi u \ectl

Bloka 78. If the planet capable producingthe of ulcer be the Sun, it will break our in the head if ,t," , Moon, in the |ace; if Mars, in the neck; if Mercury in the lower part of the navel; if Jupiter be in such a position,there will be exemption from aiiments. lf Venus be eimilarly situated, the consequence will be 6ore-eyet. Saturn as well as Rahu in thc position abovedescribed produceflatulencc, and Ketu, disease of the stomach. The lord of the Lagna aspectedby or associated with Mercury and occupylng a sign belong, ing to the sameplanet (in the 6th bhava) generates an ulcer in the privities. cf . T(r{(

qsrft,irsfE qnAet qTscqsh I fF,lf,, qoii,ref{ #rurqscq{fqfu:tl f,qT qd fQqrfaqrqwEa<i*rr,+rigm: 1 qqlftqgdTqrfr wergdT qfa u iqrqfr asiil"qq'fqrqqftqjqqqr Fgil q gQ *,oi *qq iq ifqg n

19---?l- 3"1"-".--- --f *y':l::--"-"---"---"---'1u

qtftntqi q qgqr aqt qt t gtqrr qi} {fiil {tgotr *q-r q fl'lr qit tt

t g}nikenqgfua\it oqf{qzufitTrcr'ficft{tr qd}ett s\ ll qrErfltg* ftgttittrt qtnq'{rR{4

79. A p:rson hls a mark or mole in that .S/r.r[rl from part of the bcdy which correspondsto the ordet being ,b. L.gn, of che R'rsi which Rahu occupies ?6--78)' rspectei bv Venus' (ridt Adhyaya 3' slokas conjunction with If the lord of thc 6th bha'r; b: in dread' Saturn and Rahu, astrologerssay, dangeris to be ed from horses,cows, ?tc'

qrqtrtrqEt qoilisRqrqt t ll 'Irqtalui qrsftr*{rer rrRsqid co ll

Slofro 80. When the lord of the 6th bhava is by without strengrb and aspected a mrlefic planet or is there will b: trouble from betweentwo maleficplanets, enemies.

{renqTiirigr0 fiqqgrfttrffi t qiaq; ll cq ll oii' qo*gfrqnard

9\9

SJofta81. When the lord of the 6th bhava is in a g:trrn (Dustthana)and is depressed,eclipsed or in an of inimical sign, and the lord of the Lagnais possersed should divine the d,' "l''lction strength,a wige asrrologer of all enemies. Norps.
tg-ff(qr(I{( says Inlthis connection compare what the author of about this bhava:

844

qNr|ICIfuft

Adh. )ilrl.

qimTil g:Fqngrrdtg* qif*ii} il {trAE a$qTe Ed qGg,rflflai 1l3T6d-{i | qq+qgt{il ? qqfrR rqr ft'rgm,g}Aa Ed'{Bre}{rqgrag'ii o-oe;,Rirdq rl
vuEiafigf{nqf{qr: qhmeerfq,ir ?rqqJF,mrqmi r efsgfug qqFnR qeU"aglqol;qlqfirqgeqil-n, rr qq ftqt Gqrisfi str agmrA cqrFaR flqfiqrqpqilqr, I agrail R gtqr rzgw gai*)a. qrf-l rF}r qq<ilfi, il rtr;ar

qortt ilotngqmR5il il cR tl ar,&t

\\ \r

Su ntgol.nd REmiatft.ar

qft ,ftffiqa5qqr tffirr;fre^qi wffiqftqrt rffisr'*ql lt

Sloha BZ. When the lorcl of the 6th bhavt has attained_ G9pu.t or other higher Vaiseshikamsa and is 1 aopected the Sun and when the 'lord of the by Laqna is in full rtrength, rhe person brrn will be beneficer;t ro hio kinsmen. Thuo ends &c.

qrfrwri ErTilfi qgETirsqrq :

-*

ll Hrgr[eT{TTiiltttb"{FT: tf
Adhyaya XtrV.
1 . g r , -g L r l I ] I I A V A S , THE EIrFE(]TSOIr 'lutr 7'ru, flTlt ,t\u

l l q q { T f r ql i { s o q f l f
* cn?Tglirwrrntq df+r;qlqttffrr( qfbsi v* gegr*rg{arrrqqd q qqai( t tf cttt:inlqqf ft{i qqq.tilR'..Tiqr (en

qirq ffiiki

gq* qdr r wnirr*qft t rr

Slok"t l. It is frorn the ?ch bhava that an astro_ loger can divine all about any journey a person mav undertake, his sons. his wives and his .nioym"ni. what has beensaid in rcsardto scn'sworrdry comfort or misery as the effect accruing from the preceding bha_ vas may also be predicted from this bhava.When V.nu, is in the 7th bhava or the rord thereof is in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the person born will become an adulterer. But this effect does nor follcw when the ?th bhava is a benefic sign and is also occupied or arpected by Jupiter, cf . crdfrnr<rr

ftqrptqfr{fi+ f+os{}cn rr Trqsfrilf

846

qffi rurr$oi qfttft'qt*r ;TrqrfaqmqqqsrqTgl{ |

qrmrcrailt
Also sfliFfitq

Adh. xlv.

gqfrqErgqrt gwftueeftr{ walffi r

ory1q{ nfkft g*rar q rusr{ rl

gr0wwfl g qrqg{tqrifkteeil
ilqqr{rfr fttq dRt qrqdinqqtr slrq{ grfiefiftNgt qmritaterqtq n R tl
S | o h a Z . I f t t r el o r d o f t h e ? t h b h a v ao c c u p y i n g a ![:anrt(Dustthana)be in a malefic house aud aspected with a maleficplanet,the effectof thc by or associated 7th bhavawouid be irut m':diocrc. If theseconditi,rns be reversed,the effrct of the bhava would be wholly auspicious. If the lord of the 7th bhavabe in conjunction with Venus and occupya malefic sign,the person born will be lustfully inclinbd; if it be in a benefic by ic with or aspected a benef planet, sign and associated get a white umbrellawhich the person concerned will ra the emblemof royalty. NorBs.
are in This andthe next threeslokas (RrclKl-{tt ^ \ -d1,1;n{d.

qq{Trr$t giqr.qqr t ilcqrqTrTfiIat u{

al.nira fqaefq rtq{rcrq{d} q * qq ed qrflfAnigta grfri':q q,.+ q I

q* ds fra1gf,cgq itltq'iq=qrn

.rrr rr ftcd qrfq*.iirrqradtt gm1ffi,ltn

q g:F-qlqF'+il iqgqqfi{* ql'{dd {ad-

a-ii rrltq e$qqqR fDft* qrtsv*q qtfr: I qlaiiq qt tq ert+r;q.we Rgqqqqnl

q-dqi e firftrfrqi qqfrqf{6:il{gt a mfr tt

sl. g

lgtqistqtqr

84?

qg: firrTqrTritrftgfiqFnrFqilq iFfti-q'ioqs lGzrdi) {diqdisfq qG qr s*afka'ti\: r qlqR: Rqgrfqar fbrgnoit*i flqq*eiltdtrtilri]{aagilirs rqz: feu: 11

iqilnrRqurtrngnilr

qtqdlqilsq1gq3

q1qqiqqilFqfr agRguFTriqfr t iwr qri srqQRgi+vorqgt qr*rar

rTrrrKrit$@rqr ?Eqrrrs sTqrgtqHt il I ll
Sloka 3. When the lords of the 2nd, the 6th and the ?th bhavas and Venus occupythe Lagnaand are associatedwith malefic planets, the person born will be libidinous. The same will be the effectif the lords of the lst and che Cth bhavasbe in conjunction with malef planets. If a malc-fic ic planetoccupyingthe 7th bhavabe associated with the lords of the 6th, the Znd and the lst, the person concernedwill be addicted to women not his owit. lf the 9rh bhavabe occupied by a maleficplanerand the lords of the 6th and the ?th bhavas, personborn will be afflictedwith excessive the gexual craving. cf. eadi-r.mqftr

qfa raa\{3sg'firt qfidt qT qnilrrill

qftr: qK{ig iil: lt

orftqar fia+.eru3irrlr:H{sr qG flqgifi.l:t nra: q{a'igtil: $qrrif grlftrada dqT qqq ll qng+ uf| erwra: q{efig{d: afl-rfiq] $qrif I

q*t $dq?rq fiiq{n! gTrfEffiu{n

gserdgtwqqr giltt qrQftisarcqql t

flt?ttFlttr{flrt

Adh.xlv.

dH qfi qrfrurqdtfr urt egdrer qftr qomt qEaf tt t tt gmwu{nitr.r titqi

S/oArr '+. If the lords of the 10th,the 2nd and ?th bhavasocr:upythe l0th bhava, the persoo born will have intriques with wonen other than his wiie. If the lords of the 5th, the 9th and the ?th bhavas which are the initiatory planetsin respectto an offspringbe in a 6,tqn (Dusttbana) and if the 5th bhava be aspectedby a maleficplanet, the personconcerned will be childlese. If Jupiter arrd Mercury or the Moon and Venue be in the ?th bhava, the person will be addicted to mally women. If Venus occupying the ?th bhavabe strong, will have nalry wivcs. the personconcerned
cf . .l4t'{[q-Jrqli,l

qltfi,tfrt qrg(r{iFd tl +dnfi.irlq;,zqruq titq&rr,iiq+us'rr.i E:Frrrrirt tr<u.i Ulr{ I et ga Eriq.q.itil-.rqf,iil{ giqi .Tqfh n

gifrfr qElii6or{ft* qqhqqd aqt

{Terrmfrrhrqqf'liil.l}rur} rriq t qqq{rtqtfi gt gda oqrn'"q'rig

r'qrdqitiE qnqgqi qlqtifiqisqiiln \ tl
Sloht 5. If Venus and Mars be in the Tth bhava. the person born will be bereft of a wife. 'Ihe same effect will Iollow if the planets be in the 9th and the 5th bhavas. If tbe N{oon and Venus occupy the 6th bhava, the p.rson concerned will have only one son. If maleficplanersoccupy the lst, the ?th and the l2th bhavas,and the Moon occupyiog the 5th be weak, the percon born will either have a barren wife or be wifeleso.

sl. 6
cf ' ftrrc

tutrits.qtqt
NorEs,

8t9

rrruqqi:qr\:qftil{trt fru+t r

gxrrqrras qrqt ffq frfailt tl

Also qrtr+6

r 1i San,itdqid' goil qi&neqR: qftw",iqf}etlqq {te{Fqadqi rr qr\: frft A{rd\ {td I cralrqrflFi: et{tai rrcfril, q}s fisfiir qlq rr
Alm c'd(lft{r

srtt gdi cqsqfiilsgirElsr {tat

gG qeii f+nn Ert r W ut fiqn'dilsfa ga,r; : $Ar-c,} .aurcngi, vrlrqnr.rrf dntirqiqrflauarn],'qrligqr-frite. tr
If the lord of the 7tb housebe in the 5th, the natrve witl losc hrs wife or become son-less, The loss of the wifc is certain if the lord of the 5th or the 8th house happens to be in tho 7th. If the waning lloon be in tbe 7th and malefics should occupy the l 2th, tbe 7th and the lst houses, the person rvilr he bereft of rvife and. children. If the Sun and Iiahu be in the 7th houso, .ne o'ght to t rrredir loss of rvealtb through the assocra.ti6p rvomu. 6[

irs{nqit! firdrqt qqilqqq}

q'i.rd sqrJt irdarFft qq I

stri snfti Seqil{gd qi${Ei\agi frrconu E tl di

Sloku 6, tf Venue and the Sun be in the ?th or tbe lgt bhava,rhe person born will have a barren wife lf tbe house r:ccupiedby the Moon be an even sign, hi* wife will havc the proper femaleform; if it be a male Rasi,the wife will have a masctrline forna ; if the houee i07

fiRrsqrftsrrn

Adh.xlv.

in which the Moon is be either occupied or aepected by l>oth male and female planets, ehe will be of a mixed a6pect.

fuir {r qirrrfi Rarrr( {rqwi ffq{ {r {TTrq I qrn ilCi *qarcttr EsT qrdql qfftn tt,ett il
SloAtr 7. tf the ?th bhava from the Lagna in the caseof males,or the lst bhava in the caseof women, be either in Mars' house or amsa and if the planet own, ing the amsaof the ?th bhava be either w,:ak or eclipee.J, the woman concerned rvill be a servant mard or will becomevrciousin her vonth, arrd will bt: a[xn6nnedbv her husband.

qft gqi{Rr{ft ffiorrdl gtfkt qrwi sorq I qqi{rh g{uqrqirnleilil qltdi qde c {rsqln d tl
S/;Aa 8. If the ?th or the lst bhrva adverredto in the precedingslol<abe in thc Rasr or amsa o{ e beneficplanct,thc wife rvill be virtr:ous; rf ,rspcctcd by bene{icplanets also,she rvill be ami.rble th.: ffiof,rr. all tf the bhavabc in thc Rasior arnsrowned by the N{oon without strerrgth,the womair wili cause the deatiroi her husband but if the Moon he strong, shc will bc a ; faith{ul wifc.

s{id g6drftq}q.Jat{rqirtg{r&fdi oi alaxsqfl rr(d* dhrRqgF**t qnarlroiifsa{ft rr-di6rur{rrnm

q;will i{qarer q Rqql il?Rr Gilqrqt( il -q. tl
SloArr 9. If thc Moon occupying the lst or the ?th bhavabe (l) in a Navamsa belonging co the $un,

sr 10-11

qgicfrsnrrc:

86I

nchaste; (2) in its , pla own or exaltationhouse and aspectedby a benefic or net, shewill be virtuous; aoC (3) in its depression malefic inimical houseor in a state of eclipse or in a or Drekkana termed a'i'Sarpa, qig{-Pakshin, {rfl-Pasl' hrre-Nigada, (Vide supra Adhyaya r'1,sloka 55) or in-a position foiming the t{ii{ Riksha sandhi, the wife either insentinentor widowed' will become

fiqQ ilg\ g{trq$ sA{ilqlsit

g{wrmraq t ilS qqi Ru'{tqur 'sqgumsii q $rd qd$Id-mEtt ll $qiqnuqarsRrt{ift {qrersdlll t "

SloAa 10. lf the lord of the Lagna be in the ?th the bhava and in conjunction with e b:nef ic planet, But personborn will get a wife born of a good farnily' fu ,n. 7th blrava occupiedby the lord o[ th: Lagna be a mrlefic sign, the wife will be a base-bornwoman' Her bue, form, attributes, fcatures etc' tht astrologer should declare from those prescrib:d for the sigrt constitutingthe ?th bhava. The woman finds pleasure are in the man whose features in conformity with those of the planet impelling her to evil coutses'

qrqrqsTrRish $.qrfufr| uo* ll S d qrrqrg {ffifr ,fror aqftqrftsii qt lf

Slofta Il. When the 7th bhavais occupied by a (ewa-Upa' malefic or an invisible subsidiary planet gralraaide Adhyaya'2 sloka6), the wile will be wicked' be tha it ,U" S,unoccupv it, she will prove barren ; if it waning Moon, she will be unfaithful'

qtf,w|frrtt

Adh. xlv.

wqrtstfraTqt ftturrn**tsgerlr rr n
Sloka LZ. If the Tth bhava be occupied by lvlars, tbe wife will die ; if by Sarr:rn,she will be ,Jisliked by her husband; if by Raliu, rhe husband ,vill take ro sromennot hie owr, a'd wiil fi.d no delight in bis wife and will have ro chird bv her becauseof the ahsence cohabitationwith her. of

qt ft{rr{hr qrfuqtru* {til |

q?tlig ilfrur ffi 6rq1qdi q+{. tl tl n

,\loku 13. If the 7th btravabe in ttre ae (Dhuma), personborn will have no marriage if it be in ordr ; (Karmuka),he or his wife will die ; if in qftic (paii veeha) wife will be ill-be haved; if in Ketu, she the will be barrenbut virtuous.

qr* ftffi: qrt g qfqrtur {rgil |

g{t6r frrqilr q dqrt gqrsi n lB tl

Sloku 14. If the ?th bhava be in oro (Kala), tbe personborn wiii be wifeiess. if a marfic pianeu te in that bhava,the wife wiil have miscarriase.If it be occu. pied by the Moon getting full, she will be virtuous and bring forth children. \

Sloka t5. lf Mercury be in the 7rh bhava, che wife will beargood offspring; if Jupirer,she wiil be virtuousand haveexcellent progeny. If the 7th bhava be occupied Venusin srrengrh, wife wiil eniov by the a happywedded life anclwill be highly proEperous.

gAggrr Erriit gEgrilggf*qft r gh *tTrrqdwer q {-driht n t\ tl *qdr

sL 18-17

tltrilsqcr

818

*grt {fuft ulqdQrsa vurftr\" (fn {tf\t n r ffit

qfurgrqftougtft qrqt
(qr ql qgrerggi$qgr:ll tq lt
SloAs 16. If the lord of the ?th or 5th bbava poasessing strength and aspectedby a benefic planet be by the lord of 6t[. in conjunction wirh or aspected the wife will acquire a son by Paramour. Her hus " of possessed many wives, will baod, though he rnaylbe be childless. Norns.
Seo Xlll-15 tqna.

aii Ut {fii ffi qeErft {t} qor{E} fti at* r

r;ilRp{T{qrrrrri g{G} qrr] mlt{gilwqf}Ei qr 11 ll {v
Sloka 1.7. When Jupiter occupiesthe 7th bhavathe in depression, persooborn will lose his wife. lf the Saturn occupy the Ttii bhava identical with lvfcena, effect wili be the sam: If Jupiter occupy a Rasi or Navamsaowned by S.ittrrn or Mars, the prJon con cernedwill have intrigrr,:s with other women. The e{fectfollow,; also when Jupiter is in conjunction with Saturn cr Mars.
\OTES. !'or thi: -l]rst hatf qeerl{+,r .rf rvife, c/, :rnd some rlrore yogas relattac to loss

$; sfa*$ qq aq* +rq tqrt gq *ilfleqq dtai grgil qnfqct ilqTr

&54

|rurtarrt

Adh,xlv. qrfi sfi fiqqr rr

lfr* mt nqlsn aqrSlsqlr *eF

ffqMfrqsftgrrq]:
Wheu Venus occupiesVrischika identical with the 7tb house, the wife of tbe person boru will die soon). The same will bc thr cflect when Mercury is in Vrishabha identical with the 7lh house or wheu Jupiter occupies the 7th and is in depression, or when Srturn or Mars is posited ia Meena identical with the 7th house. If Saturn aud Mars are in the Zth house identical with Caacer, the wife of the person concerned will be of a good dispoqition aDd fortunate.

eGt qrnqatqfrfiQgd 6!5cqgaquqft

fiqnrmsttl-sflqt rqrffiorqfr{ | nt il gdqTrqqlF4fioErfrsn] rr wrt lil

lf tbe 7th house or its lord be associatedwitb, aspected by, or gosited betwixt malefics, or be in depression or inimical sign or bc eclipsed'by the Sun's rays, one ought to predict loss of wife. Venus in conjunction with a malefic occupying the 7th, 5th or 9th bo0sewill make the native bereft of a wife.

qnfittfga qr r ilffiirt Rfftqfit nas'l<r

{ofll qlqgtsqeE {t-dr(rfl qqd}d fl;ir: tl
lf tbe lord of the 7th occupies an rnimical or depressrou sign or be eclipsed or be aspected by male6cs, and tbe Zth, house be associated with or aspected by malefics, tbere will be lcss of wifc; so say the wise. Latter halrf. Accordrng to Mantreswara, it is Pcarc (aud not Jupiter) if in a Varga of Mars or Saturn that makes thc artivc immoral.

gfi fl $qqqEqREa E TtrRfl: tl

When Veuus is iu a <,i (Varga) of Mars or Stturn. or has the tspct of these planets, the persoo boru will have a liaison wtih otLcr peoole's wivcs.

^\

sL t8-r0

1t{alfsqqr

855

| wl nS qfr qqe Etr,ftgil

w{t qR ilqTt rut?rffinrrpqtqtt ld tl

Slola 18. If a malefic planet occupy the 7tb or 8ih bhava and Mars be in the t2th, and if the lord fie thereof be invieible, tbe personborn will have anotha wife. NorBs.
Tho followrng sloka from qa*fu{l having two wives: gtvos some rnorc yogae fot

.r}gr+drt $qnftitqtcsisgfr <r

qR raqlti qqqfrfta\iTrqTrrEq
nIErlI gs{qiriaulfllqrFqr
. \c a \ 0. .

disra il qq{Aqqq} a} qS *aq H I

qE;t[ ll

lf Venus and the Moon are in opposition to Niars and Saturn in any nativity, the person concerned will be either wifeless or issueless; when there is a hermaphrodite planet in the 7th houso, and the llth house is occupied by two planets, the person will have two wives. If the lord of the 7th house:lnd Venus be each posited in a dual Rasi or Amsa, the person will have two wives, Generally one ought to predict the number of wives in such cascs through the number of the planets in t'onjunction with those two riz.. the lord of the 7th and Venus'

gqqEqni Ee o}lrfr ilqdg!+( t rqd Rtaff;rftilwErii gFqat{tSd{tq'#il tf tq tl

Slota 19. If the lord of the Lagna be in con;unc tron with that of the ?th, the person born will get a oature excellent wife, If the lord of the Lagna in the above porition be at the same time obrcured by the Sun, the wife will b entirely devoid of good featurer.

866

ilurqrftlrl

Adt XrV.

ftt qwg.aq Folt ilqrftt I

ll fiqqtpr{d E,srxq{rnqt( ?o ll
Sloha70. When thereare severalmalefic planets rn the 2nd bhavaand the lord of the 7th is likewice by there aepected a maleficplanet,the peroonborn will have three wives.
6. F{fifRFar{fi

fri nrwgd g fidi il ilqrfit r

afit nqse} rsfiqqFqt( ll

*-ffi*fr Efttdqitee{,ft t

qlE sqlftta qrEtrqgdisfrF] tt lt ll

Sloka 7I. Wben the lord of the 7th bbavaoccupyrnga Kendra or Kona is in its own, eraltation, oi by friendly sign or is aspected the lord of the l0th perronborn will be associated with many bbawa, the wiver.

sa;n{trdl sqftikfrlqt t *d

gqtir gTtRfrEIrdt i|lnilqm lt tl ll

Sloka 77. When the lord of the ?th bhava is in a Kendra and is aspectedby a benefic pianet or is in a benefic Navamsaor Rasi, the wife will be devoted to the observanceof vowr

fiiftt N

qTqrdt q{iC}$-d-{rRnt ll {r{Err q}i wrqr {n{

t wft frqTRqd ftgaruuri

Sloftc 13. tf the lord of the ?th bhavabe Mercury or with a in a depression inimical vargaand assocrated planet,and if it also c.cupy the 6th or the Erh rnalefic bhava, in the midst of two malefic planets and aspected

st. 24-26

85?

and planel, the wife will kill her hucband by a nnalefic ruin his familv' NorES.
This as well as slokas25, 26, 27, 28,29t 30,31, 32,34, 37 3 8 ' 3 9 , + 0 , 4 1, + 5 & . + a r e i n s f i T 4 , t.G f 'Ihe same efiect is ascribed to a different yoga in fRtt<f

ftg"qqfrsqql faqq,irsft t nfioql qq.iti{qarft'il

q{urtfd dil q{offirrqq rRfiqqTqfidTqi( ll

uqtt gqdt ar\ qrqr griqil t

qr{r6t rrrrTirt qr{il c{{il (q ll 18 ll
Stoha 74. If the lord of the ?th bhava occupy a ic benef Navamsa and be aspectedby a benefic planet, the wife will be of a good family. But if the lord of the bhava be in a maleficvargaalreadyoccupiedby a maleficplanet,thc wife will be base-born,

{EF( srqqTtqti fragnr*qtdkdrcqt a dtqepfrqilqJ qEti qG gtgtfrqi t

qrqrdii fked qfr qaqqi gtigufiqqt
qrqt TarakugtrElindEE{qerft il ll R\ ll
by SIoha 25. If the ?th bilavahe occupied a planet, by to thc number o[ wivcs is declared astrologers be the of nr-rmber planetsin conjunction with Venus. Out of its tire abovenumbcr,any planetthat occupies Swakshe' tra or exaltation is to be ornitted. If the lord ol the 7th bhavaoccuPythe ?nd, identical with a sign owned by Venus, the number c,f wives will be the number o{ planets associaled with Veutts ; or it nay bc tha"tthe personconcernedrnay gecas manv new brides as there are planetsin conjunction with Venus and the lord of the ?th bhava. 108

858

rrcucrQile

Adb.xrv.

Erttn$grqtr tfrei qrq{qgfurr

glerrnreilqR t qm*fr qoufra I g{silrr-{<rrcilqRld

s{ffi

{osfrqtrqrir$q.rrrq tl

Sloka 26. How many weak planetsthere may be that are in conjunction with the lord of the ?th or of the Znd bhava and are at the sametime the lords of the 6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava ( g:un-Dustthana), so many will be the wives to be destroyed by them. The more there are benefic strong planetsassociatedwith the lordg of the two bhavacabove named,the more will be the wives with whom the person born will live happily. If a single planet possessinggreat srrength be associated with the lord of the ?th or of the Znd bhava, the personconcernedwill have but one wife. NorEs' cf. wo{tfrmr

dtneqi qa.ii\faqnrd)*r fl|q: ftqfi qlilsft qT qa: Wsq: qFqramrqfFqAl

nifr nlil gt ufi rg: sp{f gsrf;qdT

n]-qrpq ft+r nguq{FqqFqqilfi' Sr<nq' tl

It is through the (number of) planets in the 7th housethat one ought to divine the number of women that a person may associate with. oF these, the number that will die (at an early ase) will corresoond to the nurnber (of pranets in the 7th housey that are malefic, w-hile the number of benericswill denote the numbef that will survive. If the lord of the 7th be benefic and possessed strength, the native will have a good-natured woman of as his partuer and be endqwedwith gooc children. Even a malefic will do good to the wife if he shali be in the 7th owning that house. Benefics in the Tth.will be productive of good unless they happento be the lords of the 6th,8th and lZth houses.

sl. 27
Also cf. ciliTfi(<r

rg{dswr<r

859

qil efr *errfqq* OgrEqrt rl,nru*rrq<tr( |

f,rL-qi flqirJ(ilq+d ftsx{rpqi q{iFd ffit: ll

*t o{rasqfttshqu{i fr'{ri{t(

q;nrftFcenwqqq,frt{qi{* ilI I {r dl+ ftrnqttrt *d qlqEldlE(r

qcsidr* ll qe ll stt ffif,t.CIr{tqq${q{rqs

Sloha 27. Add together the f igures for the lorde of the Lagna and the ?th bhava. Find the Rasi, etc., indicated by the result. When Jupiter traverses the Rasi, etc., above fo':nd, the astrologer may predict a person's marriage. The time of marriage may also be determined in the same way in respect to the total of the figures for the ruler of the stars occupied by the Moon and the lord of the ?th bhava. If the Navamsa occupiedby Jupiter belongto a friend, the person concernedwill have but one wife. tf the amsain'question be Jupiter'sown, the number of wiveg will be 2 or 3If the amsabe that of Jupiter's,exaltation,the perroq will be the lord of many wives. concerned
Norps. According to qodiqfi the probable time for marriage is thus : ascertained

gxlscit ErdgnTqqiatFfrqqrqlfA firrq' 11 dqr

The marriage may be expectedto come ofl when Venus or the lord of the 7th house in its orbit transits through a sign which is triangular to the Rasi or Navamsaowned by the lord of the Lagna

fio{{iFqrqwae}tuqt qlsq.soTrs r qql fiefrrfEqfir srqrfifirii dx .foron: tl

during the dasaperlod Tbc rcguisition of a wife may happeu

860

ffi

Adh.xlv.

of the planet (l) posited in the 7th house, or (2) aspectingthe 7th house. The same may also happen when the lord of the Lagna in his orbit cornesto the Rasi signifying the 7th house.

rs@mnrftrduifl+{rq, flwqqmrqu.ii iotqw t

EFlqgil'qi{rfii}drort ${,Er il Rz tl Etrrrrir iqgt
Sloka 28. Of the two planets that are the lords respectivelyof the Rasi and Navamsa occupied the by lord of the 7th bhava,f ind whictr is stronger. During the dasaperiod of thac planet,the marriageof the person the Trikona of may take place, when Jupiter traverse$ by the lord of the 7th bhrva. the Rasi and amsaoccupied Again, find the stronger of the two planets Venus and the Moon. During the dasa period of the stronger planet,the period favourableto marriage m1y be folrnd in the samemanneras in the abovecase.

g nltilfi-drrltt qqnruih fqr fi {rT(r u.rrktqittrtriqrqmlUdi q ffi56: I

*{iliqqrqsEfluri itnaf rqq sqfu

frrita gilf ifioxrlrltiqrsgd g i{t ll 1q ll
Sloha 29. If the lcrd of the ?th bhavabe associated with Venus, its Dasa and Bhukti may lead to marriage. Failing that, the Dasaand Bhukti of the lord of the Rasi occupied by the planet owning the 2nd bhavamay have marriage,producing icacy. The Dasa e{f anclBhukti of the lords of the 10th and the.gth bhavas come next in order. Lastly, note the planetagsociated with the lord of the ?th bhavaor the one occupying it. During thg Dasa and Bhukti of one of these,narriage may take place.

sI.30-31

rg{tfrswm:
Notr,si.

86t

It is, perhaps, implied here that each succeeding alternative is to be resorted to when the preceding one is found to be not pro' m i s i n g b e c r u s e o f t h e w e a k n e s s ,e t c . , o F t h e p l a n e t c o n c e r n e d '

ql* glT'Jt qqritp$i fi-q"frqqr!ftq.dr qrqd g{frqft qR Euqtt iimrqq t

qii T(! qlqqirTni1 qei qffitqqfi qqt

" uJrqdqfi q{urofic(l drtqf}qe:qfrml llloll

S/oAa 30. lf the planet powerful for producing ic marriage beneficand in a benef house, it will bring be of commencement its Dasa. on the h"ppy event at the ic, lf the planet,being itself benef shouldoccupy a male' fic house, the marriage and other such h.ppy eventg wiil takeplacein the middle of its Dasa. If the planet and the house it occupiesbe both malefic, the event in question will happenat the end of irs Dasa. But if the plan:t in question occupy a b:nefic house and be in conjunction with a benefic planet at the sametime, ito for good will prevail during the whole of its influcnce Dasaperiod.

oqE{iqaaqiqlrfrqftii
| aq gt;qtw q i[-sToIrT{

qrrrrrgfi'wrr5qffidbqi

his'lqr Wgi dt rRor tl lt ll

Slola 31. Astrologers say that the acquisition of a wife may take place when the Moon and Jupiter in their progress arrive at the Znd place from the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagnaat the birth bf the person concerned. The same event may a also happen when Jupiter reaches sign occupied by

8os

lrcwrM

Adb.xlv.

,n
is whenthe Moon and Jupiteroccupya Kendra.

ilsr6t ueftibr{q(dr sailqild uiq r oqrfiilfr uffirq*grtriu* tq{r qt {TI qtqq:qrEwurt ntq fru: n QR rct tl
.S/oln 32. An auspicioustime for men'smarriage (other than what has been mentioned before)occurs in the yearof their lifc indicated by the numbermadeup of 8 and thc figure dcnoting the order from Mesha ol the sign representing 7rh bhava: this year b:ing in the the natureof things subsequent the investiturewith to the sacredthread generally preceding marriage (in the caseof the twice-born class). Add the figures for the lordg of the Tth and the tst bhavas and find our the Rasi and amsa indicated by the sum total. The girl born in the Rasi and amsathus found is the one to win the heart of the person concerned. The husband,elect must equallyprove acceptable the wife. to

fi*FqruqsnrRtnqq{ ilfini il {uri

urqrffiqqftqql{rftq1q1 qqr(ff{ $rrrr q qftfqqrqT( | dqrd* q qf6ffi Eqii iE Etrqluggfffiorfrqar lt 11 u

Slofra 33. Note the planetsoccupyingor aspecting the ?th bhava from the Moon. A girl born in a sign belongingto any one of these planets vrill be higlrly fortunate as a wife and enjoy her husband'sfavor. A husband determined similarly in the case of a female hororcope will prove acceptable. The direction of thc

st.34

qgtdsqtq:

863

country of the bride will bc that of the lord of the 7th bhava from venus' Norss.
According to Mantresrvar:r, the direction of the country of the rvife will be that signified by the ltasi orvrted by any one of (2) owning the the three planets, viz., (l) occupying the 7th house 7th house and (3) Venus. Cf,

ifirrrFq{rqTfqqqlfieriru4i {infa ds q-.ql: ll fst q*fqfrd{Fqrrft.qir EI a.l{tlq{:I g.Fclfi{di qrfqqitaq firilsqqt tt ;na1Fqq ndin+s affra2;t{q 1;zit EI I qsEffi,oa f<qarawa tqtsatqt*l qfi d'is tt gileqfi fift"q qitqqm, du g r nrqffrqlR(rqitqinot;q+,af+qit rt

Seealso the follorvrl;i:

qit ta Eqt uq{ qgfg qrrfa{i r sTft+riqq ftqr.gqg+ fiilqa,tt qsrEitl:wta ngatGtr{ilq-dl r an*+g+uafi*q.tt Bt)ilorftqsn;qi I af{.'fr ql{saq: *S tg solfq+q ;o*qfAqtat:lt qi\nrFqnrr{nif
erqqr g{frgffrnrifluqt fqR;ah t

qilqqfFquittftnwndn'rq tt

U ll qCdb{nTildd+rr:
wr{riliwqft qarilGI I qG rh t-.qr-wawqo{fr eqregfis(! qis ll 18 ll
Stoka 34, Mars occupyingthe 2nd, the 12th, the

864

\ ilrcccrftrrt

Adh. xlv.

wife. If Mars occu, py the sameporition in respectto the horoscopeof the wife tp be selected, the planet will prove injurious to the husband.

* tt@ ". the ", person may cause deathof his

trt*-"

tadrqt: qiwqsqqi fuoqatt

*qtftqnqisqit qqlwrqi: rr1\ tl

Sloha 35 if a malefic planer occupyingthe 8th bhavafrom the Lagna in a female horoscope be in deptession. inimicai or malefic vargas, proves fatal it to the husband.

ffi!$grqrf,i \

:\

R qrfiqnfaqiqqgrt*sft fi |

ilretrfrqqnrga{efrtft gfq{Gsil{ n tQ rr
Slota 36. If there be maleficplane1s the 2nJ as in well as in the ?th bhava,thcy causedistressby bringing about a bereavement of the wife. If tfe pers(\)n conjoined in wedlockro a woman born in a yoga cernedbe such as has been describedabove,he lives possessed oi children,wealth and other blessings.

qo*rrilriirisqEtRrr(ir{idrtgsrilfirsit r ssftrfu{R gfirroteqF{tftdq Uratq: ie tl u

Sloha 3T. lf the srosrrftr (Janmarasi) the wife bc of included in the triad designated *oarrih lKalatrarasi) or in the triar:gular signs of the Rasi occupied by the lord of the 7th bhava in the horoscope of the hu:band, the latter will have sons. If the q.cofu (Janmarasi) of the wife be other than those that have beenenumerated. he will have no isaueby her.

Sl. g8-39
t v vvvvvvvv : ! l g v v vvv

rgtdt qrrt
vv-vvvvvvvvvv!vv r g !!1.'/.#

866

NorBs. For qr-oecfithe,c, Cf. eElfi?il{Fr

fiildqTqFrilildti oftr qoqq ftgtqr-a: t dflqq.ll aqqrf}ilq adqitq qR qi m@{rtfrr

Great astrologers have recognised the Rasi occupied by the q'T(It?r lord of the 7th bhava in the husband's horoscope as the (Janmarasi) his wife. The exaltation and the depression signs of as of the lord of the 7th bhava in the male horoscope well as the the 7th bhava forn.r the t:onstituent parts of the triad re' Rasr of presentingU1g"r;q{tfr (Janmarasi) of the +oa (.Katatra) or wife.

urfu;qrcuq q( tfi6{ $Ftflttqfrdrl

\

.A-1

qR I diiFg{fudrF+igas{I {!r65q1 wflflraqfrqrr Wfr{gtqKilRtqi

qltd iiqqrsftaaqdigrusq{l ifiIII\ ll lc ll

Slofta 38. If the Sun be in the 7th bhava,the wife will have breastsexceedingly strong. when the lord of the 7th bhavaoccupiesa Kendra in conjunction with Venus, she will have a Jupitt:r, the Moon, Mercury or tro"d and awellirrg bosom; i{ Mars appear in the ?th bhava,her bogom will be shrunken' If the 7th bhava be occupied by Mandi, Srturn, Rahu or Ketu she will have fat pcndent breaste. If Dhuma and other invieible planetsbe in the ?th bhavaor if the lord thereof occupy will bc ill-shapcn. her breasts a g:wra (Dustthana).

fiEqt{iqiqismirffi{{hft

itqrqrqh

q-tqn'{tit lr t qg+ g {qtrQrcr;fifi hqrft;gg}r g Rxrftnj dit itt qitdi

diqd.iiiqiirtq{'dRq{tii;q41gftdq iI +"' ii
Stoka 39. lf the $un be in the ?th bhava at a 109

866

fiilTqrftqa

Adb.xlv.

perEon'E birth, the object of hie love and dalliance will be r barrenwoman; if the Moon, a womanof the same claosas himself; if Mars, it will be a woman in mens, truation or a barren wedded wife ; if Mercury, a courtezan if Jupiter,a womanof Brahmanic extraction; ; if Venus,he will havea liaison with a womanalready enceinte. If the planet occupying the ?th bhava be Saturn,Rahuor Ketu, the objectof his affectiono will be a low,bornfemale one in her periode. or

ffii

qg* ffi $qfusft gt qrfr Rrnqot r fr tr.IEftt a (ftd qtsqqrqqir

*fr qrqq{$frqgruri qq3lrt n Bott

*i St+{riqrcqit Rql

S/oft"240. lf the Sun occupy the 4rh bhava the person born will prelerably have the society of his wife housein a forest region ; if it be the Moon, in a pleasure room in his own residence;.if Mars, a snug place a fine encloaedby walls; if Mercury, a theatre or similar placeof public entertainment; if Jupiter, a temple ; if Venue, a retreat in water ; if Saturn, Rahu or Ketu, the favourite haunt of the deity fuflgt (Hariharaputra) as described the offspring of Siva and Vishnu conjoined,

grtir rqqftsqitgt qrqlfqiqert qTqrftsut{t smqh qr* mu{rriqrq t qqgfi gkffiqlfr S EI grd uru6grqft

qogfriiqrnfr ilR tt Bl tl ffidqqnisu{El

Sloha 41. If lr,fars occupy a Navamsa owned by Venus in the ?th bhava, and if the lord of that bhava be in the 6th, the perEon born will suffer bereavement

sL 42-44

tg{risr<rrr

in the deathof his weddedwife. If the planet occupy, with iog the ?th bhava be the Sun, he will be bleseed wife and wealth. If the lords of the Znd and the 7th with Venus in a g,wn (Dustthana) bhavas associated be he or in the 3rd bhava, will have the ill.luck to loceso manywives ; but if the lords of those bhavas strong, be his wife will continue aliveduringhis life time.

stRf: rilil w$TilTqffillE

\A

q{ ugrqqfiriqqfr iln Ril( ER{rrE{qt ef.gte-tqtl 81 ll

Sloka 42. If the lord of the ?th bhava be aspected with Venus, or occcupya houoe owned by or aseociated by the latter, the pereon born will be so extravagantly fond of hie wife as to indulge in irrrgrea (Bhagachum' bana.) The effect is the samewhen the lord of the Znd bhavais in the sameposition as that describedfor the lord of the 7th in the preceding case; or when the lord of the lOth occupiesthe 7th in conjunction with Venus.

ET d{q ffftnwtugqFEt I

trlqtr iqgar iffi qr t{ rrri qred ttww I tt fti rFi Wr{ufuTr}tr;ft;gilRr6qs{rqrilBl tl

Sloko 43. When Jtrpiter or Vettus is chelord of the 7th bhava, the pudendum muLiebre of. a young woman would be lovely and symmetrical. It will be narrow if the lord of the ?th bhava be betwixt the the planet Saturn, the Moon and Mercury.

ff qtft {qqc$frqodmfi(* qu.It}r.rtatr t gd wi wi qEa\,g{t|ttsst -{rM q{qrt tl

Sloka 44. Ito spacewill be ample if the lord of

rtefitftili

Adh.nv.

, It will be moist i[ the Moon occupying the ?th bhava by be aspected Venus; but if the Moon in the position ic vrith a malef planet, it will be describedbe associated void of moisture.

dti ntft fr{ oM{rIETtt ffi dtqrnfra{i{r* esffi ftctsqn t

gir {tRTR*m oil ilqqfrqsumqEi
fii oI qflqflRrqtseQt ff frftc: ll 8\ ll
Sloka 45, A man is joined to a woman when planetowning the to Jupitcr is in a Rasi b,:longing the Navameaoccupiedby the lord of the Lagnaat his birth : but if the Navamsain questionbelongto the depresrion sign of the lord of the Lagnaor to its enemy' the person concernedwill lose the wife that he marriee or ltave nct wife at all. subtract the figures for the Lagna from rhosefor the lord of the ?th bhava. The difference occupieathis a indicates cerrail Rasi. When Jrrpiter Rasi or its Trikona, astrologers say that the death of wife will take place' The sameevent may the pcrson's is happeu when Jrrprrgr in a Rasi indicated by the .*i.*. of the {igures for the Lagna over thoseior the lord of the 7th bhava

g{stt qtqiiq* wt o{lrinrqqisrrSi qigq{urqiq{sknqtt qm q1s'giia IIt nlqrfunq{rrq{ittr gfirsqdii{t

{rdt ril{gil silrq{oi fr} mtqntqi tt 8q lf
cf If thq lord as weil as the Karalra tirc frcrrn the Lrgna b: propitioueand occupy the rch ti;1.:ve (loArr 46

sr 4?-48

qgfdsqrq:

th place be prede t minant in strength and unaspected by or unassociated with malefic planets,the wife dies simultaneouslywith the husband. Her death will occur during the period of the dasa or qcEK (Apahara) of a fte (Ch.idra) planet @ide Adhyaya 5, slokas 52-53) with referenceto the ?th bhava,when Saturn occupiesthe Rasi ascertained to be fatal to the wife through the Ashtakavarga of Venus (vide Adhyaya 10) an.J when Jupiter ig in a owned bY this fatal Rasi. Navarnsa

q(tqirililt

qtftqrdrRqd

$gegilt qrtrdqr|qti t
qf\qggffiqq"iffifilq(t:

{E gfuf\ilq qrcfir.Trgtftu Be tl
Sloka 47. If the lord of the 7th bhava attaining a crRqra (Parijatha) or a higher varga occupy a benefic by with Jupiter, the placeand be aspected or associated will have at his mealsfood of a refined and personborn by excellentsort accompanied such appetiaingeubstances milk and seasoned as curd, honey,clarified butter, sauce, ind he u'iil in ,rcidirion e blessed ith a b r:ondiments; w r:harmingirelpmate.

11 ll sTeTlwrileffircq
qrgturiSqrgilqqFrsiggcqafr
effirtdsoiqqft ftqi{ri q{$ g{s I qeqrga{qisqqr ftgqt qrqriR {;Ht

oita gt a ffi frq+qrfrftr*{t .Rs sztl n

Sloha 48, From what haebeeneaid already,it io

8?0

|t(rrcrfuri

Adh"nv.

t"*rl;
life as affected by the untoward .rr"rt, due to ihe positions of the lords of the l st, the 10th arrd the gth bhavasand of the planet Saturn; but as it crops up again in connection with fka (Nidhana) or the gth bhava now under treatment, it is to ba dealt with once more If the lord of the 8th bhava being associated with a maleficplanet occupy the l2th or the 6th bhava, the person concerned will be short-lived. The same effect is produced when the lord of the gth bhava being weak happens be 4ssociatedwith the lord of chl to Lagna in one of the two bhavasabove-named (zie. the 6th or the l2th).
NolBs. For things to be deducedfrom the gth bhava, aide the following from (t) qraa,cd.

1;q6s141;f,fEi dlr-q+ar{ea;arRfrq{r gaiil rTRq qrqt iqqx tt E qo-e ds fq: fiar rTr
Q) qki+rrrror

aqf,rilil;dtqFqgi'in<i Erg: es.t tfa sqq.r 5-spu1d *qfrq qr*anmrflqr fld+H: tt sier

aqnrtrfir;qtrRnin ! ffirunqqr dqbtqoTs(tmgfiIrilqrw,Sfrq Bq tl n

Sloka 49. When the lord of the 8th bhava occupier its own house, the personborn will be long,lived. If the lords of the lst and the 8th bhavas occupy the 6th or the l2th bhava, then too will tbe perlon born enjoy prolonged vital energy. The lorde of tbe l0th.

qS r;qqfi iu.teoflFtiliUfr qBfr ftrqefr v8'qi stfr qsfr qrdf*trgfv{ |

sI.50-61

r|gtqlstrrrqs

871

the lst and the 8th bhavagin a Kendra, a Trikona or the llth bhavalead to long life. But if they be weak and in conjunction with Satrrrn,the astrologer may declarelife to be ehort; Norps.
qiIaFfi'(Qt,

T h i s ' r s w e l l a s s l o k a s5 2 , 5 3 , 5 4 , 5 5 , 5 6 , 6 0 & 6 - j a r e f o u n d i n

uilurqilgqr{u{nfta}Eqrilitilgitrr;Eaqffiar : t qfufr qfr q6TqrgErq'qifiE tsl {d egn{rgrilu{arr \o tl n

S/ofrir50. If the lords of the lOth, thc Bth and the 1st bhavasbe all of them strong and unassociated with Saturr, the person born will be long-lived. If even two of them be strong,the person conccrned will have rnediumlife. If only one of them be strong, his rife be shorter than in the precedingcase. If none of "viil thern be srrong' he will have no pcriod of life worth, mentionilg.

{;qritt qrqUdqqfrgtaflii rTrrTg}sqqp3 I

glfht Uqriiqidrrrarrlugfu c{qi itrrgr 1 \t ft

S / o A r r5 1 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e , g t h b h a v a b e i n g in conjunction with a maleficplaner occupya malefic (Dustthana--6th, gth or tzth), the life sign or Grrqrc of the person concerned will b: short But if the planet owning the 8th bhavabe associotedwith o, by a benefic one or occupya beneficsign or".p.cted gth t^he bhava rtself, the life of the person born will be long.

il{& agtsem fiq-di qria g,tfki qrfr qisawis?i{r frgrJt rrilg{iq r

8rt

ilfiqrfrilrt

xlv. Adh.

Aqlgffil{st gqgt ffiftq-*t

qrt ll r'n rdilqfrRilSeEi Ro'{rftq \1 ll

Stoka 52. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 8th bhava or if the lord of the latter bhava in conjunction by with or aspected a maleficplanet become invisible by its too great proximity to the Sun or be in the 6th bhava,the penon born will be void of vitality. But if the lord of the Sth place from the Lagna be in its exalta' tion or in conjunction with a beneficplanet or in a Kendra or a Trikona or in the Sth bhava itself, the personborn will be blessed with long life' The eame by will be the casewhen the rising sign is occupied its lord.

onrrs{arfqt {Efr qd fiilgr gdi ui{r} qR Gqqqqiir* *-nttrfr iqw t qtqrfrEqdtre] ssquar;t wr{ gut

ll 'tl ll $fi{m{qFctftegd qqtg{R]rrT{Iat

Sloha 53. If thc lord of the 12th bhavafrom the Lagnaoccupy a q&a (Swakshetra)and be strong' the p"r-ronborn will live long in comfort' The sameeffect are iollows when the iords of the lst and the Sth bhavas strong and occupy a Kendra. If Venus, Mercury or place or the 10th Jupiter occupy or aspi:ctthe Ntloon's from the sign of conceptionor birth or from the 8th wiil enloy healthand long bhava,the personconcerned life.

rit

iliqmgd fi Rgq;rrfrrsToi, u;qrrr;qi{qffiQqi riuu*t illn I n* argarRrq a<gfiFileud c qr

ffi qqil* Tdffidqqa dfr;v qqrh tt \ti ll

Sl. d4-66

q{dtsrvrrr

8?rt

6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava, the aatrologer nrY (t) predict the demise of the person concerned during the dasa and bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn; or (8) during the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied by Saturnwhen the bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn ic in progreEs or (3) during the dasaof the lord of the ; 8th bhava when the bhukti of the planet next in order of to tbe aav (Randhrapa-lord the 8th bhava) is takiog place-the questionof " which of the three alternatives ia to be chosen as applicableto any particular case " dependingupon a nice balancing the etrensthaod of weakness the severalplanetsconcerned. of

uffi,Arnnn!q,g{t q+frg n srd

iiitrcrrqrt5{ftE{r ildq rligrfl |

ffirtwr(rilAnt
M

{wrrlrrcrqf}rarqrfirqqt Tqr( n \\ tl

S/o&a 55. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th, tbe 8th, or the l2th bhavain conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the fatal daea to the person born is that of the planet which is associated with the lord of the Lagna or of the Sth bhrva. (If there be no planeteo aesociated) the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied by the lord of the Lagna or the 8th bhava will prove fateful. The death of the person concerned will occur during the bhukti and apahara of Rahu in the fatal dasa when Rahu takes precedence other planetsin ripening that of portion ol the fatai dasa.

rQ iig;gqfe nqsqd ur I
r10

811

wrqFqftqa

Adh.xrv.

trtd iraTrfuRFqn TrMi aquft{sntTi{rE{rFqi ll \E ll il

Sloka sO.= ff out of the lords of the 10th, 8th and the lgt bhavas and Saturn the weak one be asaociated with Rahu, death will usually take place during the dasaarid bhukti of this weak planet; or during the dasa and antaraof the planet. aspectingit or associated with it.

qtsrq'i ilt nruqfril ormqqngd e* ceqfr g oqqEtrrudi trikritqr{ t

q{rqmqilrrd aggri ri'rqqtqrqi
. \ r \\ Cr A\A c!ru qottg(I dllqililq fliI(re;il{ ll \\e tl

Sloha 57. If the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupy the s&rDrthe person born will suffer from ailment during the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bhava. If the Lagna be occupied by its lord, the dasaand bhukri of the latter will bring on bodily suffering; but the person concernedwill survivc in eachcase, regain health and be happy. If the lord of the 8th bhava be strong, the dacathat brings on death is that of the lord of che Lagna.

nirarwqwt fiqt Rot

oilqtr;rrqiiflirqiiiEssq. I

q{KdiEgtft iioqnrt qiqiflqi iiwrqq ufk{urqrq \d fl n

Slofra 58. If, at the birth of a person,the lst bha, va be void of strength, he will have much difficulty in ,tiding over the dasa periods of the lords of the Lagna

sI.69-60

qltdtsqrqr

8?&

aod the 8th bhava. Surviving thia, he will haveexceed ing happiners. In the casein which the lord of the Lagnais strong, the death of the personconcerned will occur during the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhava.

tit q tinr{n{ogi ffids}Eiq+

ssq I ilr6q${gfuIr|It q}qqq1q:

cnfrsqq*qtgftbffiffi

qrssqi Fg(ift !r{q [ \q tl T;rrerFTrTile

\?\

Sloftrr 59. If the lord of the Lagna identrcal witF' the lord of the 8th bhava be strong and occupy a Kendra or Trikona position, the person born will suffer from diseage be exposedto public censureduring the or dasa of the planet if &oy, aesociated with the lord aforesaidof the Lagna and the 8th bhava. If the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhavas occupy a Kendra or Trikona in conjunction with another planet, the person will surely have his demise during the dasaof the planet if any occupying the 8th bhava.

a]\qsqffi qit elrnta dfuil+(

qt oaqiser{rssqrfrilittffilliil} qftr I

dnfr(*lrqd srtqft uwa) g&u}

rqffi(q} ud q FE qiq il Qo tl

Sloftzr60. But if there be no planet in the 8th bhava (in the case considered in the latter part of the previoussloka),the deathof the personconcernedehould be divined by meansof the planet occupving the Lagna. The event will happenduring the dasaof the last-nentioned planet when Saturn arrives in its progress through the orbit at the Lagna or the 8th bhava. lf the

8t6

qnrrf,rft{re

Adh. )(V.

, with other planets,then find out which of the agaociated planeto is weak ; and it is during the dasaand bhukti of this weak planet that the aetrologer should declareas probable the death of the person concerned.

amrflr!fficfrt{sRaafrqrfirqf qrn $d q itqqiordii(s erta df\renE, om? gmeq{rrREil dilrfM Rqq. qt tl n

S/ofra 61. (i) Find the aggregate number of yeare (according to qgqqr-Ududasa) of the planets associated with the lord of the 5th bhava. Divide this by | ?. The remainder should indicate the zodiacal sign occupied by the Sun at the time of the person.s demise. But if such lord of the bth bhava is not associatedwith any other planet, then the aggregate number of years according to qgT{rr(Udu dasa) of the lord of the 5th bbava ghould be divided by lZ and the remaindershould indicate the zodiacal sign occupied by the Sun at the time of the person's demise. Again, add together the EgE{n(Udu dasa) periods of the lord of the Lagna and the lord of the 5th bhava or the planet associated wirh the lord of the 5th bhavaas the casemay be and divide the eum by 30. The result will indicate the day of the peroon'sdemise counted from the Sankrama day of the month.

{qmt-dfdnM FE fA"A,ufr r

qft fr*t H qT ftEogteqefr

E{tuill tnrgqwmg$fhrun. r qqrd sttrgfilg i-Et frmt {ftt
FFtqRR{[oqqqqffi Effdfi il lR tl

St 6g-6t!

lgffisqm:

8??

Sloka 62- If the lords of the 9th, lst and 4th bhavas should occupy a Kendra or Trikona, the aager say the mother of the pergonbcrn will followithe father in death during the dasaand bhukti ofone of these pla, nets (which one of them 7 should be determined from other sources). lf the Moon in the 8th bhava be associatedwith Mars, Saturn or Rahu, the person concerned will become liable to epilepsy, and death conseguences will result from that disease. The sarne follow if the Mcon on the wane be associated with the above mentioneciplanets. NorBs. Cf. V-- 8t' supru. Cf. eei*iiq;mfir

q-qrrirra | gtvwrlufloaamrf*)am, {fi qoqr a* fFqtEFqerrflrhfQnrq{ter q {tsr rr ,ilqrRq-Er;qdin e{tiltrnT*fiqqftqtsfE g+ r

g:Ft iqrgt{qqrfi: qTil fqilqqqi GqqTfr: qq 1'

gol qqr aeqftqrffiItfter Rarggft q {r(: tl rh qt{I* rfharug* {ti rawrrg6: sqt I

qt itqqtsqnfrqrtr qrfr etcnq 5fqm{ri Oilg*lgtgrl;vtfru}q r qrt q;qqie qrq(frtfrqqqrilffit

ftrq'ilq.Iisfilduagt qnrs grqt il ql tl frEs

Stofrc 63. When the Moon is in the 2nd or the 8th bhava, the personborn will be liable to excesgive perspiration. If Mars occupying the l0th bhava be associated with Mercury, the person's body wilt emit foul smell. When a_malefic planet occupying the 8th

878

crilTcrfrwi

Adh. xIV.

bbava ig aeeociated with another marefic planet, the person born will suffer from a multitude of discasee and dietractions. But if the planet occupying the gth bhava be benefic and be associatedalso with a benefic planet, the pereon concerned will live in ease and comfort.

qtnRsRwe {ftmEts
UirEi qiR ildqrnurqe

qrnq{R rrxritqq Usrrer f

qeilqeGqtcq fr qtil u qBtl

Sloha G4. When a person is born with a cfidEq rr&r (seershodaya Rasi) for the rising.sign, his death'will occur in the dasaand apahara the lord of the znd, lst of or of Rahu accordingas' the dilq+ (seershodaya) rising sign is moveable, immoveable of a dual kind. If the or Lagnabe a yii<< (Prishtodaya) Raqi, the death will happenduring the dasa and apahara of the rord of the Lagna,drekkanaif the Lagna be a moveable sign if it ; be an immoveableoD,the event will take plac-e during the dasaand apahara the pranetaspected rhe of by rord of the Lagna,drekkana; a dual Rasi, during the if dasa and apahara the planet in conjunction with the of rord of the Lagna,drekkana.

ll eTEWtl rrritr{Rfi gmffi untgrlqcgi rniqrr *utn

Sloka 6i. It is with ,reference the 9rh bhava to and Jupiterthar an asrrologer shouidthink of a person,s fortune, power, father or other such elderly peroon,

qprrxfiEgwfr grrfr df\<tqrqt*.rtRapqrs I qf

sl. 66-67

qgtrilsqrqr

8?e

good works, strict observance of duty and general welfare. When the lord of the 9th bhava and Jupiter are in aurpicious vargas and the 9th bhava is occupied by a beneficplanet, the person born meetswith good fortune. Nores.
cf , ;tRFfitrrwl

qrfl: qdf=xqTqi qTfdqhirqqfrffiqo q {froqr qfee{rt gilil: goqro+ frtqqroiqurq: ff+ftq

vkt4rc{.

gq*{ird(rlrrl ftq**r({I?Ft: qdkq I saptTi qTFf, fllrigq.Erq+qqfrfiqr( rt

Slokas 65-87 rrrealso found in dld+{t.

qmFalqtifgnuua*qr

qrqlsit gffiq{rit

qft rrrr{fuer qrrlqaq{atnr r

qii urQ g rrrf{rq-E! ilrqr{ il EE tf

Sloku 66. If the planets occupying che 9rh bhava be malefic, hostile, depressed eclipsed,the persons or born in the yoga will be void of good name, wealth or moral worth. Even a malefic planet in rhe 9th bhava. if in exaltation,in swakshetraor in a friendly house, invariably doesgood to the men concerned.

frrqerflrgiihi aqqf qr.rq-(nilrai

aqrfiuqiilriinquir rIFIIQT rriq t uat qTrt{rrqftqrqqtq{ft ffiSdEt qtqq-

qfA il Tgffqd-Jdqrrrffi rrrd'xsfrt< tt Erg rr

Sloka 67. The fth bhavaoccupied aspected or by a benefic planetor its own lord recureEhappinecc to

880

rffi

Adh. xtv.

the persons concerned. The planet owoing the Rari occupied by the lord of the 9th bhava is the author of the good fortune mentioned above. It is the lord of the 9th bhava that maturesthe same. The lord of tbe 5th place from the 9th bhava ia its awakener. If tbese planetsbe in exaltation or in their own signs, they producelong,lastinghappinees.

qrnr0 Esnfilqqffiqffi qi{rt {o{rffi

qq*

{rs{ {tfisi ttft zqfrffiqrfts*frt t

:F{qil qTnf {q6fr il

gf;qt{q(rr qiqP{tri ii{;ln qFqt{ilr il qd tl

Sloha 68. If there be in the 9th bhava five planets occupvingan exaltation house, a swakshetra, an sfkr (Uchchamea) a swakshetramsa connection or in with any of the 10 Vargas(uide Adhyaya1, sloka 30), and if they with or aspected the be at the sametime acsociated by of the 9th bhava,the person born will have good lord fortune aboundingin wealth and glory and will become a lordly perEonage.Four suchplanets oimilarly placed strength are capableof in the 9th bhavaand poseessing yielding good fortune to the person concerned. This good fortuoe,they give in the country of one'sbirth if they occupya poaition of exaltation,swakshetraor an amsabelonging to either of these'two. If they be in the good fortune will crop up to tbe any other ?rD$dr peraonconcernedin a foreign country.

qrt mqfdth,rik{st {rrq qifr r*i

q' st*!r gft Wr iirftUqr ft gqiltnq glunqqfr!gl Guidarqd" q]sfrqr{nqqrr

qdnqgtufr ffirft {r qrfrddi., r

gl. s-70

qildtsrrrr

8E1

the by aspected its lord or a beneficplanet, personborn poseessed good fortune. If of doesaseuredlybecome the Moon or Venus be in the 9th bhava asauciated will become concerned the with a maleficplanet, person elders. If tddicted to women belonging to venerable by Jupiter(in the 9th bhava?) be aspected the Sun,the peroon concernedwill becomea lordly person; if ae' by pected Mars, he will be a minister; if by MercwY, he will be wealthy; if by Venue, he will command cavalry if by the Moon, he will be happy; and laetly ; of by if aepected $acurn,he will come into poceetsion md camels suchotherriding animale.
Norrs. quarterof the slcka, cf. qril{c For the second

.zth' gi qI gtqr(qldlI qd HqrtqR q&rrqil qqlfgqFqi{rq* gft aut dre{Enrrrfi n\q ll

gfr frErtil{rr+$sqd-{rft;rt;g}
ilqwr{a(ffir{r{qt frt oqr*flqtt a i tii r ftqrEr{F{ilcR go qteg nirrffi
gfrftsfi{iht italtq il} aqrqratlt so 11
Sloho 70. If Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe by aspected both the Sun and the Moon, the person con' of cernedwill be wise and in possession elephants, cowE,horses and wealth ; if by the Sun and Mare, he will have ?,oorrDlr vehicles and precious Etoneo if by ; himself with learn' the Sun and Mercury, he willamuse ed discussione and have abundance of wealth ; if by the Sun and Venue, he will be polite in his addrees.
?tr ll a

882

crrilscrftiTn

Adh. xlv.

rqrqi4fitfrnt gqfriqr qwnqqr{ nil ilt wEoifri ggqils t.rrgu*uerr

ilt&gq{tiht ytgtl {sr{uzqrcqr ghgxiiolifii {icrqr qt $tt t$aq u sl s1
Sloka 71. lf Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe aspected the Sun and Saturn, the person concerned by will abound in moral excellenceand be wise and in possession many villages if by the Moon and Mars, of ; he will have extensive fame, comman<lan army and enjoy ease and wealth ; if by the Moon and Mercury., he will be blest with domestichappiness, valuable property, bedding and furniture; if by the Moon and Venus, he will lack children. though brave,active and wealthy.

qr{ TrqGeg+ie* gurqR iqtri rrdl C

ili gnstfhi r{qt ftqriirr,}qlqt I
u{dqq}l}rt il{fr ilsn qgq'rTqr{
drq: qrtRwrcrnil(r! qil ilqrqr{rnr tleQtl
Sloku 7?". If Jupiter in the gth bhavabc .rspc*c.i by tbe Moon and Saturn, the person concerned will be become an expo,.rlder the law in a meritorioua and of foreigoland ; if by Mercury and Venus, he will surpase in learning. If all the other planets aspecr ,lupiterrn the 9th bhava, he will be a great personage,a king, in poaseeaion much valuable property. All rhe benefic of planetr when founci together in the gth bhavaare cap, able of eecuring,to the personeubjectto their influence, dominion and wealth laetingfor a long time.

sl. 73-?4

tg{tfrsrnrr

888

{Fqe {firfr {fi*Klil{ftf\t {qft-

H tr*t g ir* qfr* tnqqmlqeq

KffiEfrqqlirTrercrttqqsgr1ffifr I

g:r*lqr{mr$ti Rt rrrfrilrsflqr tf sl tt

Sloka 73. If the Moon occupying the 9th bhava be aspected Saturn, Mercury and Mars. the person by b o r n w i l l b e a k i n g ; t h e s a m e t h i n g h a p p e n sw h e n a planetin its exaltation in the 9th bhava is aspected by a benefic one. If the Sun in conjunctionwitli the Moon occupythat bhavr, the pcrson b,rrn will be wealthy but afflicted with Ophthalmia. lf the Sun and Mars be togetherin the gth bhava,the personconcerned rvill be i l l a t e a s ed i s p u t a t i o u sb r r t l i k e d b y k i n g s . , .

qrfr kgg( {qil{gdrgretwrr{s ttfl enr nrltta gt ftqfq{rsft ed ftT{rd t e'qr ftrit grgil tfr qriagi iqil gite E
q;( RI.TFFF(i g GTA{iE;itt ll WIRTITIiTI{ s8 ll
S l o k u 7 4 I f t h e S i t na n d M e r , . : u r ye p p e a ri n c o n , junction in the 9th bhava,the person born will hav.: enemies, will be unhappy.rndaiways suffering numerous from someailrneirt. It the Sun in the qth Frhavabe born will be wealthy essociated with Jupiter,'theperEon a and do what will please father. If the planet in conjunction with the Sun in t,re 9th bhavabe Ventte, the effectof it on the person born will be to make him sick. But if chcSuir arrd Saturn occrrPYthe 9th bhava wiil be ailing ae a father together,the peraonconcerned ancithat ilom a stomachic complaint. If there be the Moon and Mars associatedtocether in the gth bhava,
\A\A

qr(TcrRrrt

Adh. xrv.

born will perpetrate matricideand will have the peroon his to renounce wealth.

qpqtfltrsurqrr{ iqqt qt rdrrcil

iltiil $ddrqRs rgi wqil{r{i{qr \\A.e

kfi qAm ffiftE{: *qr{ grvnt r

q-{ q;EgifHqrtggt{RqrdrsE{gil lt \e\ tl

Sloha 75. If the Moon and Mercury be together in the 9th bhava,the person affecred by the yoga will be eloquent and conversant with many sciences. If Jupiter occupythe 9th bhava in conjunction with the Moon, the perron born will be firm.minded, illustrious and prosperous. When the Moon and Venus are in the 9th bhava,the pereon concerned will have a strum, pet for his wife and will be in favour with his step, mother. If tbe Moon in the 9th bhava be associated with Saturn, the peroonborn will be void of all religiouo merit and hie mother will be caBr out of hic hmily.

{nfr frr1g1*t gqgttst qfl q&ilr si

ghq kqqftr F{ $}-{rElftid m! | iqqt qr{i rdtrer di qr-gwT{i{t tt fitt mwd\i qgqitit{r{ qdi qFEal \eqtl

Sloka 76, If Mare andMercury betogether the in in 9th bhava, personborn will be learned the eacred the to and bookganddevoted pleasure ease if Mars combine ; with Jupiterin that bhava, will the person concerned be wealthyand respected.The effectof Marr being with Venus in the 9th bhava is that tbe aseociated pcraonborn wrli irave two wives and will be an ex-

sl. ??-?8

agiffiswrn:

pounder of law in a foreign land. If the planetcombining with Mars in the 9th bhava be Saturn, the influence of the yoga on the person born is to makehim wicked and addictedto women not his own. When Mercury and Jupiter are found rogerher in the 9th bhava, the person born will be keen-witted, wise, wealthy and learned. Norrs.
Iror the 2nd qK, c/. first quarter of sloka 5, supro,

ffi].iiffifdfrq!

ilt ssst tuistrQr*qn gt wt

qhn q.qgt g tlrrdgs]ftqrffismmm I

rrlgi wfliqil qfiEer

qlqt raqq:fhtslftgt qnogefr 1 sn tl ufu

Sloha 77. When Mercury and Venus combine in the 9th bhava,the peraonborn will be wise, devoted to music and pleasure, and learned; when Meicury and Saturn are found together in rhat bhava, the pereon concernedwill be sickly, surprssingin wealth. but un_ truthful ; when Jupiter and Venus occupy the 9rh bhava together,their influence on the personborn will b e t o m a k eh i m l o n g - l i v e da n d e x c e e d i n g l y r o s p e r o u s ; p when lupiter and Saturn are in conjunction in the 9th bhava,the person born will cuffer from djseaee will and be rich in jewels; when Venus is aseociated ith w Saturn in that bhava,the person born will becomea king's corDpeer.

qfa rft-g.r\rrai{qiqqmr qarrr f\qqtEa'tir t frm ftsqi rftq.(drqr dbsqiqr:gnEla;tras nectl

Sloha 18, If the Sun,the Moon and Mare combine in the 9th bhava, the personborn will become an or-

886

srdrqrftqrt

Adh.xlv.

phan and have an impaired limb , if three planets occupying the 9th bhava be the Suo. the Moon and Mercury, the personborn will be cruel and engaged in forbidden actt ; if the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be found togethetin the 9th bhava, the person will enjoy much ease and will be rich in vehicles.

q'fffi {fkdl EqFotuffdiimfilr{I

taqtfrW* g ffi g{qs td f**r<Aqt qrqt tsfi tqfquilqr gilq'{frqri}qa} ll sq ll

Sloka 79. When the 3 planetsin the 9th bhava are the tiun, the Moon and Venus, the person born wiil be a royal favourite and lose hie wealth by eogaging in quarreisfor womell. If thc Sun, thc Moon and Saturn be associatedtogether in the 9th bhava, the effect on the personborn will b: that he will have tc serve as a menial and becomeobnoxiou$to good people' If in that bhavathe Sun,Mars and Mercury be united, the persouborn will b: lovely, bur ill tempered and quarrelsome. I f tl'rc combination in th; 9ch bhava consist of thc S,.rn, l"tars and Jupiter, the person and will evince love to Gods and the lr{anes concerned wicir children,wrfe and wealtlr' wrll be blessed

qnqdrftateqtrffi' utqiftfrqtrn{ |

siql wit sitdr ftqr(i?ter e{!["{'-$:

ii6gru-ir flgr i\gqimr t orqrqEfdt qdiirfrq;nq\ Wgf,rilii{{'l i+qqrq.

{r;di ilqqi iilTlgc{fr qr{i qniiqihr tt co ll

Sloirr 80. ii the Sun and Mars appearin conjun' crion wich Venus in che9th bhava, thc effect of the

;r.81-8?

qgtdtst{rcr

'ogaon the person born will be to make hin disputa, ioue,irritable and rakishly inclined to the seduction of vomen. If the Sun and Mars be associated with Saturn, he personbcrn wiil be friendlessindigent and will be, ,omea parricide If the planetsin thc 9th bhava be the iun, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a o1'alfavourite and own large wealth. If the Sun, Mer:ury and Venus be together in that bhava, they will nakethe person born equal to a king ; if the planet :ombiningin the 9th bhava with the Sun and Mercury >eSaturn, the lxrson born will be wicked and addicted ,o women not his own.

qlqmiiter{gfi qq{tni qal qitetr

rqit dfqRnnfrqR iieedi eqrqrqrrl r *rR**qrrtEr irr{rrfidifr EttiH

qret ffiqqrrgal q qrc{;(nqiinigqfilt dl tl

S l o f t a8 1 . T h e S u n a n d J u p i t e r c o m b i n i n g w i t h Venus in the 9rh bhava makethe person born rakish, wealthy and learned. lf the sametwo planets become rssociated wirh Satuqnin the 9th bhava, the person born will becomea notorio,rs libertine. When the Sun, Venus and Saturn appeartogether in the 9th bhava, the perEon born will becomea vile convict. The Moon, Mars and Mercury conjoined in the gth bhava give birrh to one who, thoughatflictedin childhood,will becomehappy in later life.

q t*ntqrarn\ rqqt ff qRr{tt,fir

qdl qs$oTiTr{ qrffrgrgh;gqa;qir t

t g'] nreui q*qfAsqq;il{qqkqi

3Trqr{il ll wrEr{RUqrwqtirq{aErfttr cl rr

888
| . @ @

qrlr6crftwil
v v v r r v v v v v r r

Adh.lCV.
e v ! v ! t l v y $

Sloka 82. lI the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be to, getherin the 9th bhava, the pereonborn will devote himselfto divine worship. The combinationin the 9th bhavaof the 3 planets Moon, Mars and Venus the will make person the concerned bereft of his wife and him to accidente rubject resulting in bodily hurt; if the Moon, Mars and Saturnbe the trio planetsin the 9th bhava,the personborn will be of a base disposition,looehis motherbut will become king'epeer; tbe a Moon, Mercuryand Jupiterappearing the rmq (Bha, in gya,9th) makethe person born a teacher a wealthy and lord.

qrqt gqr6qg{r*gr' tf dl tl fr{rqiffigtn} snrds

SloAa 83. When the Moon, Mercury and Venue are together in the gth bhava,the effect will be that the peroonborn will becomesubject to the control of bis father. If the Moon, Mercury and Saturn etep-mother's be the three planetsin the 9th b\ava, the pereon born will be wicked and inclined to pick quarrels.

rilgf wf,rqrsi fiUl qr( qFffignt qEqiq{iln t

q;ilqlafr qfutr q*qsfistiqqt qrurq,d{i-r r

||;({gilt ttt{ogeqs SftMtwt"gWrf lf cu ll
Sloka 84. The Moon and Jupiter in the fth bhavacombining with Venus makethe person born a king ; the aametwo planetsassociatedwith Saturn in that bhava makehim inclined to virtuous acte. The tbree planetsSaturn, Mercury and Venur in the gth bhava give the person born a status equrl to a king's and convert him into a money-makingfarmer.

sr.86-8?

rqilt'fsrrr

889

ildt sgd TRrqStr mrrgfrqrfltsm{s tt c\ ll

Sloka 85. Mars and Mercury combining with the personborn a ruler Jupiterin the 9th bhava make province. The same planets of a combining with Venur in the samcbhavawill make him convergant with Sartras,but fickle,mindedand cowardly. If those two planets with againbc ass<-rciated Saturnin the 9th bha, va, thc person born will be captious anclincompetent.

{rqfr* qrqftmrtffifr qrrRrfr {Sffiqgfl |

qdrRn{ q{Erq fr*fr'fr qffi Enqrqrffi t

Rqrqrrfr ilitf, qfr'{rilqnr!dtqq *{gr{-*ilf tl
S/oArr8(r. If Mercury and Jupiter be aecociated with Vcnus in thc 9th bhava,the pcrson born will be for celebratcd his learningand virtue, The same two planete,if associaterl with Saturn in the 9th bhava, will person concerned learned and eloquent. make thc When Jupiter, Venua,Mercury and the Moon combine in thc 9th bhava, a fortunate pcrEontakeshis birth.

6nirrilE{rftililffiffirt

grrut+dtr t {rr r{gqxqgnft{r

rtqqHqgHmri ilQ u}ft 0T'i {rsri{{g} f{ftrrgfr cnr(l{kqfqqq ll z\ell
Sloha87. If the Sun,Mars, Jupiterand Saturnbe togetherin tl're 9th bhava, the person born acquirec wealth by his daring and prowecl. Venus, Marc, Jupiterand the Moon in the 9th bhavamakethe perEon with every virtue and a critical born valiant,endowed works of art. When thc combi' faculty to appreciate consist!of 6, 6,4 or nation in the gth bhava generally t17

*1a6il*fi I

8e0

fiilfirftwre

Adh.xtv.

3 planete,the person born attains prosperity, If the combination includes Mercury, the person concerned gete regal power ; but if the combination be without Mercury or Jupiter, the person born getsevil fortune for his lot.

qiqFe nr{tqr Ugftrqftqf.*er Sw{ | rtrf aqftqrqq{r<t q-{fri ffqqr{qft*qqn zd tl

S/ofra 88. Planets combining in the 9th bhava,if dissociated from lvlercury and Jupiter, cause the birth of a personthat will .be diseased,unamiablc,forlorn, pining in prison and exceedingly miscrable. Norus.
This slclka has been talien frr.lrntilrtqol.

{Fqrftt fiqrrr0ilwxr*+pq1 ,
qtqrr u cq fl mttirflqurqr* lTFqdfr
Slota 89. If the lord of the 9th bhavaoccupying tlre 8th be apectedby a depressed inimical planct ,i or be itself in depreosion in a nralefic or (ldr,Shaetv, amsa amsa?), pernonborn will bc unluckv the

{rrqrfqtgrrgilgry{fttlqt r
ilSri gqqr{;} F.stffiqrqrq{r{ ft lo tl
BloAo 90 When thc lord of thc gth bhavars as sociatedwitir a beneficplanetand ie aspected an,cher bv beneficplanet and the gth bhava itserf has a be'efic planet in it, the person born will enjoy good fame, wealth and prosperity. Norr,s.
The additional information in the ncxt pago from vtrCtRi{K will bc found usoful I

sl. 90

egffist*rr

8el

qtil qft +rrhrtgeqekfF,rt g:6qS

qr str6q1;{'1-qqtsftqqgh r} qR qrflnl qtqriraem,ilgrgilqimqaiffin : g'{t sqrqq?i} fiqqh qr,r:q,rrrd rr ttt qFqt faar+iiq,rg* er"ir-qfqx]qfi 'itfl

gtr EriiarfQ +arfiiil ni a'iqaniqft r

qiqlgftne* n 'rfR*rdl g\' qiltft:

.rg&'arreqtq lQq,it dt* q qi) qft lr
T h e f o l l o w i n g a d d i t i o r r a l n i o r n r a t i o ne l a t i r r gt o t h e 9 t h l i o u r e i l i:i extracted frorrr q"talf?+t.

q{ qq ar g,i 4{ g:5\ ilqlq*,qfAI qiqq"qqa figrronrfifrq11 tR

o I f l v l a r so r t l i e S L r n c c l r p ] ' t l r e 9 t h l r o u s e a n r l t h e l o r d o f t h e b l a t t e r b e i n a g : r 5 1 J 4 o re t w i x t t w o n l a l e f i c s , t l r e e f l e c t w i l l b e t h c denrise f tlre father(or one equal to a father) oi the native soon o a f t e r l r i sb i r t h ,

fiqr W finr qt grt qrrfiitftri r qii qeng+fit {rfi nfiqar rr

!f the SLrn in the case of a day.birth or Snturn in the case of a r r i g h t - h i r t b b e r v e l l - p l a c e d a n d a s p e r : t e dl l y b e n e f i c s , a n d i f t h e lord of the gtlr be alco strong, the father of the native will live for a long tirrre.

q q=qnfr: aftand qtrft{)qt n'sadlfQCrql{ | qqq-{giiRirl naifr griitfrrrg: rr e} sot

I f t h e t w o l u r n i n a r i e s( t h e S u n a n d t h e M o o u ) b e i n t r i n e t o by Saturn and Mars, the child will be abantloned both the parents. b If the 9th bhava be aspected y Jupiter, the child will be long. lived and happy.

q afiqlrqrftq: Fqriqrcd| g{ftd: r qqfrqfi tl S{ g,tqntscq-qFed

8v2

lRrrqrft|rt

Adh.xlv.

If Saturn owning the 9th house occupy a moveable sign and be unaspectedby benefics,and if the Sun be in n E:TTa, child the concernedlives under the care of a foster-father.

qT qfr ilJ.tfr q-Eg+elsft qTq\ |

qril qai qqTi 6qAriqflnldfi u
If, either the 9th houseidentical with a moveable sign, or the lord thereof being in a moveable sign be in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn and if the lord of the lZth housebe strong, tbe child born is sure to be adoptedby another.

qh Trrffisfr tt qt fl sqfRr rfrQ

S/oAc 91. When the lord of the 9th bhavahas attained a Simhasanamsa and is aspectedby the lord of the Lagna as well as by the lord of the lOth bhava, the peroonborn will bestow great gifts,

tr{rmtil ffirt s}tr ftttftt t

qmf Sftfril qrsR qq{qnrgirqr I qtirqd\Tsrfr eraqlHiifiqT.iln ql tl

Sloka 92. The person born in the aboveyoga if of Brahminical birth may rlso become an officiating priest (of the royal house.hold?), or thc benevolent director of alms,house. The alternative caprcitiee are to be assigned according to the caste to which the person concernedmay belong.

qAE s{trfqt ilfi w{Ptnrfr tt ql tl

S/ota 98. $/hen Jupiter is in the 9th bhava antl occupier its own Navamsa or is aspectedby a benefic planet, the person born will evince a high censeof filial duty.

gft ilmTilug+;HM{rftilril |

sI.94-97

rgirilsqrq:

893

geqrt ftqgt gw,fsqFEt r

il{t geqrrrQ lFrffim: gdt lr qB tl
Slolrr 94. When the portion of the qth bhava which is associated with a benefic planethaelikewise a Varga of Jupiter and the lord of that bhava occupiesa Varga owned by Jupiter, the pcrson born will clelight in servinghis parentsand will be happy.

gwrrortqtrr0 q{ow ail $q n q\ tl

S/ofrr 95. If the lord of the 9th blravaoccupieo an amsaowncd by Jupiter, Venrrs or Mercurv and is aspected a beneficplanct or is amidutbenef planets, by ic the person born will engage virtuouBacts. in

qm Smqil gegrgqhrQ r

qI qri qrT{rq qmEtir qm{gtI rg"i{+ {rsfrqd{i* riinr il qq tl

S/r.rftrr 96. When thr:re is a malefic planet in the 9th bhava, the person horn will be sinful. When the lord of the 9th bhavais associated with a maleficplanet or occupiesa maleficti0th porcion of a eign, the person concerned will be void of virtue.

{ff{h gffirt *-'qfruM

qn$ Rot t gweuqqrft

ffiqqq"t il Elafrqnqdiu qe tl

Sloho 91. lf the lord of the 9th bhava occupy a Kendra or Trikorra in great strength and if the Lagna be aspectedby its lord, good fortunes come in a crowd. The same result will follow wlren the lord of the lOth

mrscrfrant
*w! tvvt !vv t u vv! vr-@vvvvv

Adh. xIV.

bhavaoccupiesa Navamsa,a.TrimoamEa a Drekkana or of Jupiter. But in either case, the person concerned will not indulge in enjoymenrsbur will devote himself to a strict austere life

rFrirrs{rqR *uwnr6qF( 1 qii gqqb*Rr sr;Tfrrrr ftfraaRgqqfi it"trl gdiftlru qc tl

98. Every planetwlren in itg own horrse .S/o&a or exaltaticln tlr.: ath bhirv.r, in proJuccs most efficientlyr superabtrndance wealth and g,:ld to the personcontrf cerned. lf in tlre ath bhav.rtfie plapetsbe aspected by oues,the per$or) born rvill overcome all his trenefic po$sess charming constitution and enjoy opponents, a
good fame' N011q5. T h i s s l o l r ai s f r o r r rq t r t q d i .

{ss{trlT{rwr drqfl rrrq(t{il

grd ?rrtfirrdtrqffi;fr rfrr gTgd ss{, r qR* {*{r1qtqqirgrgdft grln 1\ *qfr*t

S/oftc aQ When thc lorJ of the ft1xre (Pitrubheva) and its otrr (Karrka) o('cupy a grerrn (Dustthana), is the aetrologer to declare that the child's facewas nor by the father because the planeta bcing badly seen of placed. []ut if tlrc two planets referred to' occLrpy a Kendraor Trikona position, it is possible declare to tlrat the father has had the sood fortune to sec the face of the child.

itqr ilfiqttn;qwt etq qtq diarrg qitr trr( t oo

Sloha 100. tf the lord of the 4th bhava,Venus and

iiqftqrrqt qruigd{rg*qql wqil irofiFilfI

sl. 101-108

qtlfrsqrqt

896

the Moon be otrong and should either occupy the 6th bhavaor be in conjunctionwith irs lord,, the deathol the father will take place ac night time. If the Moon bc eliminatedfrom the planetarypositionsnanred above yoga points to the father dying in thr: day timc, the

gtgrgt et qq.qFTwrfuqt1 tl lt l"l

Slohu.101. When tl'rc lord of thc 9rh hhaval>eirrg bcnefic and in strengtir is aspectcdor associatedwith Jupiter or Vcnus, the pcrs,'rnborn will engrgc in the rccitation of praycrs, holy conternplationor abstract mcditationon the r)?lturcof thc Spirit, accordingaB ttre portior] occupied l>y tlt,: lord t-rfthc 9th lrhava bclongs or immovcahlc a dual Rasi. to a moveable,

fr* qw{Frd {Ftt qo*git

tqolmftqrqd rtqi \Fq\sfi qr I qrilEilt{*ftr} qilft$qt ,riq tr t"R rl

Sloha I02, When the lord of tlre lOth or the 9th or bhavahas attaineda Devalokamsa other higher Vai. planetis in a Paravatamsa and a benciic scshikamsa, at absorbcd thc eametime, tire person born will bcconrc in thc contcmplationof the suprcmespirit.

S / o A a 1 0 3 .W h e n t l i e l o r d o f t h c g t h b l r a ' r a e i n g b a in conjunction with Jupirer has att,rirrcd Paravatamsa and the lord of the Lagnais aspectcdby Jupitcr, the personborn will bestow grcat gifts.

qt't qKF{irfEqrqQ Wr{gt t ilit gqist lr{IElqstrr}q tt t"l ll

tqqrqft{t\t E{KsnRqrt Eft {qqq6qrn

(ffrrrsqffiqqrrrr{qqgqdrtI
Thue ende&c.
--rr+a,--

srrrTifinffi qEqq{fr$qFr:
nmCorW:rt
Adhyaya XV.
llttr aNo T U E E r I ; D c l ' s o F T t r u l 0 ' l ' r r ,t r r r Tge lZ't'u f_iuAV,\s.

il 3fE ({rrtrrrE$oqll Bt1{nprfi fi i{{Ft6rlt'IRfr aI6RWUI|

} t t er{ifq u{tuagc'otqrgeet fu

q?rcqnqfidilqqq{il'ftilnftwr | Tr{r(

SilneqRilqtfiqgt qrr Rqr* r{( n ? tl

S/otrr 1. Ap,rrt from rvh,tt has bccn etatedprer viouely, an astrologe may asccrtain pcrsoll's a authority, rank, ornamcnts, apparel, his honorablc activities,slecp, retircmcnt from thc world, beneficent agriculture, acts sanctioncd in scriptures, nrear)l; of livelihood, farne, arts and lcarning gencrally,by of knowledge the special lord of thc lOth bhava, thc Sun, Mercury, of mean$ the Jupiter and Saturn. Whcn thc l0th bhava is inauspicious, the perron born will bc void of honor or prrde.
cf , stdiilr{tur

qfrqq erR fqgcil t 6qTqr(gElzq{trFq rt(irrqrft: niiatr ilcqlftqfi {qi fqqriq tt eg qq.qrsgGnqfrq{qhqnt

Rt R q{nqA ni+{ q6rqqr

896

st.2-8

trlnFfrstqrqs

897

firrrrqfiEeil ilftrQzqr{ri:

q*oqfl fifi;Fi srq'frrnng{tft: u

u{t roqlfrt qqo{luidr gr<rcq rrfrwnsai qr} u* iqi}sr{r {hit qter {li qfitr q;Nrr{$iei r gu}rrtqrrr rr
Sloha Z, tf the lord of the iOth bhavahave no strength,the personborn will be fickle-minded and ill, behaved; Jupiter, Mircury, Sarurnand the Sun if badly placed lead the person concerned to viciour acts. When Rahu or the Sun occupies the l0th bhava, the peraon born will get the benef of bathing in the it Ganges. \l/hen Meena foims tbe 10th bhava and is occupiedby Mercury and Mars, the per;on born will attain final cmancipation.
NorEs. fhrs ,.r ds fell as slokas 3 to l0 are found tn dlf+{(i,

diqvdiraxrafr glqTr iqqioa] iirrhErr r

qd,f{ gfrgs I t;i gSiUililr{d}lttlsI 'qi gt ilgfiriq\ il drqrflqt anugnarrR tr qr(

Sloha 3. When the lord of the 10thbbrva occu pieea Kendra in conjunctionwith Venus, or is in exaltation,the person born will purify himcelf by ablutionsin the waterof the Ganges. When Mercury occupies 1]rh bhava thelord of rhelast-mantioned rhe or bhavais in swakshetra exaltation,the merit of guch or ablutions will accrue tirc person conceroed, to

q;i uditr crraqliTltudf ft {dq-fr {d} qrqiq=sr? qCqii{qoqRqEihf,rmwq I

113

89&

flilcIftiTe

xv. Adh.

fiqr gffi

uil{rwrftil ngut dfue wqqi( ll B ll

Sloka 4. When ttre Moon u,ith clear rays occupieo the 10th bhava the personborn will be purif ied by the ablutions in the Ganges water. The Moon when malefic in the samebhava leadsthe personconceruedto gamblingaod acts of violencc. Benefic planets when weak in the 10th bhava destroy the beneficent deeds which the person may be inclined to do. The benefit of any sacrificewhich may accrueto a person should be by ascertained meansof the lord of the tOth blrava, Mercury and Jupiter,and then announced'
cf . s{ltcRRlt

filllilr mqdft.,isqr:

q .nq{l: +,Tr{rl "'{qfigfqql1z.;q6r:{'f fii

$.\

\ \ ce r. {rt;ql;'{FqaEql ryr{gdllld.rl qllrTqlqs ddi I

-\

RafrIIfiqqflqt;z{{I{144!luq?qTI44q.IqIrq}..qfqafiq {8l'qr1{{qtq:
^ (\ .

$?4 { ict,ll: ll

l'

qsd ilgs,iqiqfr eqftqrfirwi n g

ffdf qn*a mfriirft{frgir q-nt} tq:

(|ri*ilqqia uw q*iqurlkwq t Eilrilr

nfit il-{iunsffi qli gi taqrftn{: tt q tt

S/ofra 5. If the lords of the lfth and thc lst havc clne bhavasbe in one placeor if tltcsctwo bhavas iord the person born will perform sacri' e.ndtne samE iices and other such meritorious acts with the help of money acquireci fairly by hi,nself. If tire lord of the lOth bhava be aesociatedwith Saturtt, tirc meritorious acts will go on with the help of money contributedby

st. 6-7

q{f(drrstqr||r

8qe

Stdras. If the sameplanet be associatedwith Rahu or Ketu, the sacrificial acts of the person concernedwill take placeby meansof moneycontributed by deopicable people; if with Jupiter the sacrifices, etc., of the person born will be set on foot by contributions lrom kings ; if with the Sun or any other of the remaining planets, the rites will take place with the help of the money supplied by those relations whose karakathe planetin conjunction with the lord of the lOth bhava may happento be.

{Eg{gii qfi qrqtqr?qfrRr fregqgildirrft* gffi t qR affiErlsft qrrnm

ll {irfr qtqnqi ETqqrqntfrorq ll

When the 10th bhavais occupiedby 5l.,A,r 6 rnany benefic planets,the peroon concernedwitl attain the merit of performing a Vajapeva sacrifice. But If the lords of chc signs occupiedby Venus and Mercury icial works eveo wherr Lre void-o{ strength,his sacrif a advanced grcat rvay will suffer interruption and will in he lost. He will passoff ior a perstlnengaged works hy ,,f thc highest merit being characterised the practice Asttra ..ommunitv: viz. hyplcrisy and nature o, tht: s , r n J o s . e n t a t l o uc l i s p l ; r y .

q.(r( sliiir {n{i {ughggri(+lfut

q{rd}qiq t qrrriiq giikt ii rrG{I ft efiq{rgtKi}(fueuart{itr nri TrilI qai risos{ilaft 6dt sii{ri nu.rq ll e ll
Sloha 7. When a sttong beneficplanet occupier

qrtfcrfrwe

Adh. xv.

tbe lOth placefrom the Moon, and being in exaltation or other beneficVarga is associated with or aspected by the pereon born will be a personof imporrance Jupiter, performing cacrificer and of wide celebrity. If che lords of the housesoccupied Jupirer, Mercury and by Venusbe in the 8th bhava, peroon the born thoughper. forming meritoriousworkswill not attaintbe glory, the rank or dignity whicb the authors of cuchworks decerve.

futm

qf,ftseuqilr qogdr

fre,rdrqqtur {liqugnr* ilr}qfqqrq t

lrcq1 sfiqfr gi{ rrirrgturi fiugtrl tt c tr

Sloha 8. The lord of the 10th bhrva, N{.ercury, and Jupiter when possersed of str,3ngth lead to the performance gocd works such as sacrifices; if those of a planeto aspected or associated.wich beneficone, be by of performing born will attain to the merit the person Vpjapcya and other sicrifices of mertt. The planets Eecure addirion tl'remerit accruing in above,mentioned from the repaircf old works, erecticnof towers,digging of regervoirsand laying out of prrks. Wl'ren the lord of the lOth bhava is beneficand in conjunctionwith the Moon, but free from the presenceof Rahu or Ketu, the pereonborn will perform sacrifices.

sqEI sqlfrq|eTisieteiigtqr,.iiqqlt u{erihf} qFqt q qgni rnrrrftsisdqrt t silir ftqgsi gq3i il{Ki iltsm}t rfr ltttlEi;rrTa rymi qrdr{Tirt gqq il q tl

sr s-11

qrqqfrsrqm*

90i

ssociateC with Rahu or Ketu is in exaltation or in the 9th bhava, and gthr rhe when the lord of the 10th bhava occupies the of in perton born will be engaged the performance sacri" iices and other merirorious works, When the lord of the 1Othbhava occupiesits exaitation and is associated with Mercury, cr when the latter planet occupying the Trhrbhava ie in its exaltation at the sametime, the personborn gets assuredly the b:nefit of performing sacrificial works

q{t6i{Ii?sqi udat fide qrf{a;q? qHt ftgt;'ri(rsutqqiqtdtqiq I

SJofta l0. If Mercurv ba in the lOth bhava, the but if in personborn wiil engage srcrilicial works ; with Rahu il4.r.ury in tfre abrve fosition be associared destroy rcligious or Ketu, the person concerned will rites.lfthelordofthelOtbbhavabeinthe6th,Sth rites' If Rahu or the 12th, he woulC irnpede religious from Mercury idanticrl wich the occupiesthe lrrth place born would be a lord of tha tOth bhava, th: person 'lord of the lOth bhava deatroyerof sacrifices" Th< eveninexaltationwillleadtothedestructionofa houseof religious work undertakenwhen tha exaltation (Dustehana)' the*planethappensto be a gr$Tta

qHqq gqw *di{qi ndr qtistr c{A ll t o ll ASq{rirrdltf}i5dqafrSrar;TIIr

err,{l{a{wt g}TAee*
dqrerqiqilgfl ir$I?A&A t

q|qt{qfigsrqdfaiilqgm-

qwrir q{ft frqeorq{'qlll q

902

IRrF|ltt|t|tl

{a

Adh. xv.

S/oAc 11. If the 10th or the gth bharra occupied be by beneficplanetland the lords of thosebharns well as ae Jupiter,and the lord of the Lagna be strong, the person born will be imbuedwith faith born of the performance such excellent works as are baged o{ on customand moralityand will be reckoned the foreas rno8tarnong sacredotal the class.

ffiEerfr g#strrgrili{rTsrry {ffi

o{Tfrqq qqilfr giftnfr |

qR {T{eH-

frwf*qffis{rregqqft$ tR rt n
.S/oArr 12. lf the gth, 10rh, 7th,5th and lst bhavas be occupied or aspected by benefic planets, and the lords of the five bhavas in guestion possessstrength, the person born will surpassin iris knowledge of all truths and be rvidely celebratedfor the complete excell l e n c eo f h i s s a c r i f i c i a w o r k s .

;rnrrtrEllQfiFTaffiwr ! qqilorcn ena'i'Tqrft

gqeqtqKsqlr gq IqgHqlqqFffTalr qq
CnAC\

qkrfsE$rq+qr iifhofaqqf{E WnctflgtRr

ffiirqlqrwircqoidrrrr{rai}rqrfi{r u li tl enq
Sloha 13. lf the occupants the tra (Gnana-5ttr, of +th and the Znd ?) and the 10th bhavasas well as the Iords of the lst, the 9th and the lOth, be posseseed of abundant six,fold strengtb (sgq - Shadbala),the person born will be conversant with the six gcieuceg and know all the Vedas and will receiveinitiatioo iu sacredknow, edge lrr th: rtu (Paka) and. crc(R (Apahara) of tbe lords of the 9th, l0th and lgt bhavas, of Mercury and

s[ 14-16

qrqdlsqrqr

903

of Jupiter, he will beco.me mine of sacredkoowledge a and science securing to him the benefitof performing sacrifices all descriotionand all kinds of beneficenc of works.

ffi Eilt ilfirRrg+ t,irft doiiq{on&WqqI ilerd{qriffirtrw{rqstai nirgrwng*tt {s rt

Sloka 14. When the Moon is in the 3rd bhava identical with a watery sign, the personborn wi[t engagein acts of benef icenceeuchas repairingold worn out worke of public utility. In this connection, the if lord of the 10th bhavashould have attaineda Gopuram, sa,the works repairedwill lx such as tanks and wells.

ll {E$e|tzffi; fl
q-{,{i: t;qfidluriuicfril r{srirgfi r

Htfrfu

q+il lrsrriToiKfraffiq'r t

qiaqqfrqrqi\gqtsr: {ITq}ffi+.n: n l\ tl
.SloAai5 If at a birtlr, 4 or 5 plarretspoasessed of 'T'rikona, strenqthoccupy togethera Kendra or a thc peroorl born will attain the stageof life indicated by the strongestof the planets. According aathe Sun, Saturn, Venus, Mars, tlic Moort or Mercury posse$seg Juprter, qrcatest strcngth will the person concerned become a (Vanaprasttha),a iien{ (Vivasa) a lug (Bhikshu) ?tilr(er ;r q{s (Charaka), a lrFrrrlSakva), a gr (Guru) or a *E+ (.leevaka). Norss.
Iror the erplanatiiur of these ternls, see tne le,rt sloka.

es*
ef.

lrcrq{fuft

xv" Adh"

x{6il1s6

qs*a{nRf\{ilSqlm,ss'{t&fr,
ftfi-qr-qt$at,t rn*qr{ft+ftgTqqt+,T
: rrlqgqTqrrrfFaqrqr+,iti ffi{Iq qfrf*: H{r: rqpft*csrfhfit:qigfrt: ll qqFrrT

qrdx$Icqdlq-dflrfr fddq]ffi {ftfr ftErq$ rr{riw i i\gr eiiuqod trcegqfnq-fi{iig} qmr{Irft sdld rnrkqmrel qr{qfilq13 w*qtq q{di gqrmdr qaq* dtqE:qm. {l
Stoka 16. A slq*q (Vanaprrsttha) is a religious mao gngagedin the practice of rigorour and devout 6 itere (Vivasa) is a naked ascetic dwellirrg p.oro.J in hille and forests. A f\g (Bhikrhu) is an illustriou.u evi:r" aeceticwith a ringle ctaff for his symbcl engaged of the and anon in the ccntemplation of the truths qr* (charaka) ir a religious mendi eacredscripturee. A A rml (srkyr) cant wandering over many countries. Buddhist class' A g" is an ill,behaved asceticof the teacher erdowed witb royal lGuru) ie a celebrated and glurto' is ,plendo,.rr. fi dtao'(Ieevaka) a garrutous nous mendicant.

qitqrffinlfqnrr {dq[| qfoqwl {t{Fmrr

gilqnqlq xti' qaqffrh Taq{qn& qrqEill te a*trs{qtqrftqaqqwm'IiQ{i} 0& ll

Sic,tc 1?. If there be three strong planets in the or other lttth bhava occupying their own, exaltation bhava aiso benefic vargaa and it rhe lord of the l"0th becom* preilominant 1$ strengtl:, the pr$on born wiit

t aft rfr{q quriqq\ nitmgqulu}sqil

sl. 18-tr9

ffisqrt:

906

or an ascetlc a personof similer habite. But if the lord of the t fth bhavabe without $trength and occuPythe 7th placefrom the Lagna,the person concernedwilt be ill-behaved. trf the lords of the 2nd and the ?th bhavas the the l-'cannidst threeplanetscauoing arceticyoga,the ilersonwill be lustfully inclined.

firqim$rd3ffii

H?qrd Wtft fffidaqdd*fr {rr*f I *e qrqRfr{t {qfr il qrd qfrd {+il llqull

.9lo&a 18" lf the planeteproducing an asceticyoga with the Sun, Saturn and Maro, a perEon |re aneociated of taker to ttre aoceticorder because hia being without ,,'realth, sons or wife. If the Sun occupying a benefic ameashould aspect the planet cauoingthe aecetic yoga and occupying ite highert exaltation point, the person .:oncernedwill becomea lordly ascetic in his youth or cven at a much earlier age.

s*q{ft*frfr {ffie o{rm ftin

qw{&ifrftt {gftd}d dfker s

qrqfr t fugr ur& mqi{rssf,trwrqiil

aqf m*qqEqrqfiRuq{nud i not ll qq ll

S{,oka \9. When the lord of the lst bhava is weak and aspectedby Venus and the Moon, the person born will be without wealth; and he will becomea mendicant if a planet in an exaltation sign or amsa should tire Moon. if the lord of the Lagna be.aopected anpect by several grlanets conisined in one sign, the Praon born will co$secratehimcelf for asceticisflo. The effect 114

q)6

ctcwrQw*

Adh.xv

of eachyogawill takeplacein the bhukti of the Karaka the of the bhavathat produces yoga.

detwrffiRqqi n olmr qt{R {fqer qrq I qtfu?r{ffi qRteq tt 1o tl dqfr q'qerrroFnt

Sloha 70. If Saturnor the lord of the Lagna aspect the lord of the sign occupied the Moon, the person by born will betake hrmselfto a religiouo order or mendicancy. If thB rMoon occupy a Drekkana owned by Saturnrn a Raai occupiedby Mars and also be aepected by Saturn, pereonconcerned will become accetic. an the
Nores. c/. ttssr6q. XV-3. 40-+l infra, Also seeslol<as

MsffEg&gfgq

d} orTrq{.ri tqfnftsftfr-f6( ll lq ll
Sloka 2L. Whenever the Lagna is owned by Jupiter, Mars and Saturn and has on it the aspectof the last,mentioned planet, and Jupiter is in the 9th bhava from the Lagna, even a Rajayogathat may poasibly exist under these conditions will have the effect of making the personconcerneda ** (Tirthha) or a holy man.

:rqqrqntq-i a*tahdtftt r

{qffisfr ffi

ll {iqfr Trfrrfrt( Rl ll

Sloka 22. When the Moon occupying the gth bhava is not aspected by any planet, the personborn of even when poosesced Rajayoga, beeomes an ascetic prior to becoming a lordly person.

lFu trdht qhqdtt6( qr( |

qd Wgeqitnilqtfrsrg

st. 23-24

q1qfr$qtcr

Cfr7

ffiqqqadd FEtsftr.t

'When Sloko 23. Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are aspected by Saturn, and Jupiter occupies the fth bhava, the person born in the Rajayoga will become a holy illuctrious founder of a system of philosophy' Wherr..Saturn occupies the 9th bhava and is not a$pectof ed by any planet,the person posoes$ed Rajayogawill betakehimself ro rhe holy order beforebecoming a lord of men. Notns.
This slol<ais from Brihat Jatalia. The following two <:harts illustrate the two yogasgiven in the sloka.

ll rrrfr r{qftfr fiftrerqTftt'(s Rl ll

*"* l*'"' - L--]--l'"*"'l

cf.

t {;tfhtg nfiroegeqb} qEgnltofierqR,iiqqm' 1+a: tt eetlflitsR zqqlqqq] grlcri aqqts;q)rret

lrt(I.I{q(o(

gtcqqffiIlrgqrgsrl3 | tffifrqr*gilr q{rqorr gfr;eflrffi{il {i uq rrflicw{qft ilqtrd{ru

Sloka 74. Each of the following groups of planeta when powerful and occupyingan even sign may produce devorrt hermit or an ascetic: (l) Vt r, Frrt{s(Thapasa)

908

wrtwtRqfr

Adh.xv.

nuse Sun,lvlars and Saturn; (2) Jupiter,Mars, rhe the Sun and Saturn: (3) Mars, the Moon, .fupiter and Saturn.
Norns.
This as well as slokas 26-39 are from lr<nsol.

dqgftrffitil(lt*rmffieuil:

urg$fit: {qsqrqrfrft {m Ufdl u q\ u srrrs u{qfrr

9traha25. When the lord of the 10th bhava con, joincly occupiesa Kenclra or Trikona position with four cther planett, the person born wiil attain emancipation. If four pianetn be in the X.Oth bhava the effect ol rhe yoga will be, say the astroiogicalsages, that the person concernedwill take to a life of asceticism. NorBs.
This as well as slokas 23,2+, 26-41 are in skf;fi'ftr.

wil'$i{f,qrdqiqffie: fqr*qqrcqqffEqr{tr r

qftqftqrfudEffiEF{t&F( snfiilr aild'sil a{i! u Rq tl

26. When (l) Mars, the Sun, the Moon, "5loAn Saturn and Jupiter, {2} Mars. the Sun, Mercury,Saturn and Venusor {3) the Sun, the Moon, Mars,Saturnand Venus combinein one bhava, the persons that are born Ltecome devoteea.

s w*;sttcqgqr*i;qtsr {& 6.R.Wkqw$Ernd

ftfugg1rffi{trrg{fr*&qqd fiq$illrqf lt Rrs tl
SJsfra8?. A hol',rulan destined to dwell in a sylvalr or mountain rerreat has his birth when there is in a bhavaaoy one ${ the followirrg cornbinatiom : ( l) \tenue, h{ars, Satrlln, Jurpiter and the $un ; (2) h4ars. tha Mcon, Jupiter, ;Merc.r*ry and $aturn; (l) Venur, ldercury, Saturn, tlre lr{uor.ranci hdars.

st.28-31

nagrfrsrara:

909

q*eg{Klhqqnstr {trrgq+gqgfr{ftfrs I

qu*?rti\R't ll {crkrlqqFiliqqrgaq\sq{sstf 1,4ll

Sioftc 28. Those that have at their birth, the Moon, Mercury, Mars and the Sun occtrpying one and the samesign with Jupiter or Venus will becomewise inspired saints of such sanctity that the use of all will be proscribedin their neighbourhood. weapon$

ll wRt{ei;R: 1qll uhwqftBftfunq+{+Eqif\:

Sloha 2-9" A person will becomea devotee if at his birth there be any one of the following combinations in any bhava: (l) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus; (2) The Mooo, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter lr4ercury and the Sun ; (3)\{ars, the Moon, the Sun, $a, turn, Venus and Mercury.

r rfr;gft;gr$tnwffi! gqrs(RrfrWr{rtuiI

| ftilffi*qr*qqrge}q*r fsfugmqr*q{rW}Gft r

qffi qfuhilatt *qr rEFil ilirr Udrffiuiar ulott

Slofra 30. Each of the following combinat.ions of six pianetsin one bhavais capable making the person of born under their influence a devocee--(l) Venuu, the ]v{oon,.}upiter, Saturn, tlre $un and M.rrs ; (Z) Venus, Satrlrn, the .Jupiter, Srrn,the Moon lnd Mercury.

qfr qmwqfidqarutdqrqqTa: u $eqmqfu{rqqqtl

.91,r**31. A peroon wiii brecorne of the asce one tic ciase, at l'rishirth, ane cf thc following groups of i{, s i x p l a n e c s o m b i n ei n s t r e n g t h n o n e l i h a v a : ( 1 ) M a r : l c i jupiter, Venus, $aturnend the Sun ; (?) Venur' l\,fef,crrry, $atur$, Jupiter, Mercury, tbe h4oon ancl hdars.

qi-{,Tqq;a.Uft : fr: t sqrrfi $fr {rfrmfrarrir ftcrffi

910

qRTFffiN]It

Adh.xv.

tffrgqrrlmi{rg*r r+{i-etftft qrq{r

rft.gf*fkftqrqt"tqffi{osemnrqr n Qr tr
Sloka i)2. Any one of the following combinations o{ 4 planets in one bhava has th: effect of making the personsborn under their influence take to a devotee's derived from roots and fruits : life with their susteoance (l) fhe Sun,the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) Saturn, the Moon. the Sun and Verrus; (3) Thc Sun, Mercury, Mars and Jupiter.

qilfrqiqrcqqilaisqt

qs&rilsrrrft qq q'frfierdt{anoqitmt u Ql tl
S/ofta 33. A person will becomean ascetic clad in barks of forest treesand wearing stripes of ashesif at his birth one of the four-fold groups of planetsmentioned below appcarin one bhava: (1) Mars, the Sun, Mercury and Venus ; (2) Mars, the Moon, Iupiter anj Mercury.

qer qifiTrrr ;Rarqm gtf:n t eiqqtq{tFir{ 18

Sloka 31. If, at a birth, therc be any one of the following combinations of 4 plancts in one bhava. two the effecton the person born will be to make hini a t r a n q u i l . m i n d e d c v o t e e :( t ) t h e M o o n , M e r c u r y ,M a r s aod Saturn: (2) Mercury, Mars, Iupiter and Satrrrn.

q{t.gqgfitw*ger gq{qrgrMil ! |

ffff*{rrtE{tdtrggil qRAr

qtqffiqitfrnr itqd q-ffi

friggrfuil{rcrcF+ilur I

s{fk qrt 6ilittr66nnnrq n l\ tl

sl. 36-38

qSqqfrsrqlq:

911

Sloha 35. Four planets of grear power in one bhavamadeup in the following wise invariablybring into beingascetics harmlesslife dressingthemselves o[ fruits: (l) The in barksof treesandsubsisting fallen on (Z) Mars, Mer, Moon,the Sun, Vcnus and Mercury; the cury, Venusand Saturn (3) Saturn, Moon, Jupiter ; and Venus.

ffitilAqtr

+{fr Friffisnilrq(r q{ffqs tt {E tl

SloAa 36. A devoteedwelling in hills and forests and revered by all ig born under the influence of 4 pla, rretsin one bhava grouped in one of the following 5 ways: 11)The Stm, the lvloon, Mars and Venus; (?) The Moon, Mars, Mercury and the Sun; (,3) Jupiter Venus, the Sun and Saturn; (4) Venua, Saturn, the' Moon and Jupiter; and (5) Mars, Mercury, Venus and the Moon.

gsqta;gvttr t iqrt-

tt 6gvufqflAd{R mt grit*diEtar l\e ll

Sloka 37. An ascetic devoted to poverty and of pcnance born under the influence 5 planetscombin, is ing in one bhava irr the following 3 ways:-(l) Venus, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) tire Moon, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Venus ; (3) The Sun, Mlrs, Saturn,Mercury and Jupiter.

t {fratrqrtqqq;n*tr fqrfttteqftt;gg+r

q{{ttsqdrqfrdilq( qafirqdiorrgi il Qdtl

9rE

flnrTwftila

Adh. XV.

Sloha 38. Asceticg clad in a tree-bark and wear, ing mattedlocks come into existencewhen one of the following five,fold groupsof planets appearE in one bhava: (1) Mars, Saturn,Jupiter, Venus and Mercury ; {2) Saturn,the Sun, Mercury, the Moon and Mars.

wFeqQ;gcqfrqgtr@r q{-g.TiqsgtRi{rgir r
flsrctErqg6 ilqa$Fltrt
\ A \A

n li tqft.lqaqfrr?rrqerq! tt
39. Wlren the Sun,thc Moon Mars, Jupiter SdoAa and Venus conrhitrc ln onc and thc same bhava with either Mercury or Saturn, the perron born necessarily thc assunoes habit of a devotee and bccomesgifted wrth long sight.

qiqft {Tgsrt I "Eiiketfrilqe-A*"rftqr il{rrQdEI qIEi{Eg{f wq1qffi R qfu alaqtl

Skrio 40. If the iord of the Lagna having no as Saturn,or if Saturrr pect of other planetson itself,aspect a6pectthe lord t-r{the Lagnadevord of strength, there rs the yogaleadingto the assumptionof aeceticism.
Ncrtps. 'fhis as iie1l rs Iire tre.rt slolia are itl ,lld"{,{8f. Also {(lJI{'J, .\dh1a1'a.\V, slolia -1.

ffqirs;q,iardts'fig{qeqstffii;q'iel er$irqr

*qr+{"rsirzt q q;a tl cr}irstf&'aarotrrt {tq{i

qitgatmmqrf q;AlTrggir?ri eqt Eiigddorigniir t fr* f,qK,f;oEfhiifrh ffqrwEtq{r {gftr*r qrRq* {r qfr q-dht n ut tt q{q 6tft frqalqrt *qt{ihqrs

st 4t-4n

caqqitswqs

91's

'-..'-"---.'--

a Drekkana Stoku 4i. When the Moon occupies planec' the yoga iea"Js bv of Saturn and is aspected that The sameis the case to the renunciation of the worid' of Saturrror \{;rrs when the Moon occupying an amsa planet leadinq to the is aspected by Saturn' if the wich Rahu' Keltr be ssgumptionof aeceticism associated ic occupy a malef 1ms-a' or Guiik" and at the same time the holy will hre guiltv of apostasyfrom ,i.-o.rron order' Nores'

vl CY

qqiqtq-'ilqlr

g;gilFqff* c'i-.|*d qlgfiiaqlg: t "aer*tt .1ftgainh il q;tfa{a ff?'gk atq tt q.qiah gb r saqrmilllrffi wrtl qdarfi sI gloli q* qiae glf*$i tt H;qrfltffiqqqrQrfcn

oi leading to SIoha 4L. lf strong plarrets capable Sun'r (uitte Sl.lS sipru'l be obscured by the arce.ticiEm lor greatreverence aecet"tt, ,f," personsborn will have initiated into the tics,"tttouilt they may not become to above be overcome tofy ota.t. If the'planetsreferred aspectedby other planets' the in planet:ry *r,''nd intn the holrr .on..rntO will seek admission ;;;; order without $ucces6' Norrr.
T'hissloka is fronr Brihat Jataka' p l a n e t sa s r n s l o k a I f t h e S u n f o r n r s a c o n j u n c t i o nr v i t h o t h e r a Sanyasin at all' irecclme \5, supro theu tlre tuan does tlo" \vbatthcSunactualh'doesis,heimprovestircdevotionalsid't the stroug planei but doei' d i n t b e s c h o o l o f p h i l o s o p h y e n o t e db v thought' If the 1''iant1 not make hinr a Saoyasinof that school of

ffirtfifqar qio{\cre{tq} attr I ;ti#,tu-"mtihilr fratrqfttiqfuft tt Bqll

tr'i6

9t4

wrdscrftnre
%

Adh. xv

that is defeatcd (by conjunction as abovo) bo aspccted by any planet, then the man makes persistent efiorts for atteining tho in view. ";l

P R O F E S S I O NL M L I H O O D . ,

rga-*wrf Iqfttift eqa-dlsqGni\xqrcfl qrru,trtrr qqqiit* tqqlqrt-e*qEqftTrt trl-e'i t {rilqgr{r | |

Sloha 43. There is acqsisirion of wealth, firstty, from the father,mother,a foe,a friend,a brother,a wiie or an inferior, accordingas the sun or any of the other planetstaken in ordt-r occupies the 10th place reckoned from the Lagnaor the Moon ; secondlv, means the by of profcssion prescribedfor the ruler of the t0th houseor for the ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the planet owninq the lOth place from the Lagna,from the Moon or from the Sun. NorBs.
Find tfre planet or planets occupying the l0th place rockonod from the Lagna as q'ell as from the tr4oon. Ascertain which ot t h e m i s s t r o u g e s t . I f t h e S u n b e s u c ha p r a n e t , the nativb sots p a r e n t a li n h e r i i a n c e f r o m t h e f a t h e r ) ;i f i t b e t h o ( M o o n ,h e i n b e r i t s property from the mother ; if Mars, he gets money from enemies; if Mercury, from friends ; if Jupiter, from brothers ; if venus, from wiie; and if the planet be Saturn, he gets rvealth from iofe. riors, such as servants, etc. I)lanets in midheaven or aspiring to Midheaven(<trqrfqarfrq: - D a s a m a b h i l a s h i n a h a )r e t o b e a t r e a t e da c c o r d i n g l y . Secondly,find out the ruiers of the lOth house countod from tbe Lagna, the Sun and the Moon. Take tho strongost of tbem. Find out in wbat Navamsa ho is. The ruler of thet Navamsa will influencethe profession. I-et us take the example gi,r,on ths notes to Adh. in V, Sl. /. l'here is the lVloon posited in the lOth place r*koned frcn:

sI.48

tf,lfqCfrsscrcr

916

the Legnaas well as from the Sun, and thereare no'plauetsin the l0th house from the Moon. The Moon is tberefore the only planet that influenceshis income. According to the other view, the lords of the lOth places reckoned from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are Saturn, Saturn and Venus respectively. Saturn and Venus are in Dhanurnavamsa and Simha Navamsa respectively. The lords of these are Jupiter and the Sun; and the stronger of them is the Sun. The Sun is therefore the planet that influences the profession. cf , gqr6r

.rtqrftiamqfilAr-^ge'asrCqlRt
miq {?qrq+qfiq*: mqf,tqT: I eEnPfaliflqT$r: enr;n q6\:

6fu6rterilfizaeqiaqt,lqttqt tl
Arso {RAdT

IFETqOqIqIqT EilITKIFqqIqFI fiq I

\\

i.e

aetftnfrlaqr {lfiiqls;q'ql flfi: g1 eFt: {rk(ittEqi qq;et61li: f4qs*:rri, t slr:q: II RSqr{qfRdEqq(qdlTfl

A c c o r d i n gt o B h a t t o t p a l a ,i t i s n o t c o r r e c t t o p r e d i c t t h e p r o . fessionby considering the strongestalone of the planets (l) posited in tbe tenth houserckoned from the Lagna and the Moon, or (2) o w u i u g t h e t e n t h h o u s ec o u u t e l f r o r r r t h e L a g n a , t h e S u n a n d t h e I\{oon. Every one of these should be consideredfor determining the source of income of the native. He quotes in support of bis view tbc frllowing:,lokas of qriT (Gargi).

sqqr;aftrr)qrsR q6rqflrrf$qir: t I

h sis,iqEr eqargq,ilQnr: rr |r:

ear&trRqr\'q}qqrflfiqfid(: r

9r6

eraqqTfiurh

Adh.xv "

qfafr qtdfl q4\ qqr I ild=rqr

qqf:afaqqrrnsfi sq{ng Gfifhaq tl

f t I f t h i s i ' i e r vi . r e c c e p t e d , h e i n c o n r e o r t h e n a t i v e ; t ] r l u e s t l r J n a w i l l h a v e t o b e d e t e r m i n e dw i t h r e f e r e n . e t o t h e p i a n e t sJ u p i t e r (tbe lord of the Navamse Ilasi occupied by Saturn)antl the Sun t i t h e l o r c lo f t h e N a v a t r t s ro c c u p i e db y V e n u s ) ,i . e . , f r c m t h e s o u r ces ntentionedin siokas 'f4 and 49 irqfra' by To cletermine tbe w"ays which a person wili earn money, t t h e p l a n e t sw h i c h a r e i n t h e l s t , 2 n d a n d t h e 5 t h ( o p p o s i t e o t h e house or in his l l t h ) h o u s e s ,r n a f r i e n d ' s h o u s e ,i , a n e n e m y ' s n own house,indicate the source If tbe planets be bad' there will be uraximum labor aod miuimurn income; if they be good, there will be minimum labor and maximum income. If the Sua is exalteCin the above position and at the same time stronq (in good houses,etc.,) then the person concerned will earo money by his maximuur own exerrion. lNot" that the Sun in exaltation causes labor and maximunr incorne, the Same whea the other ma106cs are posited in the tenth house ] If more than one planet be strong, then tire natlve will have more than one source of income' The professionor occupationof a native rs qenerally ludged from the planet or planets occupyingthe tentb houseand, if there should be none there, from those in the lst aod also from tbose aspectingthe Sun and the Moon' Further, the planet which is positecl very near the Sun or the lOth bhava whether before ot after in the radix of a native and its condition-whether strong oI weak-due to its position and aspect exert much influence in this respec t.

qqifnwiiroenlffid't

qd qdildr

m{wqqt{rlfrlq{5lrdf{ wgeftg I t

qRffir&t qto *'rq"A.r tr"=irriqr11rg {T Fri'FqrrqEil{frfhiffih U qtde* u BBll

S/ol+a44. An astrologer is to declarethe acquisl' of nrealth by any person with refurenceto the predoni'

st. {6

qtq*sqFr:

fl?

nance of the Lagna or the Mocln as tbe caseEay be in his horoscope. As to the profession that he is likply to folJow,those that are proficient in the subjectgay, it rs to be determin:d through the lord of the sign owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the lfth bharra. lf the Navamgareferred to in the above belong to ttle Sun, the person concerned will earn a living by dealing in medicine,nrool, grtssr water, grain, work in gold, pearlsand the lihe, as aiso by playing the part of an emissarybetween peoplervishirrgto approacheachother. Norns.
The occrrpationscoming under ttre Sun are: iolue hoaorablc :mploymeut either under the State or under some public body ef irren,kings, princes, emperors,dukes, earls, baronsretc., all titled a l , L ' o i n t m e n t su n d e r t h e . ' r o v , ' n , j e w e l l e r s , g o l d s m i t b s , g i l d e r s , owners of woollen mills or workers there, minters or moa.rqpioy. eciin rnints, :rnd tbe like.

q-M

ilfffiq

uiq qgqffiqqrttq r

rrtrErfrqrfl s\ tl trdGan+qqf+ffiqnRrrmqtil tt
S/ofra 45. If the Navan sa under referencebe thar of the Moon, the person concerncd gaios a living by dealing in things derived from water euch as coochs, pearls, etc., bv agriculture, earths of various kind, by indulging in interesting controversies, by purchaseof articles of apparelin which the wealth of lordly women is wont to be laid out.
Nott:,s. srguified by thc Moc,u generall,y ioclude The cnrprloyments sailors,, roariners, navig,rtors, fisherinen, watermen, boatmeu, dealers in pearls, those working io oearl fisheries, rrridwives, PErsSr.Atc.

918

rTl]|F|lRrtrt

Adh. xv.

rtc)i*1ta(orrrsrr( crqftrqrcu rrn I e{t qrawrlqr( qilg.dft *rrrn ft Bqtl qfA ffi
Sloho 46. If the Navirmsa in question belong to Man, tbe person gains a livelihood by metallurgy, by war, by exhibiting tricks in which the operation of fire rE apparentlyarrested(wireru - Agnisthambha) and by engagingin other people's quarrels,in any act of daring, aod laetly by resorting to the professionof a robber.
NotBs. The professions indrcatedby Mars are all kinds of rnilitary rnen, sucb as soldiers, generals,colonels,captains, doctors, physi. :iaas, apothecariei,chemists, butchers, executioaets engine dri, 'crs'and tha like---generally all workers in rron, steel or fire.

nrdnftsrc{Frq{rfi cr}fidrriEil$qttr r nqfs.

\ e\ q{r{qoqrilcqqn gtiiamrsq{stgtfrl u Be ll

belong to Mercurl the Sloka 47, If the Navamsa will try to earnhis livelihood by p,;,'' perron concerned ouing the arts,by poe$y, by the -'..,i ;;ion of traditicnal doctrines,by a knowledgeof the stars.by the reciration of the Vedas or muttering of prayerson behalfof others of at the rnEtance the priest thar has to dirccc their religious ceremonies. Nores.
Mercury's employments denote literary authors, translators, wrltcrs. accountants, fstrol ogers, school masters. nrathematicians, pocts' lawyers, book.sellers,printers, postmen, etc.

8c tl
Slofra48. If the Navamsa belong to Jupiter, the s.ry percoo concerned, the astrologert, will not trcsort .to

sl. 4e-60

qtdtsntrr

919

utury a6e Eource living, but will Eupport himcelf of with what he can earnby playing the role of an ins' and by tructor in the serviceof Brahmine and deities, teachingduties in the dcmainof moralsand traditional observances baeedon scripturecandother old authorita' tive works
Norrs The occupaticns denoted by Jupiter include judgcs, priosts, loarned men' senators, preachers, clergymen, bishops, ministcrs and bankers.

gwffirtqqsnrqtilrf,{t Trnailqqqrgr.rqf rr gfrqilurrqt\Tlqrftqrr rdta Uq\rgeft u Bqtl

Sloka 49. lf the owner of the Navamsa in quea, tion be Venus, the living will be derived from a place where gold, ruby, elephantsor horsesare produced; and by ruch meansas traffrckinq in cattle, jagqery, cooked rice, salt, curdled milk and by the alluremerrtof a female. Norps.
Venus s professrons indieate dealers rn gold, ruby, clopbants' jaggery; hotel.keepcrs, confoctioneri, shcphcrds. or horses,cows, musicians,painters, I inen drapers,jewellers, players,ernbroiderors, larridaries,scent-dealers, maid servants, etc.

F{{rt gftmur.iruriqani(irflqi*qrtr r
kqnqnraqii{qusfl c.ir;qiil{r{qFr{oq || \ o ff
Sloha 50. [f Saturn be the owner of the Navamsa occupiedby rhe lord of the iOth placefrom the Lagna or the Moon, the personconcernedwill live by engaging in some vile pursuit, by works of art, etc,, executed in etc., inflicted wood, by the carrying out of puniahments, .of burdens and by the on criminalo, by the bearing overreaching of other peopledue to their being murully at variancc.

strCI

qrHftffi
NoTEs.

A&. xv.

grav63aturn's employments includs shoe'makers' scavcDgets' persons engaged in similar vile pur' diggEfs, rmdcrtakets and all srtits; tboy also include gardeners, miners, brick-layerg etc,,

q*qurtr(qaffi{fqrilqrtilrr finm t
qetr q{fiq{ftqatsr! wWfrqr! lrcls q!\t
at Stoha 51. Persona whosebirch maleficplanets occupythe four Kendraeconcern themselveswlth the of Eitesand uoages the low vulgar people,haveno prothencelves of other people't wo$en rnd pertg, poeaes$ rredth, are ignorant,and by evincing heroirm occelton' objectsof royai favor. ally become
NOTtS.

'bc found Thie as well as slokas 52' 55. 56, 58 and 66 ate to iD ctt$fi{.t.

{qrr! fierg.\FFIMT U'drqq1'iq611 | tr{l q{I TrfiPd{'(r (s,-frsl) eg! || qtdqliiqqftIlurlal

Stoha 3L. Personsat whore birttr, benefic planets occupy the four Kendras will be iordly mea and tu.rn out the best of theit race and founders of faoiliea ; dY they will be endowed with an intellect that can compre' bend all things anC have abundant wealth, fame and excellentvirtues, by meansof whictr they will become royal lavorites.

u{qqi{nils ficq1 wi1t goqw!(Et I

qrftarqrqqqtilrq;ilal qit qrqt ll \1 ll

Sloka 53. If benefic planete be in the l0th bhava reckoned from the Lrgna or the Moon or in a Navamea owned by the Raei of the l0th bhava, the person born will alwaye be beneficent. But if malefic planeta be in

s[. 64-86

ilqdi$sqffis

98r
* Prsoa born

will be addictedto evii deede.

I T*tnd{fr qx eqtqr*1q&qqr

Sloka 54. If the tord of the Rasi occupiedbv ttr* thereofbe rnale' planetowning the t0 bhavaor an amsa with an srcir lUpagraha) such as fic and aseociated Dhuma,the personborn will be wicked'

qeE qft WtfrTsi{-qt vrq(fr ll \B rr

gh Rtr{ *tt {rwft ilsnitan q}rftqrgi d'reom'

Sloha 53. If the planet occupyingthe 10th piace from the Moon be the Sun, the personconcernedwil'l ; in succeed all that he uodertakes if Marsu he will be rashand evil'minded; if Mercury, he will be learnecl; if Jupiter,he will be a king's peer; if Venus. a voiup" tuary; and lastly, i[ the planet in question be Saturn' he rrill be afllictedwith sorrow.

ffirr

qrfr dt qt(s{rE *t wafi vrvffit I

wlr( u{rrt rft qeiUiqqsrtq'tfda cqTPdi{q ffi;(i qoqrqiqqqrrtfrqr

R{$ql {{i,qd{ qgfr ghurgh il-

dlitdteigkqn rrfigi {r} <itr'frriqtre

S/oftrr 56. If the Sun occupying the lOth place {rom the Moon be associated with Mars. the persort born will be addictel to wine and to femrlesbalonqing position b: essoto otber people; if the Sun in the same ciated with Mercury, the person bcrn wili h.lve a knowledge of tbe stare aod will evince a fondn':ss f'rr ruch obiects as valuable articles obrained fror6 satir' womca an"d ornaments; if Jupiter be a*ociated wich

e22

wtnxftill

xv. Adh,

tne Sunin the position referredto, the person born will be guccessful all his undertakingsand enjoy the in esteem his sovereign;if Venus be in conjunction of with the Sun in the t0th bhavafrom the Moon,b: will enjoy royal favcr and will havea wife with increasing wealth; if Saturnbe togetherwith the Sunin tire posi to tion adverted above, the persotr born will be poor and dejected.

qiili{ sfil iiDr rrqs{iDr

{{R{i sdt qnits\str({qrfluar frqt

vruhwtfrGq Xgilg-tgd ki dtqqdrf*rcqgi ?qi\sr qrdfuf I

tEt q.a(gq{taqr{s arniil Tnofrqr lf \s ll

Slofra 5?. [f Mars and Mercury occul]ythe l0th place from the Moon, the perEonborn will earll hin ; livelihood by rneansof his scibntific knowledge il dominatc Marg and Jupiter occupythat place, he will over the vulgar people; if Mars be asgocirtedwith Venugin the 10th place from the Moon, the personwill become merchant trading in foreign lands; if Mart a and Saturnbe in that pceition; the perEonconcerned in will engage daringdeeds will be childless. If and Mercury and Jupiterbe togetherin the l0th placefrom the Moon, the peroon born will be barren,od dejected renownedand in royal favor. opeecb,

qrf wEqq]gq $Ug*Rvra$vq sr*.lgcrrtcqqqitqqrqnry*:q{rI crlt g*gi g iireaqj qllilr qFrdr

Eril ilit q{qa\qarqq$fr finiltrqdhn \e ll
Slora 68. If Mercury and Venur occupy tbe l0tb

st. 69-81

vrq*sqrr

e23

placefrom the Moon, the personboro will be blecsed with leaming, wife anC weatth; if Mercury occupy that placewith Saturn, the person will be either a wayc' himselfto unbgcoming copyistof bcoks or betake Venus in the t0th bbava If Jupiterbe combined with from the Moon, the perron brrn dill be a protectorof m:d by his sovereign community,estee the Brahminical associated learning. If the planet of and possessed great born posttionbe Saturn, pereon the with Jupiterio thac will ckilfully contrive to trouble every body and wrll adhere his undercakings. to tenaciourly

gqarilowrl ttit*atf i\w{tiR t *ftryaq| rrt mSst fttrrn( u \q tl

S/ofra 59. If Venus and Saturn occupy the lOth placefron the Moon. the person born will manufacture substances, a fragrant black powder and similar cosmecic engagein trade' will practise medicine and

fiilqmnqt fi.t gqg*lirhsftqr r

rr}q frqdurri Ersftctktrctt{t*rt ll Qoll
S/oAa 60. When the lord of the 10th bhava is a bencfic planet, or is in conjuncrion with or aspecteJby a beneficplanet,or is in occupationof a beoefic Navlm' ca, the person born will be in a position of authority'

qr{Tfqtqqgt laffirft {ifut t trit *inrol il s'tr{t {{tln {Istt qt ll

S/olc 61. If the lord of the l0th bhava, associated with Saturn and aspectedby the lord of the 8th bhava, occupy a malefic Navamsa or a Kendn Rasi, the person boro will have to 6rcf t{tc behests of a cruel oaster.

924

qrnacrfu&

Adh. xv"

il{e0 ftrnmt grgsiift&h I

qrtrrarftqrr0ftfttitvfirq q+{ n Qetr

Eloha 82. \Vhen the Moon occupying the sigrr Cancer and aopected by Jupiter and Venug attains a Paravata or other higher Vaiseshikamsa, the per$on born will enjoy good reputation and af{luenee.

ql+t glTrfg* g{qqqAsft I Er qf;ittqrai{wrin{ qft lt grftioh ilsfr ll

S/c'ta 63. When the lord of the 10th bhava ie associated with a benefic planet or is in the midgt of two beneficplanetsor occupiesa Navamsaof a benefic planet, the person born wrll have fame and a high sense of honor.

qfifht sdtirqTqgt qrrrftqrtardrqqrt t

qrdlsqildftqnri{qrar s e{diqhq{1ffi{tar nq tl

S/ofta 64. When the l0th bhava is occupied 1s well as aspected a maleficplanet and the lord of that by bhava is reduced in strength, the person born will be .t slanderer,without self respect, with oo name,Power! influenceor act that he can call his own.

uftnq{ttni qriifr-qdg*r

q+{ q$lirtiqas* qgElililqq] ll E\ ll

qggftRtrttft q {fb* hd$srruql

S/ofta 65. If the lord of the lOth bhavaae aleoof the Navamsa vlhich it occupies-if theee two planets be as:ociated with Saturn and in conjunction wirh or aspectedby the lord of the 6th bhava, the person born will have many .rrives.

t uilt tUtndifBqf* ocqri{rr'iitffitit

s!.8tu8?

qeqqfr$$qrqr

996

fr;{ qft q{oft dM

ffirqgt

g qrfi\sqil fd{t itf\*sFqqt uqqlr

Erfdreqdu! w

SJofra66. If Mars and the lord of the 4th bhava beingstrongoccupya Kendra. a Trikona or the llth bhava,and if the lord of the 10th bhavabe aspected by or in conjunction with Venusand theMoon,the peroon in such pursuitr as agricultureand will will engage with havewealth of cattle. If Mercury be connected the 10th bbava,the peroon concernedwill alwayc be and transactions, according the as in engaged merca4rtile occupying the 10thbhavaare benefic, planetor planets maleficor both, he will be vigorouo,slothful ot of a oired nature.

n qq orsrfli[$oq il
qil orrqneailqmt{sqfi qfl flfli\Eoi}il

qrwilor fiqr ilginrieqqidiqaUgfr

urqqnilq{irs $[6rrogifs ({qir ftqil qq I

drqmilq{frequfigqw;qn$ffT}tdlsQstl
Sloha 67. It is through the llth bhava irom the Lagna that every accumulation of inconing wealth is expected; the planet in the I tth bhava when poecerred of of full strengtlris capable giving wealth. If the Sun be such a planet, much wealth is derived by the perroo coqcerned from paternal kinsfolk ; if the Moon, froo maternal relations ; if Mars, froro personll exetcion; if Mercury be the planet occupying the llth bhava in full utrength, wealth comes to the person concernedfrom a dear master,a discerning friend or a maternaluncle. Norns
This as well as tbe uext five slokas apPear iu g315gq.

eg6

(tcflrtftwi

Adh. 1ff.
ooeva is thus statco b

Wbat caa be divinid from tbe lltb the seme worlt

unlttqlnfr qnrEfiqn{oift;ili q I
qKrqfil? {giary1s}glt a{ftm;q{rtq 1s
lrlso qromrqcq

rraFrtqpqrcrrTTarTrdBorqf, aqqs{rfi t

qrt aTq: faut4i* rrrer e6$:tt fh'aTqTqfui

freirq is aaotherreadingfor etfrt in the 4th quarter of the sloka. The tracslarienwill then be : " if Mars,fronr a brother."

difr qesft *EurqqqnrqnGg**i t Snr diqaqta{FrrEir{GnrfteRqttt\: ilCtilffiR$6qrf*e'{iqru{eeii rfir

Mtq*q

flfM

fuKqr iitcr n qc rl

Slo},z 6f. Jupiter in the l'l.th bhava when in fuil sffength gives wealth through the inscrumentality of rcriptl.rral learning, observanceof sacrificial rites and position, worthy sons. Venuc in the sane advantageous of seeuru accesEron fiches through femalesand knowl"dg. of the fine arts such as poecry, dramar and music. Saturn when thua placed gives abundanceof wealth and corn producedftom agriculture through the exertionsof asPrctq^de and temaleElaves. The casteof tbe p.lanets ing or occupying the bhava in question indicates the claseof personc from whom the income of the rteroon concernedis derived.

qFrq{s gqaq{r grrqi 'Tt{rgqrqrfti ft*fiarqd {tfd qgililcffifri* Ein t

I wrRggHrfrsriv{iad orqail;Fre

qrfrqqitwwrrtaqitr{frqrRnr tt it tt

sl, ?0-?t

qlqrftEqt{s

9?,1

the llth bh.av1 Slofta 69. If the planet occupyiog acquired be beoefic,tbe person born will have wealth if the planet will be illgctten by fair means;ihe same in the bhavabe malefic; and mixed if the occupanto-of acrolothe bhavabe of u ti*"d' nature' This fact' thc horoscope' ger ehould clearly state as revealedby the prep:n' if ,n planet in the llth bhava be strong and every posEess deratingly friendly, dre pereonborn will with omiablJquality and will be surpassinglybleesed of '*o-"", every means enjoyment such as vehicles' ornamento' arid luxuriotts appliances articlesof "pp"r"l, learnirig.

icn agqilrurfi RiqFr.rarftdt ntq qtsqtwfrxg"qfrqt Enrfufrmi t qrrd itror qulwqd*qlft6rer{rt

ffiqqt qlt xlttd g{te i\qr*t

ll so }t

Slofra 7Lr. If the lorde qf the 2rrd urd the lJth be Lrhavas friendly to the lord of the Lagna' the aetrolo' ger may declare that wealth of the person 'Joocerned oQ will be given awav to be trsedbeneticently behal{ .oi the good*Jrka, Gods and Brahmins' If tbe planetin wlrr itth bhavabe weak or overthrown in planetar! or depretsedor owtting att inimicalsign or a StTt atorim (Rekayogavide A:dh'VI' (Dustthana) produce or will have to go abeggiog concerned the supra), person dai[y for hic subaistence.

{mqi qqrilileqlqqq il*t RqtsqEr qift qihsdlqqKlqsi\$il tti srqt I

Rrffigdr g{srgt {i iavmrgr efrl**qqmliflsi\d;{ sqnrftq ll st ll

9ffi

rtrrrftq!&

A&. XS.

Sloh.a 71"" If the lord of the llrh bharnbe the Sus or the Moon, the personborn will acquireaffluence by servinga king or one like him; if it be lvfara, wealth will be gor through the instrumentalityof royal minis, tcn, an elderor an younger brother or by agriculture ; if it be Mercury, the means acquiring wealth will be of knowledge,relationeor sons;.if it be Jupiter, it ie tbrough the obaervance hio religious duties that the of perton concernedwill attain to prooperity; if Venus the own the I tth bhavan rrchesof the peroonconcerned will comethrough women, preciouoBtones,elephante and other valuablequadrupeds; and rastly,if Sarurn be tfie owner of the I lth:bhava, the:perEon born will have to acquirehis wealth by purouing ignobleoccupation. an
Norps, t5qisq-rr Ra\s'l-ct rn the 6rst gqarter rrf for Somebookss616 thc stoka.

srqFrqn' korqfirE Wdprffi

C\ \ . \

g srt {RsqFqt qatr{gfrfrild{t I

NftSRiFNKr TtrTTrllrIIIIIttITTC(

iqrdeflrq[Rtqt.fni liilqfr ll sl 1s
Sloha72. lf the lord of the llrh bhava be in a Kendraor Trikona from the Lagna, if there be a or ualefic planet in the I tth bhava or if the tord of the latter occupya Rasi or amsa whicb ie ita eralcationits own or a friend'a, the person born will be wealtby. Tbc predrctionin regard to wealth ahould made be in with the strength of the planet asrociated accordance with tbe bbava or its lord, andir will come from the claecof personswhosekarakathe aseociated plurcr oay reprGsent, during its dasa and and apahara.aod frgm the qu.tter belonging thereto-

sl. ?8-?4

qtlTftsttrlr

g29

ort& t-q'rt fifrt il nqFqtI

srt il qrqsgcqqorqgfrth tt

ll ll eTq6rr{r}Tr?il5eTl
rri$tfr oqrEr-nmd{qrggd'ft
fffm {qnrftqMq,i R-{qqfuilt( | ftffit q* qr'& g;mmntsvn gfosqiltsdftt \el ffTrt{tr{tefr ft {rFtqr
Stoka 73. [t is through the lZth bhava, its lord and Saturn that an astroiogcr should divine a Person's wandering far, misfortung or evil doom, liberality, tbe comforts of bed, etc.; dignity and waste of wealth. When the planet in the 12th bhava owns as well ar occupiesa moveablesign, or is the lord of a Dustthana or is in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn, the person born will indeed have to roam over many lands and forest regions. Norns.
This sloka as also slokas 74-79 and 82 & 83 are in qn{ct. from the 1Zth bhava is stated in the What can be asc:ertained same work thus :

qaq qqqq;Traaqqf(t arfrsRftaq{ I qrqrfhqugqii{Frqfqrq frfif4frcqtf,, tt qoe}fri;q qq q I {fiqii 6rrr4rrfr s{{aaqqFqrtft.ndti qqffid: n

r\1so

"il<T.nl{WI

gt Rrmrrrrrrt gqgtfrrqlufrfrfr
ilflt iqresfiffi
117

RtacqrqHflQI

980

dttlrqrfrarf

Adh.xv.

Rrst ffi t'w sfri frffiT&iRvar

fr{afrqqreqi g ffid ftqaqritfril{ il \eB tl
,Sloka 74. When the planet in the lZth bhava is with as well as aspectedby a benefic and is associated benefic planet,and when the lord of that bhava is weak and occupiesits inimical or depressionsign, the person born will not have to spend his wealth. When the planet occupying the l2th bhava ia weak, but its lord is in great strength, the personconcernedwill dissipate hie wealth. When planets of a mixed character are associated with the lord of the 12th bhava, the persons concerned will have expense ,r mixed natureof

qffiRsqqrEtffifiS qrirrslR qu*{E{nqart n\e\tl

Sloka 75. If the lord of the 12th bhava occupy benefic Vargas,all outlay of money will be on approved legitimateobjects. The outlay will be questionable and bad when the lord of the l2th bhava is io conjunction with or aspected by a weak planet. The person concernedis Iiable to suffer evil from that classof percons, whose karakathe weak planet in grrestion reprerents, during itg dasaand apahara.

{uEq{rt{ft rirqq{,fiqft $aq'i iiqudefc|qt qr t

fit* ^

qodt aqqisftqnr-

Rth qgfiqqi srciqia

q[rafg\ Eiqqrfuiiar{Iinqq I

tita t{qgus{i{arutft sE rr tt
Sloha 76. When a maleficplanet owning the 6rh or the 8th bhava oicupies the l2th bhava in strengch,

sr 77-78

q1q|frgrqtTr

931

;;;ffi;;;

to resar& ag.cur-

ture and monetrry trangactions. when the 12th bhava being a quadrupedor a biped aign (aide Adhyaya 1, sloka 16) ie occupied by a planet of a quadrupedor biped character(aide Adhyeya 2, sloka 12), the person concernedwill suffer the total loes oi all oervantr and cattle.

ffi RnRfrq(si ftqgctr ftrt nqESftw sEil

qffin< ewftcqlqgt t
Enilrg{Gst{E{IqTqlrriftll s\e ll

Stoha '17. A person will have his wealth consumed by peopleof the Brabmanaand other castesaccording as the planets in the 12th bhava represent these' If female planets be in that bhava, it is through femalee that his wealth will go out ; if male planets be in the bhava,loss of wealth will be brought about by an enemy' If the bhava in questionbe owned by a friendly planet, the person concernedwill have to lay his money out on account of his friends.

gtltragi uftqq qff Fryrrrt

ierq'{l qq{sqqdeis en-

qrtsE{RT{te itqrE{fior t

(qqftrqEa g qirqwftll ec ll

Stoka 78. If the lZth bhava be occupied bv " beneficplanet, the personborn will be liberal, virtuous and engaged in agriculture. If a malefic planet be in that bhava,the person concernedwilt be captious, suffer' flatulent, restlessand roving. If ing fron eye'disease,

932

{Rrrcrftqre

,tdh.xv.

the planetin the 12th bhavabe in exaltation,in its own or in a friendly sign,the person will be beneficent.

qlgEls{Efrilga*q{tfi iftq il{ d-

qR Errfrftgftsdr "q{rnrftqq irqwr

fr* mrr*gtfkerc\ anrqsftdqq r

gfigtRil qtt turtwqTgriqrxrtu\e\ tl 1ftrqr

Sloka 79. If rhe Sun ,rr,the waning Moon be in the l2th bhava, the wealth of the person born will be liable to be seizedand confrscated the rulers. Mars by occupyingthat bhava in conjunction with or aspected by Mercury destroys the wealth in various ways" Jupiter, the Moon and Venus in the lZth bhavahelp to conoervewealth. When Mercury occupies that bhava in conjunction with or aspected by Venus, the people concerned will have the comforts connected with the bed.

aqitr dwrfirt g{ErisqFqil t

'qtq, g{dftiE} q'iHrrq.i tt co tl

S/oia 80. If the lord of the l2th bhava be in its own or exaltation sign and has attained beneficvargas by and is aspected a beneficplanet,the personborn will enjoy tfie comforts of a bed on the couch.

Rfteq* u*i aqft qulqi t {Fqnrtq il s} qtlrcft{fril{ ll 6t tl

oloha 81. When the lord of the 12th bhava is in the highest exaltation point or is aspeccedby the lord of the 9th, the person born will have the good fortune to lie on a bed adorned with jewels and precioue stones regtingon a handsomecouch.

sl. 82-83

{q{t'rsr{t{r

933

S il Garqt Rqsi GqiHqRrt dtt ftrfuollltqrni cTTiIRr ffii r qr{ri}ri qr,ii flqrqiuturq.rlibhof
fit Fsqq{rHgqgi arar'{(0r uiq l dR tl
Stoha 82. When Venus, Satrrrnor the Moon occupiesa Trikona position in respect to the gth bhava and when the house representing the bhava occupied has Ketu in it, the person born will easily become liable to the misfortune called (Narapatana,i. e",a "{ftrET aleeping man falling on him which is regarded a dire as portent). If Venus in the position abovereferredto be associated with a mllef ic planet,the portent may be the fall of a sleepi'g woma. or a chameleonlizard on the personconcerned. If Mars be so associated, the portent may take the form clf the presenccof a tortclise in the house. If Merc.ry combine wirlr lvlarsintheposition indica:ed, the person horn may be bit by a dog and srrfft:rfrom tlre rabics. Norr.s.
'l-lre n b o v e n r e : r n i r r qs l t r r t r e n t l t i v e . \ ' . S . i

ff (riiqerr{gf g ii*rae{Hrfq}rri}qt fr:t gt?rqfr qsqfhilbsqil qr;r{: I qrq'iqrihqi qt wuir oi u'ft srqt s;qr0 tqdlsi qfq qg$l q iid{rt n dl tl
A\iar,

.Slotn 83. If the 1,lth bhav.r, with Saturn and. Rahu or Ketu in it, is occupiedby the lorcl of the gth bhava or aspected by the lord of the 6th, the person born goesto hell. If Jupiter bc in rh,: Lagna, identical rvith Dhenus and with the Mesha Navamsa rising,

Venus occupy the ?th, and the Mooo the sign Kanya, the perscnborn wrder this yoga reeche;the seatof the at highesthappiness last.

*n.* """l9l:"1 "."-"""""""-"-ff-""qsgitangfr qtE g!fr gsutrfrt

qrglqrl;T$ft q:r ffi aalqqrdew t g Td oiqr gnMftil(giil rrgrqqTfr qfr dtaqq{Eqqrr tqnqiffit
qe[(tirsqtqt ll

(SF{atg{ fitfi ftgd fr*ftrrttq;qql ll dB ll

qlffiqlftqft

S/ofta 84. If a planet owning a malefic house occupy a g:(sn" (Dustthana)in strength' the bhava re' present"dby the malefic house is said to be advanced' But if the lord of the 8th bhava be weak in any sign, by the bhavarepresentecl that sign is said to be impaired. If the lord of the Lagna occupied or aepectedby a benefic planet occupy any bhava in strength,that bhava rom. The caseis different much benefit thercf receives when the lord of the Lagna is in depression,or in an inimical house. Thus endsetc.

ffifrg{fr$6xrFl:
P
Adhyaya XVI.
FEI\,IALE HORoSCoPE.

311

*qodrqwilatffiftrqqtqt r ftfrryng,.fqrd* {ut llq n I tl

Sloha 1. S/e are now gorngto treat of the female horoscope with its characteristiclunation, Rasig and planets,becauseit is a means of promoting prosperity, power, health,offspring, knowledge and fame.

qqt.f,t(ilq: gwrqrTqrqEolt t ftt*

qrTrsr} II.=rlqrdsqqiilqqraFrrtt lt t ll
Slahu 2. There is nothing in the world like a horoscopeto help men in the acquisition of wealth, to savethem like a boat in a seaof troubles and to Eerve them as a guide in their journeys.
NorBs. T h e o b j e c t o f t h i s s l o k a i n t h i s A d h y a y ai s o n l y t o s h o w t h a t it is the q?qtn+ (Sthri Jataka) that (is alluded .to by the word rrfrq in the slolia and which) helps or guides the husband in the sea of troubles.

,frqcqrqqqfr q{ r ffi iksfrqrfY{rmgt

q{Tferqtrsq{qitffin nRre${ir t qrgrilqdt rilqqn*r urd c{rrqfr*r

{iqlgrgn,Itdwfiso*diffiqrfu,Fqt I ff tf
935

v36

nRttqtftilil

Adh..xv r.

Stoka 3. The female horoscopeis to be written in a fine neat eheet of paper with correct planetary for and exhibiting thc alma' tablesserviceable reference nac (of the day of birth in question). lt is to show also the Ashtakavargas(Adhyaya 10) of planets,their positional and other six.fold strcngth (e-<3o-Shadbala) the length of life of the person concerned, the rllqrwdt r.4, (Gocharaphala) the effectsof the progressof planets in their orbits, the frrrso (Yogaphala, Adhyaya 7) and the rrr*ss (Bhavaphala,Adhyayas f t-15). The horo scopeshould give at the same timc the DasaTables mentioningthe number of children destinedto live to a great age, the happiness of the husband, the great prosperityand fame which the whole family is to enjoy.

duriq;qs(ifllqgfrd'Tdirfr *wlrq mqtttgngri Gqwserq{tqfft*q r TEUrTqgur WrqE.ffl(ibqrqilqi {frr "ffirqqon+q

'Whatever

ffiai dlrrs s* qiq il I tl

Sloha 4. effect may accrue from the of horoscopes females that is applicable only to mcn, shouldbe ascribed to the husband The goodand evil affecting thcir per$on should be calculated from thc Moon and the Lagna whir:hcverof them is stronger" It is from the ?th place front thc l-agna or the Moon that all that is worthy or unworthy in thc husbando and the deatli of thc husbandsis ehould be ascertained, foretold tirrough the Sth bhava (from chc Lagnaor thc Moon). Ail this should be well weighcd by the strength of or weakness the planets, herreficand malefic, bcfore an announcementis macie.

sl.6
c/. n"oa?rt+t

rtrfrsnrrq:
Norps.

e37

qqisqqi flq aqftd dqi &+ il qt( rTrqeq fiqqrt gaia aang*riliqrcf,T{ | rrflttgqrnrrqqircHH rf,tri gerq
Hof,dgg{qElFgrtil: s(r<{ti fial tt
Whatever eflect nray accrue fronr the horoscopeof a female that is applicable only tct men should be ascribedto the husband. Het prosperity and happinessiras to be deducedfrom the 8th house (from the Lagna or tbe Moon rvhichever is strong). Children should be declared through the 9th house and matters rolating to her appearance,beauty, etc. should be deternrined from thc I*gna. It is fronr the 7th place that her welfare and tire (nature of the) and chastity husband should be ascertained while her association should be predictedfrom an exatninationof the 4th houso. Benelics in these housesproduce good results, while malefics in thc above houses are productive of evil unless they happen to or*'n [ h e h o u s e si n r v h i c h t a s e t h e e f l e c t w i l l b e g o o d .

ff

q;{ft o{tftds{qH.t rdq$q(r

$nqirdrft ilqirqQ!gTrqEfr{aq I

'*'iwqr( (WqGrsqswlarmdf tffigqTg* gqwRf)( ffi*qr n \ tl

Sloha 5. Of thc Lagnaand the Moon, find which ir the stronger. tt is with reference to this that the luck, beauty atrdstrengthof women shouldbe announced' Chrldren and wealth in abundanceshould be declared through the 9th bhava therefrom, Wedded happinero or otherwise should be gathered from the 8th b-hatr; husband'cfortune from the Tth Someastrologerc opioe that the well-being or the reverse of the husband can be determined from the 9th bhava. 1lB

9'38

srdrqrRqtr

Adb.)rvl.

tq6li ftrfra ilrrq-rrwq{:tqE:

*fr{rqfrgd q{tqrnodr xmqrqB

gi neume:qfugri srlq *Rkg: I

t,f qnqirqqanfud antailqi q{ u E tl

Sloha 6. Somehold that widowhood is found out through the 8th bhava ; beauty,fame and fortune through the Lagna; the son ttirough the -<th; wedded happiness with the husband through the ?th, asceticismas well at tranquillity of women through the planets the exceeding occupyingthe 9th bhava All else whether due to the bhavasor yogasare the samein regard to both men and women.

grt on?ursilqR ndW:rcr

ilrqTo]ftilrtgftgEEfr srb{ta iqet t q\qt gwraftry l.ToIgiiUmqrRai
qlqaq'fqqrtq {riqilgfr iler g{Tqlftd tl rgtt
Sloku 7. li the Lagnaand the Moon be in an born wilI havethc form and charac' even sign,thc female by teristics of the best of her sex. If they bc aspectcd or associatedwith a benefic planet, she will possess excellentqualities, of steadfast virtue and prospcrous. If the sign occupiedby them be an odd one,she would in be masculine form, fickle'minded, mascutint-in her by be,rringand sinful ; and if they be aspecced or asso' planets,she will be profligate. ciated with malefic NorBs. cf. q-d-fit{r

eEqfRq+il g'q'il nl'qrdl al gf,qqqfAqqr nqge6e{ftet t

sl.8-9

frerils.{ncr

eJ9

qgqeRileei +im ieqtqt gEeqfAGE<r qRqr tfrui tt

If Uotl the ascendant and the Moon are in even signs and be aspecteci bi' benefic planets, the wonran born will bear good sons, Slte will possessan cxcellent husband and be well-ornamented. possess excellent qualities. It the Lagna be very prosperous and and the \Ioon are in odd signs and be aspected by or associated witb malelic planets. she will be masculine in her bearing, insin. c.re, ungovernable and cruel beyond measure to her husbanC; and she will be poor.

ohz\ilqq&* g{sfr ftiqrusiftfi qt* t arii itqgqruftttrrtqfrruqtt g Wqr{ncrfr qHffifi qft{t* n e{fl
ffirfr{gtasq{olElEs tilId R(l tt c tl
Sloht 8. If, in an odd sign, both the Iagne aut{ the Moon b: associacedwith or aspectcdby a benafic planet, the qualities, the aspect,the positio'n, the glit and the intelligenceof the fcmale born will bc of a mix, ed kind; but if, in an cven sign, both the Lrgna and the with or aspected a malefic planet, by Moon be associated of character thc femaleborn, say the wise astrologers, the will be shaped wholly by the influence of the plrnec with or aspecting thc lord of thc even siqn associated under reference.

r silqitCI{SerifutiolFEtr;EgErski: {fr {tqr;qrrd ffi q{g} qref*mseil qi{n\g; il

Sloka 9, When the Lagna is in an odd sign; when the maeculinepianeteptedominatein strength; when the Moon| Mercury and Venu6 are strong and when Saturnhrs ordinary strength;the female born will'fr e deprCralettd lct ,hrrbandcwill be mrny"

940

qrdfcrnnta

Adh.xvl.

srf ffi $qdrq*{g*{Atr trg crtrsrail| frsqrfrfld rqor{atEgRritqrrrctq enfl tt

Sloka 10. When the Lagna is in an even aign, and when lvlars,Mercury, Iupiter and Venus have the greatest strength; the female trorn will ba virtuous and becomewidely celebrated her conspicuous ability for to understandthe intrinsic qualities of all thingr.

firt q.qqtq,tq fietgsh.e*r Gtr

SIFTRRSNnEq{IilRtg qFo{RIil qTq
n a\ \ A \ \

I ntfit{qft*r grM qq\Enilrsnqr

Rreqrmflqo{neruftgwr fr mnftqft n tt rl
Slofrc i1. Wiren Saturnhasbut mediumstrength; when the Moon, Venus and Mercury are weak; and of when the remainingplanetsarepoo$essed realstrength, is born in an odd Lagna will associate the femalethat with many.men. When Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and Venus are strong and when the rising sign is an even one, the woman born will become celebratedfor her koowledge of every science developing ultimately into an expounder of the scriptures.
NorES. T t r r sr l o k a i r f r o r t rR l i l r a t l a t a k e .

n ftiluqq tt
qgaoil fiq.ri qt rrftft qrdtqiftrh
ioqr qrggct{* gqtrd ilfi q diqtq*
gilqRr{{ff {+( | ffitqqqrsqor rT{A

(Mt qRrdtMrqqq qrw{rqlRln lR ll tt

sl. 12-13

qisnlstqrqr

941

Sloka 12. When the Lagna or the Moon, which' is ever of them is stronger, in ;r Rasibelongingto Mars. born in a Trirnsamsa of Mars will be ill' the female behaved she will be a menial or slave if born in a ; Trinsamsa of Saturo ; worthy and virtuous if in that rif lupiter ; depravedif born in that of Mercury ; addict' t:d to a paramour if the Trimsamsa of trirth bc that clf Venus. c/, no4ftell

q+ rM omfrrftaftaia*g *qra

6EIErqriit gfieftr+r qlqrflf,t ?quft| g=q1 {sfr TE{tTqFqqfitn g{tf{',11r qr''rftgqrdlrgil ll nfr aq{dt qgs+Rqr

firftqfrT{rgq:tr tr;qr nfirrti-dirft agnr qr+ it gqI@I fq{Atfiuqr ilaftreqtftstu{t fi"q{ql*,t rq {Ft Ere-qnwf}mfirs.ft
{.thf {q-{nl q$tqftqr{: gfiteFqqffi tt

qiaqs( sqqt{+ ger ot rnfrmrFtri nt{t gr{ff gr.{rgirtt gq,f:q+rt

ftsqef qtur{rsRftt-solwlaErq&ql g{tt g{{s{r q gqil olffiqr qrqil ll tl ll
Slofta 13. In a Lagna owned by Venue, a female born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will b vicioua and quarreleome; she will be chasteand a mother of many children if born in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter; remarried if in that of Saturn ; she will be fond of all the arts, mueic'-vocal and instrumental-if born in a Trimsamsa of Mercury; il the Trimsamsa of her birth be owned

942

ffitrili

Adb")ryL

by Venus, ehe will be fond of wiec nen, a fxlorite of and het husband, liked by people.

ffitsq?{qe frrqqd oi A S{rF{dr

*i qfqu gqq ftqft freqnfrqfff{t rr\ dl* qwtiqrr{wr*ftitqrfrqr rr tB tl

Sloha 14. When the Lagna is a sign owned by 'frimsamsa Mercury, the femalcborn in a of Mars will have sons; if born in a Trimsamsaof Saturn, ehe will be a widow, have her chiidren still born, or of the form of a eunuch; if in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter, she would be chasteand devoted to her husbrnd; if io that of Mercury, she would be virile, famous and handsome ; of if the Trimsamsa birth be that of Venus, she will b: conrpicuousfor her eleg;rntattire, ornamentE, cattle and wealth.

r|adhfivnsqm $rgil glqrfPffit {tdt I

o* qq.Jt rrt qoqfi frurtgeqiq*

qrdr qnfrirEffisur qrtim qftd,ir r

R,{rilrGqq iiffirqrg1ornrranr

frt itr.-quonfr uggili{i{* {rusrn lr tl

Slofto 15, When the Lagna is a srgn owned by the Moon, and the Trimsamsa of birth is owned by Mars, thc femaleborn will be endowed with physical btrength; and if the Moon be aspected by maldic planeu, she will take delight in ministeriog to rbe of ahuEemnts her paramours; if the Trimeamsabe that gf Saturn,she will becomea widow; if tbe samebeloog to Jupiter, she will be short.lived and will have fe,:.,r children ; if of Mercury, she will be skilleC in the arts ;

sr 16-11

ffismr:

943

of if the Trimeamqa birth be that of Venus, she will be lustful.

trgffi

ilfi ffidfutr q $irfi q;Eiu*g:fu{r I *tqe $itsnr ilfir iIr{grTIgun-,ii

ilft {fuft Er{3=.q1qt{t

tftrqit ll qq tl Wr rgfqF({q $qft*{rFEilI

Slola 16. When the Lagna or the Moon happens to be in a sign owned by the Suo,and the Trimsamsa of birth that of Mars, the femaie born will have a mas' culine dicposition. If the Trimsamsabelong to Saturn, she will b: unchasteand unhapPy; if to Jupiter, she will be the beloved of a royal husband and endowed with good qualities ; if the same belong to Mercurv, she would be masculine in her ways and vicious ; and lastly if born in a Trimsamsa of Venus. she will be attachedto an unworthy husband and will suffer from

diseases.

q]*qq t$ilr qtqiir qqqettwrqnt gil{il {ttfr EFH{Fqurs veqwrF{il ll ts ll

Sloha 17. When the risirrgsign is owned by of born in tlre Trimsarrs:r Mars will Jupiter,the female and havea following; shewrll be indigent be renowned of if bprn in the Trimsamsa Saturn; if the Trimsamea of she will have an abundance of birth be Jupiter's, wealth, clothing and ornaments;if she be born in thrt of Mercury, shewiil be vittuous and highly respecAed; children, good if in that of Venus, she will possess clotbingand ornamencs.

{rfi{q .IN qg5igre rnrrtsEr Raqrilrqmfttftgaqttqftn qi(l

944

cnTrqrftrrt

Adh.xvl.

olq<utffidftat gft, ftesorqrugrsr r r<tt qft g+.n

{*ilr $oer gqi{rqf{ilr grar ffsql sd

o};$s.efrrrfis ffio ffi{iquilr qtq n lz tl

Sloku 18. When the riaing sign belongs to Saturn and ie strong, the fcmale born in a Trimsamsa of Mare will be distreesed; if her birth be in a Trimsamsaof Saturn,shc will be dialiked by her husband; if in that of Jupiter, she will strictly adherc to the cuEtoma or of uEage her family ; if in Mercury's, she will know all things but unchaste; if in a Trimgamsaof Venue, she will be barren and profligate; the effectsdue to Trim, ahould be announcedafter correctly weighing the EamEa influenceof the Lagna and the Moon.

srrAtftqqrwffi*m* g+.i itq

ri Eiir$sot qqfrrr*rtftt irRa?r I

wffi{qrilf ftrilqMcry(ilTril ql il'rR ffift qdwq|gffi il tq tl

Slof"a 19. When malefic planets occupy the ?th bhava,the female born wrll become a widow; if the planetsin the ?th bhava be of a mixed sort, ehe will remarry; if there be in the 7th bhava a weak malefic planecaspected a beneficone, the female born will by be put away hy her husband; if Venus and Mars occupy eachother'e Navamsa, the woman will be addictedto other men; if theae two planetsbe associated with the Moon in the 7th bhava, she will associate with other men at the instance of her own husband. Norns.
Tlris sloka is taken fronr Brihat lataka.

st. 20-21

ffissqt{:

*t* arairqiqrrqF'la\ fiwg*t srai {FdTsdI+i (qq. I

fiAi* gr{trt q{F'ITEl}ilqriqfdqaltqqf}a lt
't'aaii'i'+'t [''or Llrefirst PuCu, c/.

tr qnq'\{qqf,:"iia fiqqt fq}' ga'iqi"r.

dftrft 'rt qft eriri{I qqutmqal ufrq r slei q tlwrrlt 5+rl: {t5il gar ll 1" ll
Slohu 2ll, A femalc rs styled wanton when sh" caste loreakeshcr lrusband;rnd resorts to anothelrf her her from lust. A womatt rs said to bc temarriedwhetr' (anew) organo{ gcneratiunbcing unbrokcu,she is takcn aB a wife auother tirnc with tl"c prop(:rmatrimonial

{trn{ onrrkgg* qrrl wd g{ot qrqs}| EsIil *i".it frfrtn-aqrttfrfiqleqiuri Wit llRtll
Sloku 21. When a sign of Srturn or lvlars is the Lagnaanil the Moon or Venus (according as the birth by ie by night or day) aspccted a maleficplanet ctccupies in thc yoga will lead an unchaate it, thc femaleborn life rvith thc mother; when the scttirrg Navamsa be by longsto Mars and is aspected Saturn,she will havc II the Navamsa under reference diseasedwomb ; " belongsto .r l>enefic planet, slrc will havc irandsomc h i p s a n d b c r n u c hl i k e d b y h e r h u s b a n d . 'l'hrs ts IrotttUr,,,-fi'Jl;t;. :,1t-rl,ir
Cf , itcl;hlr(qi

r ites.

ara flqa;q $qwqqFr* {.ltfqldiflI;q{fll qrqt

rit .ld nrstgia zDfiae'irfi{ Uqrgqi{ ll

11t)

946.
lJqmr

drRrrctftill

Adh. xvl.

Fa.Rq dwrt FRa\qrt qw nle guarCI+aea r diah.qqqirnfa*fti e 6nfrft6q'rg{T gxtfr rt grrfi

rlRf+ait

Also

sltrtrlt da*rfrrfiRgt fie{i ;frdrI

FfqTilqrt*oft qfiqg,lr qqft rr

$ q gu*it afriareDqii'rqYf:d r

flil Fr+ $rr {reE{tftt qEfarr

lllother is indicated !y Venus in rray-births and by the Nroorr in night-births (Chapter l1l_l 5 su1tra). f.agna rnust be one of Arres, Scorpio, Cepricorl and Aquarius; Venus or f.he Moon a1 the case may be should occupy the Lagna aud be aspectecl bv a n r a l e f i cp l a n c t ' T h e f e m a l e o w n i n g t h i s n a t i r r t y b e c o m e s imm.r a l a l o n r g i t h t h e r n o t h e r . r f a N a ' a r n s eo f \ I a r s b e w s e t t i n ga ' d be aspectedby Saturn, she suffersfrom diseased organs. tf the Descenda,nt rn a giutaeia (ubhergrahanavamsa) be be cr occupied by be.nefics, the ruler is aspected benefics or in or by Exirr igu. bhamsa), she is loved by her husband. T h e f i r s t q t < ( P a d a )o f t h e s l o k ah a s b e e nr n t c r t r r c t e t l by Bhatt o t p a l a i h u s : " w h e n a s i g n o f S a t u r n o r ' M a r si s t h c Lagnaa.d the Moon and Venus aspected (both of them) by a malefic"lrlanet o c c t r p yi t . " T h i s i s n r - ' ta c c e p t a b l e .

qtarftqcqfririt diqril0 q tRurtn RR tl

Slohu 22, When a weak malefic planer occr_rpies the ?th and is aspecced a beneficone, the femrle co. by cernedwil be pur away by hcr husband (C/. slok.r3O inlra), if the malef planetin the 7th bhava ba depresa, ic ed or in an inimical house,she will be at variancewith her husband. , ., o'kta'1t(4'tr/4t'
c/. m.z-<ifd+r

qo*tsnil qri firqxafrtf{t r

q:q$ilitttt li;{. ugrft q :i*leqfqfRnr rr

sl. 23-24

qtcfirss|rrq:

9'17

sqgl qfiiqt ffi {HqErdRt i{,{trr{fri qquorqir'fiofrig il r qenr+i qwr g-{.tlufi ri'rrqrstrqgft

qrqQ ftgEliqt -.qi\qfl qm qTtrr- fr ll Rl ll

SYcAa?3. If thc Sun occr:pyingthe ?th bhava be by inimical planets,the female born will be aspected cast away ; if Mars occtlpy'r similar poaition' she will become a wtdow ,-rr her husband and herself will becomemutuallv embittered ; when goodand bed planets will remarry; concernad occupythe ?th bhava,the female by an inimical when saturn io the Trh bhavais lspectec planet,she will atcainto a good old ageand yet have her husbandalive.
cf. Uqsqtnn

s.qel rGqr$qa frqqrqrc}s<(lfilftqt qa a;irrqr.itfdhstoq* wi ri;sfa tl

qsq frqq'r}qfdgmr$rfiri q fq'{qtreg ert} 1 qrqtqrfidi{q'{fi q;qit q gifatirnt qlq ll

Also qr{{J{{o{

qEtftri qrfrgttq-qtergn qrq*f

+i qrq'& qt e qiail qrt gffiIftdi q;il(dilo{ft Tri{rikfiqotn gd* t*t ll 18 ll
Stoka 24. \l/hert a malefic sign repr':sentingthe by 7tb bhava is occupied Saturn the femalewill become efflictedwith widowhood. lf Venus and Mars occupy eachother's Rasi or Amsa, she will be a coquetie and addictedto a paramour. (C/. sloka L9, supru.) If the Moon be in the ?th bhava, she will lead a depravedlife

qnr{fi iiodtdi iqnsqrq;q}qffiri{dr I

e4[]

flfl{qrftmre

Adh.xvr.

along with her husband. if the Moon and Venus occupy the lst bhava identical wi,h a sign o.wnedby Saturn or Mars and if a malefic pla.rer be in the 5th bhava,the femaleconcernedwill be barren.
c/ Norps ,tti.,iteq, 11lote{ irr fttpq.

w*=qti ftnrii qwnqmrrrl6q:1

atq nnq q;i gaft qfirr sQ rr q;qr{ii fiare'i} nirrgdn} 4Er I q4l qEfaHr aiii qai qrqergn 1;'.;qr tt
l5\\

i5oTrr{Ti?Irrd ftisr qqiqil gqqqfr iFqr I

\A \ C

q.

^\

gilmTI {nrtTEfl wril i[OT(tdti tTlftNgrtrAil( R\

Sloku 25. When Mars occtrpic-* Navamsabe, a longingto the Rasi of the 7th blravaand is aspected by Saturn,the femaleborn will have the bad luck to be disliked hy the husband. llut when Mars is occupying :.rNavamsaof Vcnris in th,: llasr rcprercntirrg the 7th bhavaand is ,rspectecl ir hr:tr,:f planet, shc rvill be l)y ic rhe favorite of hcr husl)and.

-t\\--\1{A

qq{Ig{Ef]qnr qit geq6qft-qilsrqr qrdfdrqR oqqr gitr{Tr wrRrlvrianr n iq rl

S l o h u 2 b . l f t l r i : M o o n : r r r dV e n u s b c i n ; r s i g n o f Mars identical with rhe L:gira,rlre female born will have an aversionto hcr husband if the Moon and Mer, ; cury be in the position described above she will be , skilled in the discussion rrf the highestrruths; if lvf;rrs lnd Mercury be in the l.agna rdverteclto, she will tre

dqlqrqfi-dqrft lTi{rihtiqrft qftafturt q;(fr sr{F{i{rEsgrr riikg* rirfirdi r

sr. 2?-28

tngttrss|tfqt

949

voluptuous; if thc Moon, Mercury and Venus combine in the Lagna under referen:e, she will posseso every comfort; if Jupiter be in the Lagna aforesaid, she will bear good sons, be intelligent and have ornaments.

{Tqr |t|Fn&il! gq{il G} wfi qT'ilq"d

'rTqlrilolf*iI wtft qrqrrE+ Gluitrqfr q$ q frqqrfartw lTrfhfl ft.t r".r.ft! t}ft deuft qtlt qil tt Retl nfrq

Sloka 27. If the benefic planets in their exalta, be tion, but the 8th bhava containing a maleficplanet be represented a maleficslgn and aspected a malefic by by planetat the sametime, the female born in the yoga will be afflicted with widowhood; when the lord of the I{avamga occupied by the owner of the 8th bhava is also malefic,the woman concerned will without doubt becomea widow; if several benefic planets be in the Sth bhava,the female will die prior to her husbandir, the prime of her life.

qrr{rurri grfrqtr; errtf qrtssqQsr{r

qddrrsgrfreqflqtr fk ffi {nd

r rri1erg;rr S-g'r*qtfr ggaqrfl qti qt n-edqirflngarrur u Efterilqar R4tl

S/o&o 28. When benefrcplanets cccupy the 9th bhava and there is a malef planet rn the 7th or the 8th, ic the femaleborn will live long with her huoband,affluttoc,:r numerous progenyand the accesscries comfort of -ith bhava, and happiness; if malefic planets be in the rh,: woman concerned will havc many children ; if Dhanus or Kataka be th: Lagna in the latter case.she

ilrirscrRilt

xvt. Adh.

will become poor and distressed by bearing manv ohildren to hcr hucband. Nores.
-4t41. c/. -ro4turoliitl (by :1'{a1

lirqFqr+ Rt* qcrqsraseisft I 4T fkd .r{: gagil:qrf,, iiq+rq *{i tt '{g"+furtla{a grfig:qa.Ir .u{,
lra qR(Pada). Accordingrto Mantreswara the eflect of rnale{ics occupying the 4th house is to make the female unchaste. q-dAlic+t Qf. o n^

ga trigifi qqfi Sil ll

*rqrfr.qgtqftxqio* frttr qq{rgm gltrsft.ri Rgqfi {'.ttq ll R\ ll eq\ aHq

Sloka 79. When Vrishabha, Simha, Vrischika or Kaoya is the Lagna and the Moon ie in the 5th bhava, the femaleborn will hlve few sons(C./.sloka43 infra)', if malefic planets occu[]y the 9th placc from the 8th bhava or the 8th from the Lagoa, she will be afflictcd with poverty and sorrow ; when rhe above placesare occupiedby benefic as well as malefic planets,she will be have good arrdevil for her lot; if those places occtt' pied exclusivelyby benefic planets, she rvill be blesscd with prosperity and good fortune, When the lord of the 6th bhava is in the 6th and the lord of the latter is in the Lagna, her death will be caused by a sharr) wea'on' Norns.
gf. nrfora-+quoted in lrRq'

sl. g0-32

frgfrssrtq:

1ul

fiefttq+oqE qei freft qei t

olililsqqTrt)'

s{eqlq.q fiqrdtqrrgttgort qt( tt

wii{:t<qorFffi t

*'qqtwfqfi, q{qrerrtquratt
t qtqt ge'K qaqqqqG+E
$infro' Ftrr 6rst qt< (Pada), uide slr-rlia

ITft$Rltffiqqrq+( il t T(ffir qqftffir ffir fiAt grttRcrlffr,on

llloll

30. lf all the malefic pianets be in the 7th S/r.rAa e bhavafrom the Lagna, the female born will become rrridow; if the planets in the ?th bhava be mixed' the femaleconcernedwill remarry ; if malefic planetsoccu' pying the ?th bhava be weak, shc would be repudiated by her husband.
Nolrs. Vide slaka l') supra.

*wqat{Frd irrrt* giltg+i qfr wtm:'q t $ qR|irflrr{ilftdiqFfrmr{ifiqG atq tt 1? tt

the ?th bhaSloA{r 31. When the Moon occupies va from the Lagna in conlunction with Venus and Marc' at the the [emaleborn will associatc with anothcr man when insranceof her hucband. The eameetfectfollows Navrrmsl owned the Moon occupiesin the ?th bhava a by Saturn or Mars. (Vide sloka L9, snpra')

ftrnqtfu{rdqQsffit
gilffigilfictil ""t

qrn q ilt E{ftqrfrS qq 11

Sloha 37. When planets in the Raeis or Ancas ics and are of Saturn and Mars are aspected by malef

lRnsrr(amt

Adh.xvl.

or the Moon (if the birth be in the night), the female born will abandonthe traditional virtue of her caEte, taking to harleggu companywith her mottrer. in Norns.
T h i s s l o k a s h o u l d b e r e a da l o n g w i t h l l l _ 1 5 s u p r a . , \ c c o r d _ ing to the latter, venns and tl'reil{o,' rc:;pectively play the role of mother during the day and night. Cf. also sloka 21, Eupra.

{tftearrrqtt dni13 wq0 g{wq{{fi wqamdt

Rrisrgqet aqrMft; {Errin l

gqqgilEafr at;erflgrtnrr ft 1t tt qr( il

Slo&a 33. When a Navamsaof Mars occLrpyirrg the ?th placefrom the Lagnais aspected the Sun and by Mercury, the female born will have a diseasedwo nb (C/. sloka 21, sufiro) ; but when rhe Navamsa under belongeto a beneficplanet,the femaleconcern. reference ed will be much liked by her husbandand blessed with children; elseshe will bocome an object of aversionto her husband.

(|6ilrnfli{rrw{rqG gt w{ qi wqqr qI(Q g gqrt gurEdl {rfr igqir n iB ff

Sloho 34. If the malefic ptrn*i, occupying thc ?th bhava be rwo, the female born will be lustfully inclinedand become a widow ; if they be thrce, she will be unchastc and ulrimately do away .with her husband; when a beneiic lli.lrr,:r is in thc ?th bhava.

ilqTffiqftfr q Rqqrflqat wt qffiqrftqli stft $ufl qrqr+qrt I

sr. 36-36

ffisqlrr

963

the femaleconcernedwill become the favourite wife of a king's minister; when there are three such planets in that bhava,she will becomethe queen of a ruler of tbe earth.

q+( srqTftwr t *\ quq,rrrrwil{Fmr tq",i ruilil qFilrErn( ueunt T

ffqrfiilIiq$

qrfr;qirrqfr ftrcr&naqrE.--fr;qesl s il
grdt tr"qlw( FUR ll 1\ ll

Slofta 35. When Venus and Saturn occupy each other's Navamsaor aspect mutually, the femaleborn in the Eth rising Navamsaof Kumbha will be afflicted with too much lust; she will becomea widow when a malefrcplanet occupies the ?th place from the Moon; if the planet in the ?th bhava from the Moon be auspicious, the yoga will $ecureto her sovereign authority (a royal domain).
NOTES.

It will be seen that the 8th Navamsa of Kumbha is Vrishabha Navanrsaand is owneclbv Venus. c/. 'lrtedt

g{rfRd}qft qwqt{FrgF,rl d*sq afh,rrrrlfr qeit I

eitqrqtitqrrqntflr{E:qtqr rdtfii: ilq q geqrEifrfildqF?r ll
Also .ilil{it{(ul

qaT er;fr.q{r}qrqfifRarqff fRdEr qziftr ng}

t;q'{nrFnTrt ftnrn qrit qil*RfirrH;rif\:ll
Also gsqloq

qwqtin {rh il qG qa{tffiqqi<r:i z*flFrlqfHdfR* i{tf\: dtqaqfafiqoq{ts snrf:d nqfi qilFftftqdri.l: 11

dqrqot {ftrgrgt *iqlFEm{il gnqdftdi aTqI

120

rir ffA qft ilx qrdrgtrdhmqtetfrriin uq rr

961

ilC'5trrR!||l

Adh. xvr.

Sloka 36. When the rising sign at the birth of a by femaleie occupieC the Moon and Venus,shewill be and comfort. In every and live in ease rhort,tempered case wherethe Lagua is occupied by the Moon, the female born generally lives in easewith no craving for carnalenjoymentand is amiable.
NorEs' c/. fcqa* quotedin arcrte.

dil{rftilr S,pqqufre.* *6u*

q firqnggdT I

gidar een{aaiq tt gt +orar g*r.nqgfrI

gB

u'rfuilr ff{gqrgtqr sililr$il u{gumfrqrtt le tl

Sloha 37. If a sign owned by Venus orthe Moon be the Lagnaat the birth of a female,she will be amiable for virtues and good looks. If the Lagna belong to Jupiter or Mercury, she will be skilled in fine arts. If Jupiter, lvlercury and Venus occupy the Lagna, the female born will be renowned for the possession of evety feminine excellence.

ffqgfTEtu t qgrnftrrnilotq.dt

fl-{Tqdl i{qq{q*;R{A

ilEfl ggxqi-d gRqfrgtnal w wegq{ffitM q+al fl 1( ll

the S/o&a38. When Jupiteroccupies 5th, the 9th bhavaor is in exaltationat the birth of a or a Kendra female, will be well-behaved,chaste,bearinggood she of she will oono, happy and poseessed excellences; verily bring credit to her own and her husband's families.

wG* q{ft diowlkn q t

sl. 39-40

*cfr${rcr

956

qRg{s6urF{frrfr g.{funr

crdftt {t(lcilrqrdfr: ggr I qgr{ga$6,r qg} {eqi{ a-dfrg{Tflnt {rqfi{ q ftr ll lq ll

Slola 39. If the Lagna at the time of birth of a she by femalebe aspected beneficplaneta, will be skilled modestat all times,handsome, in the arte, pure-minded, bearingworthy sonsand have muchwealth and enjoy' and ment; shewill be highly in favor with her husband become recipientof a thousandblessings' the

q*ffiqqfuf\:gs{ilh'(ftr

snfr{qil ftosrmrqffetrffir

ffiReqntqffit

w{ffit qrfrnt fuil+( ll 8o ll {r,rqTgrqrR

Sloha 40. When the Moon occupiesKataka iden' tical with the ricing sign and when Venuc, Mercury, born will Jupiter an,J the Moon are strong, the female be profoundly learnedin the several sciencesand artt, and renowned for her spiritual influence. When a malefic planet is in the ?th bhava, the female concerned will devote herself to asceticism corresponding to the planete if any in the fth bhava. The yogas enumerated hitfierto are to be considered in connection witb the time of birth and the time of gift of a girl in marriage. Norns.
The readiug fiqe}<q{t is hopelossly corrupt. something likc lft q'qqt Qf. snr+el quoted in inlct' It ought to bc

1t qrffi

T{t qE Qqrrqqft iFq. I

966

qtilFrlnirqtr

Adh. XVI.

qrsqTqrlirfrdqT i?q qtqqq \q tt

ef',fnivgt$, qrilr$qGtfiort rrlat t

d qaqrfiqlsrqi+,nrdgs{rdTq tl
Also see next .,lol;a.

ntsfr iirqrrilErq<T r*sqt gqfrdsd,{h I erqi $ert +tuGqi {EFrsriR;arqrqitsS fiMcq tt

Sloko 41. When a malzfic planet is in the 7th bhava,the woman concernedwill without doubt devote herselfto the asceticismanswering to the planet in the 9th bhava. The yogas mentirrned hitherto become ap, plicable in connection with the time of marriage, the time of selecting girl, the time of her gifr and the time a when a query is maderegardingher. Norss.
This as well as sloka 43 have been taken frorn llrihat Jatalia. Any planet-whether beneficor malefic--will not bring about widowhood but will make the woman born more devoted to her h u s b a n d . S h e w i l l s a c r i f i c eh e r s e l f f o r h i m a c c o r d i n gt r t h e p h i losophical temperamentdenotedby the planet in the 9th house as d e s c r i b e dn A d h : X V . S l . l 5 s u p r a . i A n i m p o r t a n tp r i n c i p l e i s e n u n c i a t e d h e r e . T h e r e r n u s t b e a planet in the 9th*positive Trikona of the zodiac-to give good r e s u l t s a t t h e t i m e o f r n a r r i a g e ,b e t r o t h a l ,e t c . , o r a t t l r e t i r n e o f talk regardingrnarriage. -r{ulT{{

qrt eTrh qtqrnqdtniqa;qi d qrft fi:ea*q r qrilert sInnIAgi,i fioel F{ dfihqa ginEr ll

Also

flr(t{rdl

fr qrfheqirqi qe Aqil qqfA I diq qeFqrrns)fr qqt qq{qtk tl ilil

sl. 42-43

ffistqrq:

967

q;qsrt fiaft a ft=mqiq{il aqt r fi=.q elqi a q.dl*rsrr-t nrqfruefi tt ffiq;giltslu q i*eiqi i{dr ilenI tt diqi h'm gHrt qei arqftuqiq BRtl
Sloh:t 42. Tlre {orcgoinq inquiry in regard to is females applicrblc, is saidby a wisc sagc, the time to as of their birth, the time of thcir marriagc, the time of query and th'- time of going in qucst of them and may leadalso to the revelation of the character of their htrsbands.

rtset filrqil fiqt"{frt

'"a\A\

qat fuil qrntr (aI {q qRsr t

qrui qq}E ttQni

si{ig

wqffiSqrcTgatffi

ll 81 ll

Slohu 43. When the 8th bhrva is occupied by a maleficplanet,the woman conccrnedbecomes widow a and the widowhood will occur at the age(period after marriage) signified by thc ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 8th house; when benefic planets occupythe Znd houseat the sametime, the woman herself will,die before her husband and she will have few children wfen the Moon is in Virgq Scorpio, Taurus or Leo. Norrs.
The period given for eaclt planet in tlre Naisargikayurdaya (vide V-2 supra) system is the period meant here when widowhood
OCCUfSb

Taurus, Leo and Scorpio as the Lagna and a malefic pianet in the 8th bhava and a benefic planet in the Znd bhava, she dres without undergoing widowhood and without issuer

If born with any

one of the signs Virgo,

958

lrtaffia

Adh.xvr.

mFqTfrilfdmg {ftfr qeq$flqftgrrr ft{tr{fr

qeinh F!Iq: Ti Fgqi qiGqq,Tr qth es girg Efimi nqr: qri qsil tt
Al"o w<R-d

qR ffqT@qqfte ftrfttq{Qseqg1r I

qe trqset fuqr fiq-<rRqftiqi{* r E qr{ ds fiiTttirryq aer' nfrffffi, tt

gqgt frftftt qr&q erq ll sru{qi

Also qrcnrr<q

r-qeTdt \qaqereqnQEseq* frftqil qq qtt I nl*drqrtil: er.e{ R u cg:qT*6q qFfr5il.{rqr, qhqraft ileqgtr I rqrfr,ilffi sg {mT*

sdro{+gqA+H
Also q-ir{irtl

gnil {gil q }*q. rr

qi tt"gfr qiiq-uqfi Frc,i dtfr: tt

tl Rqfi qrqnqqr UertsR*,l16Bt
The following additionel information from qi-d11frfir be will found to be useful.

+EqrfiqFqd q ftf,t td: +frri ;FITI( Qerargtq{qt*rqfrdrg-ffi d;f,r ftEr I

lrr'rxlT fiqqrsT{r n ngil srr &}qTT{r ll
(l) eldest brother, (2) mother, Astrologers declare',that t. (3) fathor, and (4) youngest brother respectively of a person will die (soon efter the marriage) if his wife be born under the stars (l) Jyeshta(2) Aslesha (l) tvtmta and (4) Visalrha. Females born under the asterisms Qlitrn' Ardra, Aslesha' Iveshta, Satabhishak, Moola, Srittika and Pushyatwill be barrsa, .will becomewidows

sr 44-46
will be without wealth.

f,risqtq;

e69

ffqtt+tqtl|nl:

n{!\:gFqFr4I{IFlil:

(Fwrgg gqq+45flor *-Ciqrqrflqat t

,rg:ffimft ggffiltil +Eqrqrftsr nfr

f,rqfrtftgq$ql q gdgqtqnaisei tt
If the lorcls,rf (t) the Lagna, (Z) ttre 9th houseand(3) thc sign occupied by the l\loon be associated rvith benefics and are posited in good housesand be of brilliant ravs (be not be eclipsed), the woman concernedwill be held in high esteernby her relatioos. She will do many good deeds,will be very bandsome and be pros' Derous. She witl please her husband, bear good sons and be virtuous in her disposition,the period of this happy life with her husband depending on the strength derived by the 8th house from bcnelics (either by associationor aspect).

cH fr{rt gqTgTrtqffifrt{r gt qsd qwrfr q qfr il o{fd srqi

sffit ilgt gqqgtqgFdqFrrrs ll 88 ll

Erqdr@siRgsl

Slohu 44. When the 8th bhavahas strengthof a or owing to its beingoccupied aspected mixedcharacter aE by auspiciouo well as inauepiciousplanetc, the pair will die at one and the $ame time, say the astrologe$ unanimously. When the lords of the 7th bhava and the Lagnaare together in one bhavaor when the lotd of the ?th bhava is in the Lagnaand the lord of the latter occupies the ?th bhavain conjunction with an planet, the husband and the wife will die auspicioua simultaneously.

refts qqtq m d RqtrmqM

{a{{l(ilqeiiqqTit E{HAI} qRqtsilqis ll B\ ll

960

qRrr5crFqrt

Adh. xvl.

Sloho 45. Wben auspicious planets occupy the 2nd bhava,say the reveredseniors,the femaleconcerned will haveher death ar the time of the ripening of their Dasasand during the Antardasa and Apaharaof the planetoccupyinsthe 8th bhava, its lord or tlre lord of the Navamsa wherein is the lord of the 8th bhava (whicheverof them may have predominant strength).

iqqw?+;i mlqi {r qfut

t{cn{nFTrt $ru{ $G gwwq(gh r $rcrdrtmt t

qgqng(a<it.rrEt qttt il 8E tl qrfr

Sloko. 46. Wl'ren thc krrd of the 3rd bhavalrap, pens to be a male planct of predbminant strength occupyinga malesign idcnticalwitn'the 2nd, a Kcndra or a Kona bhava ;rnd is aspectcd' or in conjunction by with a male planct,the girl born will have a brother deetinedto enjoy much wcaltir and happiness,

trilErurHqor$ilgt FtotT(l qeqilI{rqril

A\

'f of Slofut.17. hc girl at whose birth the lor..Js the Lagna occupy the 5th ird and th: llth L:havas from thc bhavawill havc a brother endowed with thc spirit, the v i r t u e s a n d t h c m a j c s t i cm i e n o f a r u l c r o f m e n .

tit u Be tl lnot't'igoruqirdiT(t sn(iTq.

il srEqfronqrq. tl
qQil Ir,qEqF(( rtitiTo{Fq troTon{d
A \ \A' \ \ \

griqr dlqrqrqtirc\ {ftsi {rrsftqi

qal dr.q"*qfr+rqqfrqiai flr dr ,r\ r

ffErrt{r ffiort* qqUtiiei qqrttFqalll 8c ll

sl. 48-49

ffic.qrr,

e61

Sloka 48. When the ?th bhava is without streugth, unoccupied and aepected not by a benefic but by a malefic planet, the female born will bave a contemptible wretch for her hueband; when Mercury is in the 7th bhava, the husband will be impotent ; if Saturn be a6so' ciated with Mercury in the same bhava,the woman will be barren or loathed by her husband; when a the moveablesign representE 7th bhava, he will alwaya be awaY from home' Nores.
Porhaps the readiug must be xai qlq +mt: (*rar={lgtv). C/, rr.iqld-{ quoted in tinw.

gqtQ gib uel qrqq-(ftilfhil r

n)'qcrar{t} qat flgo* qq( tt q gqqFqgisFt qft: frqsil, ql:q I q;ErTr gffi qrsfrHi q fre qqlfrdi ll qr

est qru{} q ilfr+ qt.titr* | qalqqrsiljo: ftqdreTt qiq tt <tI(

llso 'itd+Iu{q

q* q-qqqflq\qda?df+a friil qrorql: qrqfiigftq\, {Ttq: dlfia, t flm'e qqfrfad arfr* gqq-{q}qfiUq qos} aa] a* dt-fqtvrftrrit aqk q f{rrRqfa:tl q;+ +Tge{isqes<qq{ {i'i'qq(4lqti tl *frseh gur-{taittJ-tfi* qsffitf}aa:

r\lso fEsslil{

qftr qit qrqfr 6rqi {erii#iqrfia}di qd firequtitqftil{'i qrt {T*qr I

{iar{ q;(gi fitFEqqir qiq qE{'rrqt
l1! Lr I

g* qr;nqg: q {fti ?:dsRqdriq ur gdt

962

qrilsqrrtqfi

xvl. Adb.

Sloka 49. Wben the Sun occupiesits own Na' in vamEa the 7th bhava, the female born will havea playful' husband gentleand diverting by his excessive neEE. When the Moon occupiessucha position, she position,the will be h.ppy; when Mars is in the same will be devotedto his wife though playingthe husband gallanttowardsother women; if the planetoccupying its own Navamsa in the Tch bhava be Mercury, the will be learned if Jupiter be in that bhava,the huaband ; will who will haveall his concerned get a spouse female if it be Venus,the hueband will undercontrol; senseg he and be handcome voluptuous;lastly,if it be Saturn, will be an old dolt.

aTFt*eint eq{qaiffiqt T: r ffesril eaiil qiif f,w{{r:qR: ll *tsri eiq|* *} dAA ftdq' qft' r sl"iset eiah de qnlfqarqq(gsl rr qiisFt qirrh eii gqqr{f+Fitfuq: r E*sFt i{r+ d} +qrfrITrnril(gS n qtsrt tql* &} z*irWl ,ria.qR:t qqssqrrfddiSqtelq non tl qt;qItEIS\ gurEr{qrr-.* qrftflIt{{ssil g rnsttls I

Nortss. q,iqrd* quoted in (lacc. ef.

fiRsSret{uirqqri rdtfinfdsqm{ nqrnlt \o ll

is Slota 50. When a female born in a Navamsa to the Rasi of the 7th bhava, her husband belonging possessed excellentqualitiee,and of will be softbodieci, full of assurance.When Saturnin the ?th bhavaoccupier hia own Amsaor Rari, the femaleconcerned will dull weddedto an old and exceedingly huaband. be

st.51-52

{sqif3tqmr

963

(sd qq.Irrnfqir .Iai qilgtiEq e 4qb{T{rqfMkffiErqGl Rett mfi{rai{ffifr qnt*fi qtqr qR qqfgrEqqisfr rqorilttqr*nq tl \t ll
will haver decrepithusband Slola 61. A female when the lorcl of the 9th bhavarnd lupiter happento occupya g:<llct(Dustthana) at her birth; hc will be occupya Tri' tong,titt.Jancl wealthy if the two planets ko-oraKendrabhava.Iftheybeassociatedwiththe will be lord of the 4th bhavaor Mercury, the husband with Mars of a perEon learning; if they be associated o, S",.rrn,he will be an agriculturist; if with Rahuot Ketu, a villain; if with the lord of the 6th bhava, he a will become robbepchi'eftain.

,furr: qffi

{xs r((fro$ qgirqrtftr'sTFil: $q

q-e 6rgurFE(: 6{r(I$rft errrdqiq t ffi Rirfrqgsmqq"dksr qqqnt tt \R ll

Rautqr$ qttqurt

lustful will befair'limbed, Sloha 52. Thehusband occupies the ?th and have fiery eyes when the Sun horoscope;if the Moon be in that bhavain a femrle's bhava the husband o[ the female concernedwitl be and troubledwith voluptuous worthy, spare, handaome, ghe ailmeots if Mars be in the ?th bhava, will have for ; delightingin a her apouse, man humble in appe:'rance, crueliy, rudolent,with a ready tongue and of a ruddy hue; if Mercury occupy the bhava in question, the hurband will be a man of taste, amply endowed with gualities. learning,wealth and excellent

e64

qnriFTrfuilt

Adh.xu.

fiqt5ffiqrRrEr nTffq ild gtf {rd ffifrdfuqgtr urat uRr qqrqfrr I

qA r{ut{trsftrrcgrqr{tqfrrfiqt
n* ErfrfUfr fW qk*flqlsrn

ir$qs\Q

Slohu 5:J. If the plarer occupying the ?th bhava be Jupiter, the husbandof the femaleconcernedwill be a peraonblessedwith long life, with wealth and power equalto a king's,and lustful in his youth ; if Venuo, he will be lovely, ever playful and diverting and gifted with the highestpoeticalfaculcy; if Saturn, hc will be old, infirm and wicked; and lastly if Rahu or Ketu be in the ?th bha'.ra, the hueband of the femaleconcerned will be a low, evil,mindedwretch or somesuch person,

geret Rt{tMt*{ufiwgwrr fritat

t aritqqqre* fiqrdi frqlf'qmatq-cr r

gifiweds w*qtatagrnrgar: stit d urqqftr ilgo raqmsr&ffi{rttull tq-crqffit qrffiqrRqrt rft diaEqairq{il
dtqr(il.qrrT:qt{l tl
S/oArr54. In thie chapter on FemaleHoroscopy, we have given accurately with reference to hucbands the sameinformation which we gave while treating of men's horoscoperegarding wives such as the regions from which they may come,their status,the frrotection of their virtuc and the quaiities evincedin their acts. The numberof childre will correspond tire number n to of Navamsas attainedby the powerful amonqthe planets c;ccupying the ?rh bhavaor its Amsa. The lord of that bhavawhen occupying a Kendra will producc m':cl: jubilation on marriageand otb.crfestal occagions.

Thur endr&c.

qrfrfiqtftilra egq{frsdlrTlr:
il sl${t$,Etl[ttffi3
Adtryaya XVII.
KetacnnxRADASA. The (qtuqm) kalacbakra'system of ayurdaya rsferred to elrady in Adhyaya 5, stoka 33, is based on the Moou's position in a ;fqFfqr{ or quarter of an asterism. For the purposes of this ayur' daya, the 27 stars from Aswini to Revati are classified into nine groups of three eacb, the five odd groups or triads beircg' strled ttq (Savya) or aRtol (Dakshina) and the four even ones ae slrrflal' (Apasavya) nq (Vama) or iIfi (Uttala). The peculiaritv of a n{ (Savya) triad !s that its l2 padas (qta) are assigned to the l2 Rasis from Mesha onwards. [n an l,r{e{ (Apasa''ya) triad, the t2 padas belong to the I 2 Rasis reckoned in a reverse order from

ll

zia6 gou*'
qq (Savya) The 12 Naksbatra'lradas (a{Tqa) whether of a or of an 3{qA-C (Apasavyal triad can be brought under the four triangular signs according to the Rasis to which they are severally assigoed. Iu accordance with this classification,four kinds of c{qER (paramayus) or maximum life will be shown to result. (Yide sroka l2). (Kalachakra nakshatrapadayus) iu its Each qnqrqfi-qqaqt<l1rr. nine rnahadasas ( qcKal ) presided ovgr eotire length comprises by nine Rasis aod their lords. The orCer in which the saveral is Naksbatra padas got each its nine rnahd.dasas indicated in the (Savya) and qcsq (Apasavya) rnnemonic formulas for the w4 cbakras respectively. These formulas are expressod by couvcs' tional letters qaqqft (Katapayadi) referred to already in page 696. Two additional letters S aail Ft used in the formulas denote the numbers I I and l2 respoctively

965

966

rRrrwacR

Adh. xvII,

The following hints may give a clue to ths law govorning tho essignment of the rnRhqrlagss to.the sovoral Naksbatra padas. In I (qqfi (Savya cbakra) tbe mahadasas begin from Mesha onwards to Meena and thence they pass on to Vrischika and go in a rcvcrse order up to Dhauus and thence revert to Mesha and cad is Mccna. 'Thus wc have bad 3 cycles reprcsentiug 36 mabadrsss for the first four Rasyamsas ( <r+it ) or the first nakshatre of a triad. Thc 4th cycle begins with Vrischika and passing on in a reverse ordcr ends in Dhanus. The 5th cycle ruus from Mesha to Meena ; thc 6th from Vrischika backward to Dbaous, These three cycles' give the kalachakra dasas to the four nakshatra padascomprising the sccond star of a $;q (Savya) triad. The 7th' 8th, and 9th cycles are identical with the lstr 2nd and 3rd cycles-respectively -that the four padas of the 3rd star of a tfat Thus it will be seen (S*wa) triad have the same mahadasasas those of the first. Tbore are uine cycles also corresponding to the twelve padas of an s{cEq(.\pasavya) triad, but with this difference. The cycles in this cbakra run in an order exactly the opposite of what obtains in the Sdzfqfi (Savya chakra!. The first cycle begins with Dha' nus aud ends with Vrischika. The second runs from Meena to Mcsha in tbe reverse order. The third passes from Dhaous to Vriscbika identically with the lst. These three cycles assign tbe mabadasato the first four padas comprising the first oakshatra of an r|{q6q (Apasavya) triad. The 4th and the 6th cycles are idcttical with the 2od, i, e., from Meena in a reverse ordcr to Mcsha while the 5th is with the lst or the 3rdr i. 8., from Dhanus of to Vrischika. These three enable us to find the mahadasas the star of an qqat (Apasevya) middle four padas forming tbe second triad. It is a peculiarity of the agqpq*q5 {Apasevva chakrr) that tbe hst four padas bave the same mehadasas as the middle ones; tbat is thc 7th, 8th and 9th cycles eortespond to thr 4th' 5th and 6tb rcopoctivety in an arqq6{qfr (Apasavya chakral' For tbe lengths of the rnahadasa periods of the several Rasis and their lords, thr reader is reierred to stolra 6.

sr.1-3

ffilktcr

96?

that thc iraximum length of the life of any person whether born in the beginning, middle or eud of a qETTqK (nakshatra pada) should not exceed the length of the nine mahadasas (for that pada) reckoned from that at birth. For a knowledge of the terms,fu (OeUa), jils (Jeeva), cuEF{IR (lvlandukagati), c{.{rft (Markatagati), (Simbavalokua), iMrr the reader should refer to slokas gg_.g2. In connection with the 16grn5 qoEfirrfil (Mand"La gati) and rtaqfr (Markata gati), it will be interesting to note that in a Hqa;6 (Savya chakra), the trvo movements take place from Kanya to Kataka and Simba to Mi. thuna rospectively, while in an aTq-o{qrf,(Apasavya chakra) they are invariably from Kataka to Kanya and Mithuna to Simha and these occur only in the cycles which run from vrischika to Dhanus and tice acraa. A reason for this wiil appear wheu we remember that it is only by such an arrangement the order of planets iu both the cycles can be made identical.

{otrqq(||rfl;i fu* q{qFR'rr{ t ffiq{qwdtglqfu{urils{u t tl rrqrutq?R{qt* r{qlCIr r

ilarqilrrfrt nnuqot Tfr [ t tl mi

SlokasL-2. Bowing to Siva,the aupreme aoul,the prime cau6e all things, standing the centre of ttre of in planetary syEtems and comprehending his onoi, in rciencethe 64 branchesof knowledge, the all-benign goddesa Parvariaeked rharEupreme Ruler of all GodaL follows : " Tell me,oh lord, in detail the entire courlc of the wheel ol time irrarq$ (Kalachakra)."

lfi snq I

qtqGectrslt q;i iqt tqqqrt I *diq frqH?strt((.|tq(qnf,{I[ illtr

e66
'- -------* t - t -

ffi

Adh' XVU

ffilFq: qrR; gs:

I

9T0

ttcffint

Adh. xVlI.

----_t-T -'d;-l;|".F: F?!! tsd

V j

F, hs
(n c.I

I*' i

*, lI**_'j};* ,iH;*,_ ,3 )lhirn*o,i

t-ll^
tt----l_______,t.-t_._______

I_ r
I

*'

tol 4lsm<errn-';F=lFo"_ l _rolsr{n?-l----l L___ .-1-=-

roin'- sl

wn rEb

,"8 I ':v
Fi

,io,oi+'- 6 rlotl,nrtl.og.- ' l*'l- l - - - l - l - . _ - i i*uno- slm<a- 5lo-as'cql-. *'

| | ge: lqlssqq'<' F*uI t--.-_L---+------.-rI

ro

6 zleeiitsl'rol6"-ns"zlu"ru*-tol+artr- s
--.-1-'

I I 1 roiit-. .: rrln'rluut' 4lc+taf ilta{t- lc lnuwra' li"n.- tolginrra* I

t-_-,-,-t_----l-I | | l-

s llq2lqrltrl^ I ln lrs: tolal5u- zl*e{"- lc f.dr{cE:i iag"-"u- rlrvuuml-it( 5lcr4lmllctI I l,i,slr+aa- ztla<nu- t lr'tr+m:srw: im=qo- sifir."RI ttt--_-t-.1--l

I I la-uwr:I rt

rll | gir7i(sftle' zlo"'gn- l6\*-+r1tlog+'- lo,zia-+gs-

GEErrSsrflrr

e7t

q-

tq-g.r-

zlrrlqttl** sloolzlf"gn-rolag"*-si,nr<asj+z+a-<zrl-

gwmt2,ql6ils-6;rt"
I

ET

,ll: "1*
l1

ft-4

brtI

_t-

gift<ft

ttlr!fi-rgt-

L2,c10rts+-q-

j--.1 ",*]

I z[ts'frrtollDrma- 2fr"<'g{- I

ti*ST- t6ldqtqr;r-l qt.<qrfi-

olq*

-t.

siftr<f*-

;tr-

tzlotoprrwrol$qn?-

972
Easwara saidSloha 3. ' I

ilRtT'|lRilI

xvl[. Adh.

am of the nature of the Sun eod thou art declared to be the Moon. The whole universe coneistingof mobile and immobile things is brought about by the conjunction and opposition (separation) of the Sun and the Moon.

q{fl*rrftrderqfqt frSffimilltlrutf I xrmlil eK{ afrrqrmcirRqrqrftrWcfls ll

Sloka 4. Draw five straight lines from weEt to eastand five cross"wisein such a manner that the inte, rior four squaresare left vacant (are not representedin the chakra). The reeultingtwelve squaresarethe twelve celegtial signs Mesha and others, the lords of the east and other pointa of the compass.

firail{lTffi

l l

Filurffig

qqFeq?il tt \ tl nfrrnqrtu,tuqt*ft

Sloha 6. Wise mensay that Mars, Venuo,Mer, cury, the Moon, the Sun,Mercury,Venus,Mars, Jupiter, the $aturnand Jupiterare respectively lords of Saturn, the signs from Meshaonwards and also of their
am$aE.

I aEftnqtr{rdqqs {te,f?r{EFmnr qglt-+ rrrrccEr qrffi Eqr(ll q lt ttffi

S|oha 6. 6, 21, 7, 9, 10, 16 and 4 are the yearo respectively of the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun. The yearo of the signs correopond to the yearEof their lorda.

lsg?q(qc5risnGs r

d{Tr{ qqHqnnER.qsi *[ tt s tt

8r.7-11

q(I{*ssrq:

vt3

mdqqi{Rd.q{rftg \S q r

dqsr{ Ef\flEftit qurlqw6rm!ll c ll

SJaftas 7-8. In the 5 triads of stars beginning Mula and Hasta, reopectively with Aswini, Punarvasu, quarters from \{ecba in reckonthe Purvaprorhtapada, four triads com' (Pradakshina) order. ln tl're the cd*ut with Rohini, Maktra, Visrkha, and S'ravana, mencing from Vrischika in the sull6o (Apreckonthe quarters pradakehina) order.

Slokas 9-10. The qx (chakra) consisting of a qftq (Dakshina) triad of stars should be cast in the cfiq (Pradakohina)order from Mesha to Meena among the 12 Rasis to which the Navamsas composing the triad belong. Again, the 12 quarters of the triad called lm (Utara) (in contrast with qf*qr (Dakshina) of the previous sloka) are to be assigned to the 12 Rasis in the slrqftq (Appradakehina) order from Vriscbika to Dhanuo. Thuc, qftq (Dakshina) and Ytt (Uttara) have to be apprehendedas distinct each from the other.

q*i qEiMrfs {}ard ii;q*.gar ll q ll gtKrxqreil{ gt}rfirqqcthorq r 6Gnqrqri(**qftrt {rd6t qiQrira tt t " ll

I erq{tqrs{rP{g EQtorrfrffiqt

qTiffi fu$ ffrq r qEqrqwqqrftr ffi qrqiiqatilt fft {torilll tt l}

Stoto 11. Thus, the triadu of stars reckonedfiom Aswini are to be distinguishedas qftq (Dakshina)aod sw (Uttara) just as their padasare reckoned in the sqftq (Pradakshina) rrglhq (Appradakehina) or order

974

rril'5qrfud

Adh.xvII.

of Raois. In the q:c (Savya)triad the reckoningbegins with it (Deha). In the qq6q(Apasavya)triad it beginewith ** (Jeeva).

hq@qtqqeqtl iln*f qflEffi(r $qr( ilT s'iurr{is eeE( il t R tl

Sloha 17. In the rftr (Amaas) i. e. quarrersof the repreeentingthe housesMesha, Vrishabha, nakshatras Mithuna and Kataka,the greatest life is declared to result,beingmeasured respectively the numbers by 100, 85, 83 and86. The same holds good in respectto the Trikona Rasisof the four foregoing.

q+ q nrqiqrc rnm*qt u tl tl k
fi{s do-fiMqril frsrqqqsaqqt
Slolas 13and t3l. There.canthus be a thorough knowledge the ageof a person when what are called of are previously settled. Io |6 (Deha) and sfra(Jeeva) (Savyachakra) the first division of every ihg f,cqqs Rari is called|6 (Deha) and the last is termed dr (Jeeva). In the q$rtqrx (Apasavya chakra) this is reversed.

qfirg3qitildiafrfr {s'arqq I

eil ilRr{ q+EgR tqr rrdt r

*'gft* ftr fueru tB tl kdt Tfl {rss

Slohas 13+-14+. When Rahu, Ketu,Maro,or the Sun happen be in the conjuncrion of tr (Deha) and to ilr (Jeeva),there will be deathin conoequence thereol. If they happento be in tc (Deha) alone, disease setc in. Cy. ntrrrr

tt*qnqrfril*n,srRqrfift: r

Sl. 16-17

dEd$ttrcr

9?6

ffit

qu qgil+Onr iilt tl

qr Fqlig fl** fqdtrlflqftc; 1

ce n$qtfrt dq{rqu da. rr *q,itt k+t rTQTqril E Euq: I rt{q: tl epqi sfrtrqrlq eqil qTx dti ff+ T{rng: n}ft{m} ftqd:I .P' g<lanfifr tt ?gfirqft arFn wqr

{frrfr **q qrd{rlt t\ tt Nrq.Jii qrds

g*qffit q{ fistqPffi{dq I iqaftqdg* ii,ri 'fi'oqqgrn(ll qq ll
Slolas 14]-16. When Mercury, Jupiterand VenuEgo to a house which representstt (Deha) or sfic and (Jeeva), then everything tendsto happinebo prorperity and there is an end of sorrow and sicknesc. When the tt (Deha) or the *q (Jeeva) house ic by occupied a mixture cf good and bad planetc, the effectwould be of a mixed nature.
Norrs' Parasara adds:

dti dt+ qil tlq: *oit dtq' Ra' ftqa' t

ll nET rg{Fntqyufta{FT{ frc"q

qtrguqti+ {qqrG qte. gE t

fi g.{ffi

g'f grfr*eurfrt itt gr rtq tt

tl s1ErflGffiit(

qrqfrqenrqli q g'e* r tqfi+

manffi

qoq.{rrftdqt t

qqqigq'{ftq qrqiffiuF,qt lt ls u

e76

qrilrdt!f,

Adhxvrr

Bloha L7. At the time tfere ic a lHra gimhavalokana, backward glance a lion, aidc infra cloka of 89-91)or a rcqqqft (Mandukagati,a frogleap)happens, there ic danger of untimely death from which one ic released an expiation. by af. 'm{t

q"{+ g g.{r6qrfqfr*} rTQqqq. q I

Tfoi rrrtq qqq r{fi ll

ir{nql: m+}qrt rr6+gftrrttr{.tt f{<tsftgi qTtfaqi ;qrftrliqEq, r nznrs qA q*,,ffiR d rr M frErgIffi frqrnqr*,iqt gq:rr
\e o qrftr( u*tr trt qr{t;5{qgft! n td tl

dtnsTkt qrt -qt .nfr fqfu{ r

fiRTrqt qrsR *$t ffreirfqgisR q I qrg+qfafiflr medrlqmnqq t rr qrsfr i\ &q q r qlt ffi g r&+ q fkrqdsi iq ar{i st ota. rr ftaffiqri q qp-qfiqfrtiqq, r efirgqfut qrqfhnHlilqrd tl

{iry EfIt qrtaqtr*fr ttrnq r

Sloic 18. When there is a transit from Meena to Vrischika, fever attacksthe personsconcerned. When there is a paosage from Kanya to Kataka, the death taker place of one'gmother, relation or wife.

qab*gdft{e( tq tl ftttEfu qril tf

ifiRrnr qrt eurfrti at taql t

SJofta19. When there is wiae irtroto $inha (after a qqssd - Mandukapluti), a wound' iog* .t o,tld predict a iir.".t due to an ulcer or from Simhato Mithuna' there When there is a passage or will be diseaee deathof one'sown wi[e'

""""" "31 t]3::,". "-""".""""9, """"-""" a panage from Kaaka

G g1r;gfrR?rrtlqt"t{ glr t

g{ft"fuqqti qIqqESqq{ ll 1o ll

Dhanus Sloka ZO. When the transit ir from relative is to to Mesba, the death of a son or other such When an auspicious planet occupiet L. "ppr"t "nded. when it has the houre of trangit, there is no risk; but a malefic planet, there is danger'

to Stoka 71. When there ig a transit from Kanya great during the becomes Ketakathe personconcerned portion of it, and goesupona happytrip towardo ;;;;; the north.

irFtrns6& qfr r{qrt Tfft u+( t ll wd Matiq g{qrrf qFr"qR lt ll

to Sloka 22. When there i$ a transit from Simtra M it hu n a , t h e f o r me rp o rti o n th e re o fsh ouldbeshunn ; of at as inauspicious the commencementan undertaking will be auspicious' but :r trip then in the southwest

fr{tg M qrt K{qI'iRs*nqt rrffi ll 11 ll srqtit c t*-si gqnrt

sffiilfttrrffi{t{r6{l

qi( qqr(rrrqd tt 11 ll dW,ttfq{q|flat4

Stoha. 73 When tbere is a transit from Kataka of to $imha in a qq (savya) movement, there is failure one's business and sickness comes in its wake ; and 123

ftrwftufr

Adh.xvll

, in plain Englioh, there is a paEsag from Simha towards Vrishrba through Mithuna,

qrqrit qriqrrr6qrft+gftfu',, tl 18
Sloha 24. When there is a passage from Meena to Vrischika, i. e. in the northern direction, croubledigappearo. When the transit is from Dhanus to Mesha, the parcage risky ; disease ancl cleathof a relaticin is may occur.

qt{tTIf{* rri scrqqn ttifeqI

gqlte WCiftrq{iqffi'rt Eurrq. R\ tl n

Sloka 25. When thi-. passageis reversed, i. e, from Mesha to Dhanus there is prosperity, marriage and other euch auspicious evenc When the house lf transit io occupied by a bencfic pranet. there will be royal favor leadingto every kind of prosperrr.r.

dr {qfaqnG g{ qEfrqfq\ |

.ir*qrarmr{ t& hqrqltqrq{rild}qqr{t | qr*m kffit ?gd *,t qutqrqh ffirq rr

Sloha 26. ln the caseof the qr (Chakra) lrlong ilg to Mesha, Dhanus and Simha, the lor,J of rhe ia (Deha) is Mars and the lorcl of fia (Jeeva) is Jupitel. In the caseof the sa (Chakra) belonqingto Vrishabha, Kanya and Makara, the lorcJ rhc il fb.hr) of is Saturn and that of *e (Jeeva) is Mercury. This holda good for sscqrr ($avya chakra). This is to he taken in reverse orcier for the $Tq6q-.t5 (Apasavya chakra). Compare followin, Tr"#1r, the
unknown).

astrological worl< tna're

sI.26

qrE*sr+rr{:
il (r3{rls il

9T9

*qe q qd tfr trsffq:q+lffin: t : ulrg*-ii-e&*'qurqtcTfb,{ tI q$q qEii tq] ftgi frq e=qhr q-* u* g*fro*-6*gqrwrr tl figqs z,ittt' q{ fiq: qft1ffia: t gsq-s] sdd s$l}d ustq, tt t odqq e'i qd frii frq, q-*1ff,c'
qgf,rq) gd-q} gQKqIll Q;a&flr

ffrredh* tt fril fiq sd=qit ,*qg*Eietfr'ugtqqF{q:ll

trqrqr:m{r tq: q,i dtq{fi wa: t

** ws* gngva<r&fr*qry, tt
6]66rqr: e,i iq: ffqr frq qt]=qt r

gft ftfr gv, rt g{q* gp,fi.* I t&rc solt q id fiii ss:Fit:

g=e&nt ftd\ ,l}di gtfi"q] gr: Fn:ll qrq<tq,il tq, srq eri q1q Fd:I qfa .rlrgfiga=e'fielrqq.q1-qqfhq, II r{6(s qd qd figii frq s=qf r q-{ gt: ga: gmi gWgqrtoqr tt s.qt r te] *qe Eq*it ngi\ q1q gfi* qgi{q, tt gnEtii\gQ&-.] ftae g e.i fri te: mdaq: ffiq: q-{A$ Wfir} $fi-a} g,il tl

980

fiiltFwnqrt I d{srqr* [

Adh.xvil.

qf{*e qg{q} }q: 6fo61 Fir: I

gw.* Ua'frtfr 1frrqf*'u*t' ru: u

*fr*rq' e,i iq, m-qr {i rga' 1 {q q.* fi-q"rrEniisur u*1gffior: rl Fqr{n: fiqfiTfre, 5rtra.q $(: I ili frffiqgxr: gae*\ $rrfi dqrtl ftaq {fbfr ad fi+ ffq gft F}rr:I
unq* .T{' *tq' qq.g-alrr{: gsl: ll

gfrre -sdid ftit *q {ft rqd' r $i-* gofiq'gsd"+ {ft: ffi ,, flgae q,i *+ sqfrt( s;qt t
*Fq1TqrqqlftFt;qqr rugqrtt1 tqer qmtlki fqgq ffq g'qt r tl ffi"Sdgnngerr<diq{r' I iq c eq t* qu{q: q-+tHn: gqkRilil"qrtf yg*'uRat: g;q: tl

I ftqe q qd ff+ t(, +fo+:Fa: ga,i'* gtfiepd'qr di: nrft tt

$q g sqi E* ftgi) *q e'qt t ft'qTqngtfr q-Elfrq: gq: :rfi: lt qstq eq tl figq frq s"qf t 11 fiqftgt{sltgtqqtfi*rtr: qTqe qq {qt N t( {fr rsd' t d qq: sq: tt gElqfiffiq-qfr'<t

sL q?-30

lfFEdsEqrq!

981

t s$ tfr grqtlri rrffdt*i gtqrqrung*tlqrr wi qh *f*dters{ttt{ nffi ffir {|i\ dt-qr

ll

(Savyachakra),the lotd of Sloha 2'1. ln the 6tTcs dfa Jeevais Mer' k (Deha) is Venus and the lord of to cury in the caEe of the ?s (Chrkra) belonging ct to Miitr,tn",'fhula and Kumbha' With resPect the by Kataka, Vrischika and Meena' the iAh;k;;i;ned iord, of dta lJeeva) and Q6(Deha) are respectively Jupiterand the Moon.

ifiwqrtrfl{rfttRtrFrfqtt
qffifr

qtoiqu*it a {wt ll qc lt

the Sun and Rahu Stoha 28. When Mara,Saturn, death is occupy tt (Deha)and sftq(Jeeva)separately' when to b.-f.rr.d' Of this there can be no doubt severalof them occupytheseplaces'

tard qatri flqgfri q(frq{ |

ilrqt t*rrqliur ;qt ilr tqqr ll 1q ll

Sloku 29. The planet occupying the ta (Deha) producesa dangerous;nalady while the one occupying tf both the tt ih. ,tru (Jeeva) brings on great riak' unu(Jeeva)bc occupied by the malefic pla' (Deha) "nd netsnamed(intheprevioussloka),then'undoubtedl a becomec victim' the personconcerned

qtEffi q+rflrqlqruqfrftft t
qgtt{Rtrqqrffiffi ll 1o lt

qt Slofta 30, With two malefic planets in the (Deha)or frq (Jeeva) there will be growing diseae; or with ihree of rhem,there oughtto besudden untime deathretc in. ly death. when all the four are preaent,

982

qmwrfrcril

Adh. XVII.

sloaa 31. If ?a (Deha) and sfis (Jeeva) be simul_ taneouell occupied.by a malefic planet, there is danger to be leared from the king, robb"., o, other such aqency, but if they be simultaneously occupied by two malefic planers, dearh will undotrbtedly happen.

C{Gafif, a qrqrtsfrirQn I et+qt dnqrn l? rr tisf

Slokas 32-33. Damageby fire will resulr when the Sun ir in such a maleficposition. The Moon in the game position will cause injury by conflagrrrion. will bring on hurt inflicted by a deadly Y"rr i""pon Mercury will producetroLrble due to flatul.rr.", J";;;;, in such an inauspicious position will cause trolUi. in the ctomach. Ventrs will bring on risk by f ire; Saturn produces olic; Rahu gives birth tc c a i l m e n t sd u e t o venomousbites.

d wtq iiln arq nii ffi

qft-qrqr fa{rq;} qaFHFtir{ tfr | qli {rquil ftq {ruiilqqili rt-ir rt st gft qtqFn wq g*sftqqn1ry( |

Fn{ n tt tl

qTqstsftih& gsuffs{r( 1 g{+ iE tl

\a

f.t't qwrerFi diq{ flqgisrTin I

q-c] ireilGFqrrfr rq*runftq! il 18 tt wilseqrJ{qn: tfr Rlnqaqar t gril {Twrrrr*e} qr{iqf{Tilfrrrtsu l\ tl {,

HrilqrirldTdtEi Enqr;tqtts $crsI

Sloha 34-1J6. .lupirer in rhe Brd house. Mars in

sr. 37-38

gsqqtsqrqt

983

the ?th, Saturn i' the natal star, Rahu in the 9th house, the Moon in the :th, the Sun in the l2th, Mercury in the 7th and Vcnus in an inimical hotrse are eaehof them c{qten;T (Maranastthana) or death occasioners. When the planetwhicir is ihus cermedTT{orrqH (Maranastthana) in conjunctior)with a malefic is pla.et or aspect, ed by one such or occupies an inimical or clepressicrn houseor ie destitute of strength, the person concerned comesto grief.

rrtafrqqoq tl
qEt sirft fiiiqrqficiqni
eili{eqflfiqnqiftqwgfr q r

qErftE;gwui swrf*ilrJ{ lt ls tl
Sl,,ku i7. The Sun, whcrr in ie (Deha) or cft-d (Jeeva)causcsadversities of various sorts, loss of weaitit, disease, frrVsr, r isk f rom enemies, loss of one.s placc,biliotrs affcctiorrs, sPlcen, diarrhoca, ct_lrrsumption, ,r.rr, tlisc,r.-*c thc rlg,lsll ol catcle.rrrd l.:inclrerj the of and loss of brother or cithel Jt-arrclation-

q;fr3qq;Tsna{sqq;qfrrftqRrrqqqqg R{trcrTqsqq I qriig{ {gTgoftiiri( rai* Hdi qggtqngd qftii lt lc tl

':.1,.h 38. . The Moon leads to association with one'sown kith and kin culminating in the acquisition c.i u virgin girl as ;t helpmatc; to healtlr, ornamentt, luxuri...xrs apparel and respect in the land ; to acts of

984

(ft[ffi{A

Adb. xvil.

gift and to the propitiation of Gode and Brahmins at and meals. bathsin holy waters; to soft rePo$e pleasant

Sur6tr6 firilqwrB+(-

Sft crquot qrdrfril{t{ t

geqrtt$Efrq{rqq Ssftr ll lq fl
Stoha 39. Mars in a bad position, produces inflammationof the body, diseaseand dread of fire and robbers,quarrel with kindred, death of a brother or other dear relation, loss of land and treasure, falling off in rank, policy leading to war, colic, piles, leprosy, dangerfrom venomousreptiles and foemen.

cqwgfurtd ittqfri uqq q I

MlqrqqkftEqqifr qtaqr ll 8o ll

Sloka 40, Fever, amall,pox, biliousness, knotty tumour, dangerfrom venomous reptilee, fire, wcapons, robbers, foes and thc king should a wiae astrologer predict in addition, with rcspectto Mars.

drqr {frfr gEilflqtqw{frvtarffitqqrrrqrnqfiqtt

*FqntqWrqlq-qrq-

urii fitdqrgfu*fWq( il Bqrl

SloAa 41. Mercury secures favor of benevolenc, the knowledge of worldly a{fairs, good trusty great men, a an manoers, insight into Vedas,phrlosophy and science; the acquisition of wonen, progeny, wives, royal orna' ments, kine, elepharrtsand horseg; thc irrcrcaEc of diecernment,wealth, intellect and fame.

sL 48-44
------v----. - -'----'---'--

qislFlr

9E5

gcqwrtilwntidrgl orrr qrtrrdittftcri q qtqurq ll 81,ll

Stoka 42. Jupiter leadsto the many joys of afflu' the ence, eminent rank, coronation in the kingdom, of a esteem of kings and similar honors ; blessings wealth, health' family life, ornaments, abundant food, fame, victory and beneficence'

qiqrrtfr Aft'{rrlgdqedi rqriiihrqftquKqarq{ |

g$: $tfr tfrorqgs*rgiilAind-fir{qgEqrTtrcilCI{|

ftffiwtg*r{qNr{ll

BQlt

the Stoka 43. Venus secures sexual delight and societyof{inewomen;thepleasures'ofpictorialart' precious fine aiparel, wealth, cattle, vehiclee, gemsand magni' ,rorr., ; musical concerts'dancing parties,lordly with ficence,good fame,great liberality and association the virtuous.

q;<r $tR q-ct egUeqggq;Eqffiqitft gqsq'i ilvtitl t

qHrfftqnrqrqsors{ll nr{ ualriufrqrftrqtiiinqr{ 88 ll

Slohtt 44. Saturn brings about quarrels, ;'ir;sical pain, death,affliction of rclativcs ; dreadof firc' er:*micg ind ghosts, trouble from venomous reptilcs, Ioss ot hon&, of wcalth, clf self respect; of wife, o{ children, of homrcomforts, of agriculture,of trade and of cattle. LZ4

eE6
- *\ \. ^ ^

ftr6'{rftqt

Adh.XVII

q;gssqF}rqq 1r{rEasi$nqriTrT I qqqrilrRfrei' ilq{tit dTnq 1 B\ tl q

Sloka 45. An astrologer may predict that when Rahu occupiesia (Deha), the people concerned suffer annoyance from enemies, see their relations in trouble, have to take to a wandering life, are afflicted with palsy and have to fear dangerfrom their king.

Erii?i*;$il{t q ailiqr{i qruq{ n Bq tl

Sloha 4G. \l/hen Ketu occupies (Deha),rrou, ta ble cropsup from thievcs, fire and bieeding, iorr"rry, lossof relations,loss.f prace arrdr,ss of wearth arso res u lt .

umfiffi{tqrfrruqr+rfcdieaq r

\i\a

lt {fr iatrmil{ rr
fl eted q!fi'EflT$"cTqll
oETqi[E{tFFrb iarip'i Tr(g{{q I dritqyorcr-'qr?ig(il$qrrqftq Bs fl || gqti gli sri srqdqoq;qqr I ilenTrq{qrg* glTg* gqriqu{ il Bc tl eqrcgfhdq{tq nqi}qt i fiomxqrt C TrGrrrli ?q1qaqfr Bq tl

S{ilrGani q iqe iqqud qtq n \o tl

Slokas +7-SO. Ac the time the qrrqatr (Chakra_ riasa)of the Lagna is in progress,heaith of body, _uch lrappiness,acquisitio' t,f fame, orllaments, dominion

n1tqarfirrirrercqiq Rqflqtr

sl. 51-53

qgqtfrsrqqr

e87

wealth, children, wives and apparel may be aonounced. If tbe Lagna be in an auspicious sign, everything will come off auspiciously; it will be otherwise when the Lagna is in a malefic sign and also when occupied by a malefic planet. When the Lagna being in a benefic sign is also occupied by a benefic planet, the result will be exceedinglyhappy. If the planet in the Lagna be in its swakshetra,in its exaltation or in a friendly house and the emqtrr(Chakradasa)of the Lagna be in progress,dominion, wealth and honor from the sovereign will accrue. If, on the other hand, the planet in the Lagnabe depressed,cclipsed, or in an inimical house, there will be loss of children, wife and such other dear objects; if the Lagna and its occupants be of a mixed character,the astrologershould declare the effect to be of a mixed nature.

g if<ii.rtrfoq*; uaw;qiiqdaqI qlqi gd(rrdiikr.riZqtffiq n \l tl q flqrfi Er{qgi;i q-dgqrirroqrr{{ | grrd u.oii ailirTrq* $owqqT \R ft n
Slokt 5l-52. During the a;6q,rrr (Chakradasa) of the 2nd Rasi may be expected increaseof wealth and corn, good food, acquisition of children and wives, lands, cattle, honor by the sovereign, attainment of knowledge, eloquenceand amusement good company in When the Rasi in question is auspicious, such gooo effectas has been said above will follow: it will be otherwise when the Rasi is malefic.

rdqtTiirqae'qfiqr*qarurr{| q qwfrGqsofiii 6ia'f{ ra.iwlqu \Q lt

q88

tnmsrlt{ilRl

Adh. xvtrI.

qurftRlrqqrfr r wgr[qsrqrqft{
qqqnrikiqfr gqtrfi g,i l\( ll \u ll
of S/ofras 53-54. When the qrn{m (Chakradasa) the 3rd Rasi ripens, it will be the good fortune of the person concerned to enjoy much happinesa, to get in to fruits edible and palatable, display heroisrn, abundance presentedwith ear-rings, firmoess and self-control,to be to appareland neck-ornaments, attain to dignity and to possessfood, drink and other good things of life in abundance. The astrologeris to announcegood effects when the Rasi is good.

qcffirq{'s qft nditqur\l

tt \\ {tflfi fl*qrrrRrrctmrf}rtEorrr tl
{r:U$rri\gR q T{firi {trgq. ll \q ll qrtqq{ort q grlftrrs{(q{qq I grr{ fiT{ frsmqrq{ t*araaq ll \s ll
(Chakradasa)of Siolas 35-57. Whenthe =rtrq?rr the 4th Rasi begins.to ripen, the person concerrnd will get vehicles,ornaments,new lands in the frontier; make pilgrimagesto sacredshrines and the like; obtain cons' picuoushonor from his own community; cnjoy purity in cf the heart; engage somegreatenterprise; be bless' ed with wife and children; engaqe in agriculture; acquire new friends and new landed properiy, new housee derive much happiness commandgood health, ; ; reEourcesand articles of the toilette such as perfumes, we4ring appareland ornaments. The good things the astrologeris to divine when the Rasi is good; but all this will be aboent when the Rasi is bad.

ftngR qakild f,rgerfr5itiharq.t

S1.63-63

n$q*stcrq:

989

g{${vtilr* qh rrcqrlfi flsrqcrlq I

qadiqrfu4rgqiqurq \c ll ll 6tgarffi
t sTqili qotorri qta;ErGqqtiqqq ll sqq&qqqift qrtarrd{Worq \1 i;

t g,rrrrefw qaq'rqrfis{qq. ui ll tiqdrd'rr* qrurft qEEgftq Q" ll

o1 Slotas 58-60. During the ar'"{tr (Chakradasa) the 5th Rasi may be had kingship,honor by the sovereign, acquisition of wives and children, exceeding ,,rf,ility, *ound health, the cherishing of relatives, dispensingof food, acqttirementof fame,jubilee and great attainmentof wealth, vehicles prorp.riry, beneficence, *."iing appareland ornlments' The astrologershould as befoie apportion the effects properly accordingas they are due to malefic or benefic RTsis and the presence in them or aspectof them by rnaleficor benefic planets. t'r positirln when thc Rasi is He is to add loss of plact: a moveableone.

qtq

$8triiq qfiqr*sfl,i qqq t

6l-63. Dtrring tire ripening of the ?*{f,t SJo*a.s of (Chakradasa) the 6th liasi, the person coocerned has to apprehend danger from fire, trouble froro thieves' of from enem-bs,from poiso.n, frorq the sovereign, loss

qnari qagqq. lt tt ll airriiiivqqtffi qiageqqug +rq r?mufiqqi I qqatffisoxdgffi;gitawr\ ll qRll q;wi iqrronit ruqOftF{dsrs.. I qfr tl Ql tt $q{ qo+i qrf}q{ qiTrlt

firilsqrtqtt

Adh. XVIr.

place,great risk due to gonorrhoea, colic, jaundice and kindredailments, dia*hoea and consumption, ill,fame, loss of wives, wealth, childrenand relatives, captivity, being put in irons, ha.rassment a.ccountof debts and on poverty. These will be the effects when the Rasi is malefic. The effect will be mixcd when rhe 6th Rasi is benefic.

ncreihqnq qiiqTi irrrr6:I digq gzorli q u(Rqgsrftr.q qs tl u qrq\Fi q'Er{: aRninwqvrfii I \. gqildi qo qei girfrnq{fvttt qq rr
Slolas 64-55. During rhc ripening oi the q$E{rr (chakradasa) the 7th Rasi may be expecced of marriage; the joy with a weddcd consorr; the birrh ,rf u .oo, tlr. pleasures of the tablc-such as ghee, dhal and sugar; success agriculturt:,acquisition of cattle, elephants in and ornaments, hon,tr by the sovercign and great rcnown. when thc Tth Rasi is beneficand is occupierJ by a benefic planer, the gord cffecrs spoken 'f will surely follow.

EgqT(tttisd qEq:dqmrqq t

ir;qrr{ig+rqrfifr$Tq .Q amr;rrf n rr qft r{qqi}avqqr irrEqt$'{q I qrq{'wq{{rir notq iiiarti,il. l q\etl

S/o&cs66-67. During the arqm (Chakradasa) of the 8th Rasi there will be much misery, wasteof wealth, loss of place, loss of relations.griping pain in the privi_ ties and the stomach, poverty, famine and dange, fro, anlenemy. These effects tl-re astrologer may aonounce

sr. 68-72

{r8Eqfrstr[rqr

when the Rasi is mrlefic and occuoied bv a malefic planet.

grrqirEqtr*rtrrqd iTqii rEq I

q. griux*orrriui\duaqqqq"trII qasq?rqfirras. I {isfrqfr{iiuiq ginrfi gri qi qrrilrfu fiqdq:u qq tl

S/oAas68 69. Whcn the axqnr (Chakradasa)of the 8th Rasi sets in, good will certainly result-via. children, friends, wivcs, wealth, agriculture. cattle, houses, ornaments,:rccomplishment good works and of charity ; thc securingo{ aclherents amongrnenconnectcd with thc gre;rr men in power. All rhis will accrue when the Rasi is propitious. It u,ill be otherwise when the Rasi is rnalefic.

i[qqTEtt1516{rGqTi[ ?q(q?q I mqtffiqngiliqq;g{Sf qAT.q{q so ;p n qr{HGi{qrtwi nirgqr isrd{n(r;rq I

t ' \

F[qT,OqaIzt TiT{IdtrE{aqt ll ul 11
Slofta.s 70--71 When the sxEar (Chakradasa)of the Rasi of the 10rh bhavais in progressand when that Rasi is propitious, rhe following goodthings may be predicted by :r, competent astrologer*acquisitionof a kingdom,honor by a king, qood fame,greacrejoicing in the society of one's wives, children and relatives,possessionof authority, sound health, pleasarrt recreaticns in companywith good people, the fruit of good works and supremacy.

C\Q\\

qaretnrnqlun t orrritT-({nmft iqiqaqrnrqqd oqa uqrqqtut tt \eR ll

992

fitffiqrftrril

Adb.xvn.

I xqrqmfr grtq, tfigrqrgdrewffi

uqffi qaiqsiffi{F( g,rici ll \el l)

S/oftas 72-73. During the ss-qdn(Chakradasa) of the Rasi of the llth bhava, the pers)n concerned will come into possessionof money, health, ornlsents and have an accession of varied property and household 'When good planets appear in the Rasi in furniture. questicn, the astrologers declare there will be, as the reeult hereof, comfort and happiness securedto the the children and the relatives, return from re' females, productive investments,real prosperity, royal favor and good fellowship.

6qqqT({rqri iarffi qq(Egft{ |

=inrfttqfiqriirgdi{{dieau_u tl sB sqirrrrsmoai Efrditi\awact

ErftEit{i*a'i flqlii g ;t {ttq: ll \${ ll

74-75. When the qxqm of the Rasi of thc SJofrus 'happ.ot 12th bhava is in progress and when that Rasi to be malefc, the followirtg evils may without doubt crop up-bodily suffering, loss of place,encormterwith nobibers,fire, royai diepleasure and the like I ffsuble hom relatives from women and from tlre king ; obatruc' tion of activity, lassittrde, loss in agriculture, in csule and in lands; poverty and watrt of occupation.

ll il {fr qsEttTsCIq
wflai q,o{iEir{ |

ili(il(ttr;iilai

il t'ffiqr fitq'tsin iqirqrq"qisgar rgqtr

Sloka Tti. S/e have thus stated the effect of the bhavasfrom the Lagna to the twelfth (both inclusive)'

sr.?7-8r
speciallypointed out.

q(qd$rilt

993

aqilda{i{q qqrqffi q'hqk t

tt rrfr* qogt<imfqreqrfr se ll

ffi

qofisft?tqQifrqrfiftts( ll rgcll
q$sqaqqqtl qrq{rrkftfut t \eq $c-.ll ll eqlfu\ e q{i {d fu

eiq gt& Kftfr n--gri t

with the strengthof S/ofras77-'lg. In accordance the planetowning a particular Rasi under consideration ; st o,rld the astrologer use suitably the rule enunciated of question is possessed when the lord o{ thc Rasi in strength occupying a varga belonging to its exaltation hourq to a friendly sign or to itself and when the asso' benefic' ciated planetsare friendly and thc aspectingones But the gooJ effects statedalready may be announced' its *h"n thc lord of tl-rellaei has no strenqtli bcing in in depression, an inimical houscor cciipsedby the Sun's thc 6tir, tl'r'riith clr the l?th .rf, o. when it occupies planctsard nrilcflc or unfrienciiy bhava.rndthc aspectinq -when such is at birth the st;ttt:ol the planet owning cffcct produccd by it the Rasi under consideration---th,-r will be pain{ul.

qt mi aqitgqi gd mgq{ uoqt

qfuqq q(i aFi qiq.qn?iqlsqr{ll eo ll qftqq qilfilfli ffigfiqsai gqq I qii i{Ggui frt{ sodq q t{qt ll el tt

by produced a Rasi is of 80-81. The effect S/o&as 125

{rcscrRqre

Adb. xvn.

two sorts: bad as well as good. If the lord of the Rasi be without strength, the person concerned will suffer the evil effects. If the planet owning the Rasi predo, minate in strength, the effect of the Rasi will be good ; and if the Rasi be capableof producing good as well as evil, while its lord continues predominant,the good will undoubtedly come to pass.

qffi{Is,i qm iiiuq$T{Eq. n a1 11
Sloha t2. If the lord of the Rasireferredto in the preceding slokas be in a movaablesign or occupy a Navamsa owned by ; moveable sign and if the iloqx (Kalachakra) that produced be by a moveable sign, the person concerned will haveto go to a foreigncountry.

slfti qtnfrQ qrnrriutsii il |

qt{{* ilil t{ qarsiw{ qfr r qi Rt{rrqi ErsiiRramTrid fiftfit{ ft cl fl

Siotc 83. In thc cascadvcrteclr,r in thc preced_ ing sloka,rhe repairingto a foreigncouncrywill continue as long as the ar (Chakrr) in question lasts. If one, and not both, of the abov: conditions have the charac* terigtic of movability, the astrologershould decidethe question of the person concernedgoirrg to a foreign country or being in his native placejust as the balance of forces tends to the one or to the other.

tilqrt

q qiqifi mqiqlt q q<no{ |

q $Ofl',lrfit' qeRql;fG1;ti qrqO{ ll <B ll

q?itt ilqdtqr* qr;flit q qi$o{ | ilq{rdig mfiiF gllqt\qqtqrQ d\ tl tt

sL 84-gg+

tlt({ItsrlTr4r

995

fffis

ililftqrffit Ueitqr frqtaqsn cq n

Sloka 84-S6. Planetary .ff..cJ*hich it is possible to foretell have been described, sorneof them in the s{ruqrq (Sangnya Sdhyaya)I e. in the chaprer on Definitions, Adhyayas t & Z), some in the chapreron oci dta (KarmaAjeeva-Adhyayal5), somein thai treatins of (Asraya) yogas (Adhyaya T), and some in the edr?rq connection with the particular positions of planets (Adhyaya 8), with the Rajayoga, Chandrayoga,Nabha, sa yogas(Adhyaya ?) and the like, and alsogomeas due to good and bad aspectsand to the combinationsin one and the samebhava of two or more planets. An intel, ligent astrologer should,by a dueexercise his faculties, of consider well these plandtar.ye{fectsas they have been describedby ancient sages and utilise them for making his predictions in connectionwith the ifirqsrq{r (Kala", chakradasa ).

qtfth ilETUrt q*{ftftr r

q.i il fiqS Ersfi{rqftelqrrfrqs I

| @n1rl* g q,n\;qq Efrur{ qq srcqrkdrnt ili{* ild ftfitq ir .o rr

qqlGuqrdq sofirr{ | qtqi

ufuftn{r.rfri eRn{iifififiiE n c4,tl {rsf\

Sly&as87-83+. Lay our upon the floor a diagram rf the qiqrqam (D;rkshinaCliakra) which begins *irr, deshaand ends with Mecna. Draw arso a'other dia, lram on the ground, of thc strrqs lUttara Chakra) rcginning with Vrischika and endirrg with Dhal rus in th: reverseorder. Success failure and or whether

qrilTcrRqrt

Adh.xvII

t
can ascertain as pointed out by the Rasis and the planets in a horoscope according to their strength. Every body can have such things foretold in respectto his life in the way that has been pointed out.

sroqfirrft*qriii\m t{qRftr ll cq ll
qrdqrrqdiq g8i,rqqd ffn I ft{rqdwi;TIrr gnlrlm rriq ll io ll

S/oAas 89-90' The progress of 'steq* (Kalachakra wheel of time) has beenascertained by encient sagesto take placein three ways-(1) liqq'trlcn(Mandukagamana) (Prishtatogamana) going a a frog's leap; (2 ) 1ud'ruua backward in view to the sarnemovement; (3) ihersa;i$i (Simhavalokana)the glancing a lion which consistsin of returning by the way traversedalready.

t sBil qqt iq qi**qftoilrqit qftr ll ql tl ffisqiqrqiq'frr hqfr

ffi"{sffir fkglqqi{ogfi qftl t

Slofrr.s 9l-9i l. Ihe s,:cond of the three move, m e n t i o u c Ji n t l r c p r c v i o u ss i o k ao c c u r si n r e s p e c t mi:nts to the signs KatakaanCSimha, The third, r.e.,fharadrbetween Meena and Vrischika, as *a is a direct passagc alsobetwecnDhanusand M,:shacither way. The frog's leap is the dircct passagebetwccn Karrya and Kataka, as well as Simha and Mithuna (avoiding in each case sien). the intermediate

ll qR frHqolurqi cq11ftaffiHru;Tq tl

raguqlRqniq wnsnifiqt{ |

sl. 9r-96

ilrqrtqrrt

997

qt il qet qt frroilftsi Tq{ ll qi ll qremrct ilsR E{Ibfirfrt qft t

S/ofras 92-93+. At the time of 1ftfr6re-dc'a(Sinha' valokana), aetrologerEEay,there will be suffering caured by fever, loss of place, of a loving relation or other such frerson,distress to personshaving the samestatus aEthc owner of the horoscopein the family, accident in water such as falling in a well, danger from poisotl, fire of some deadly weapon, and being thrown from a vehicle. Alt this is likely to happen when the ftilc-drm (Simha' valokana) is synchronous with the qarb4(Daoachidra), f. e. the dasa period, bhukti, apahara, etc. of an illplaced nalefic planet (uide next sloka).

Etrcalqtwqtqtq E{rrqfr n qBtl

'fhe (Dasachidra), Sloha 94*. term eqrrfua aetrolo, gers srY, is applied to a period when the dasa of a mal:fic, eclipsed, depressedor ill-placed planeg is in progress.

qnfufifr il{t TfiF( ftff{er I

qtrt,{rft*{il{q\ woi grir tf q\ tl

itfrqt itqrrqrfte{tirilihn{f*q t
(Mandukagama, Sloha 93L. At the time a ccqdrlc?r na) occurs, the death of a revered person or of one'c parentsmay happen; or there may be danger from poison, deadly weapons, f ire, fever or incendiary brigands.

quqsqiq6t s{Hqn{tsq il qq rf
SJoAa 96. If the qqRitrr{n (Mandukagamana) referg to a Eqs:6(Savyachakra),there will be distress to per-

q|tsqrft-{re

Adh XVII.

sonsin the family holding equal status with the owner of the horoscope.

ffignqq'q* qqfturqdttq I

qwtwfrfr q diqntr.tqq.;1 ll \u

Sloka 97. When the wq+nil (Mandukagaci) is between Simha and Mithuna the astrologermay predict a the deathof the mother or of the person concernecl, fevcr or dangerfrom a liing or {oemcn. complicated

qa it6rqo\* A qgqtsqqfrqq^ | gisfr.rqi qEt q{qt;rrT${q!ll q4 ll

itgqwnlroarilruqHg iil i(! |
ACr\A

having Sloka 98-93'. ln a fkqradr+'(Simhavaloka) qElrqis(Srvya chakra), the evil cropping reference to a up will be danger from a quadruped or fire. When in there is a gusmna (Prishtatogamana) a q64qr (Savya there wilI be loss of wealth, grain and cattle, chakra), or disease deathoi a fathcr, or thc demise of persons of equalstanding.

qr} ll r{oRsrrqi qiigarffiqRqqq \o. ll

ilqcEtqr{ildit qq;gfttriiq{ | fkrqdrqi qft qraqriitq{itr ll too ll

Slolras99-100. On thc other hand, when the qx (Chakra) is edqs;r(Apasavya) and thcre is a wq*gii (Mandukapluthr),it may occasionilln:ss and trouble to the wife or children of the personconcernedor a severe fever to himself, or dang.:rfrom a beastor an enemy' or loss of place. If there b: a f&ar+oirt (Simhavalokana)in (Apacavyachakra). the evil to be dreaded an qqq4s:n may be loss of place or the death of the person's father.

sl. 101-104

Q8qdsrqmr

909

sgfr.rqdilsfr qfrft qE;gft(| qi(lt ftgftt {qfti{ S.rtwqrni lot tl

Sloku lO7. if there be a gud'rrrea(prishtathogamana) in an srqtr6rqx(Apasavyachakra), astrologermay the predict an accident in water, Ioss of place,loss of father. the incurring thc displeasureof a sovereign and the person'shaving to betakein consequence an inaccesto sible jungle.

t 0 Z . T h e s t a r sA s w i n i , K r i t t i k a , p u n a r v a s u , Aslesha,i'l.rsta, Ilevari, Moola. Purvaproshtapada, Utta_ rashrdaand Swati conf..rrm, th.. sages as sry, to the firsr four of the forrnulas for the quqq* (Savya chakra.

rraq?hq?.tl rl qqlqoIRfrUqffiter11rqf wr$tcT{(iiqufirurRru| qr{qrfr{E{rqftq$q{riiqrt'? qdTrft urigw: rEqiletnilr ft I "R ff S/oA,r

tl

l\erRgwr inofiXl [vr];4q i]1q1u. I qri?sqfi r?glu t"i tl {IaiTqtrFetEmqrft

Slohu i0J. The l;rstfour of the formulas for the {qr (Savyachakra)appiy in their order to the four Padas of the stars c)hirrra, uttarabhadrapadrBharani -----' ' P u r v a s h a d ha n d P u s h y ; r . a

sloAri r04- The first four of the formuras the for a{q6qqs (Apasavya chakra)are apoiicable the stars to Visakha, Rohini, Makhaand Sravana.

st(TtrarTer qHt qriiqgsqqil toB tl qtrar

itqqrqo rrrRft t drFrdiiurrq

n\

1000

rcrqrfurr

xvu Adh.
qqt ll

q?ilft {Fqr-.qqrd{qTfrqi{rR qd$rdft

Anuradha' Jyesh' Sloha 105. ThestarsSathabishak, Uttara phalguni,Purvaphalguni ta, Mrigagira,Sravistha, and Ardra conform to the last four formulasfor the qrrs.{!:E ( A pasavYa chakra)'
I qq (|6qq$q|itqtlit ll

frttrrfrqlilet\qt ll t ll iafiIfiq*grqr ll q ll q+ruftqFrqsq.ll1 ll qFrtqet qftq{rq. ll I ll q ll E ll tq{qrrtnqrq.ll \ ll $ilffiqtff

il qq1qq6{qr+ffi tt

u gfraarvr ftar 11 ll qrqHn* agFtftlll4 ll qihqrrsftq ll t ll murgffimr ll R ll

qfr{Tfkrwmtq.tt 1 tt *frttlihrtqrqa ll I ll rgffift(tftiliq tt q tt firugwer{rtr ll q ll ll d ll u s ll ffiilf;Ift{r .r\qt{rffi8i
Norrs.

to their Astrologersare divided into two schools according One class explain that each manner of applying these formulas' a particular type and gives formula applies to a nakshatra'pada of comp:sing the entire life reprethe order of the Rasi-mahaclasas and that the subsidiary portions of sented by the nakshatra'pada Rasis mentionedin the formula. *"t, R."i.*ahadasa belong to the that each formula is The aslyologersof the other class say Rasi owning the corres' of tbe concerned only with the mahadasa pondingnakshatra.pada(1..e._towhichtheformulahasreference rule indicate the order and the and the letters in the mnemonic in of the subsidiaryperiods of the mahadasa iroportion"te lengths such Rasi-malradasas qourtion i and that a life consists of several order of the nakshatra-padas' fottowing oue another in the natural

sl. 105

ss{ftmt

1001

the initial rrlahedasa being that of the quarter asterism occupied by the Moon in theilhoroscopeunder examination. An illustration will make the whole thing clear. Talie for irrstance the case of the horoscopt given in page 237 sdlrfd. 'Ihe Moon's position is 9 :igns, 14 degrees, 29 minutes, 39 seconds. These when reducedto rninutes give 17,069'65. Divi. ding this by 800 (the number of minutes of a star), we get 2l stars and 269'65 minutes. Ihe person was born after 169'65 minutes had passed in the 22nd star acz, Tqq (Sravaua) ld. e. after 69'65 minutes had passedin the 2ud quarter of the star, and the llasFbwning this nakshatra.pada is Tula in the Apasavya chakra. The mnemonic formulalcorresponding to this padais arqRagfrlt-.lvt which when translated into figures will become 6-7-8-12-11 ul=9f 10-9-8-7. According to the lirst school 83 years or 200 " 28'90+75 years having expired before birth, about 3 years of Vris. chika Kuja d^sa (qia65s({n) still remain to be passedat the time of birth of the person concerned. The rnahadasathat follows next will be that of Sc-gt, then $uAfr<rJr, q{11ffit{r, qEfe.(tft, qf*mssiitr and gor{fmtqrr follow in their order. fhe subsidiary portions of each of these mahadasasbelong to these 9 Rasis. e. /., the bhuktis of the l0 years of {trgnttr will be (l) {rrgt l-O3 . l 0 ' , 2 j _ . - _ . ^ 4 x l 0 y e a r s ; ( 3\) * _ _ _;.I^ 4 x l 0 ," qdwl gx y e a r s; ( . \, g i r T i l l a J: ;rj Vears;

(+) q-g,jr

g x 16 1 6x l 0 // _y e a r s ; ( _/r { q l_ -t_ . _ - U , - y c a r s ; ( 8 ) g o r g * t 6 x 1 0 $ T 83 -years ; and (9) lie*r,$',1t{f Sinrilarly for the other dasas. ,."rr. Thc secondschool will nraintain that the initial mab.adasa of the horoscope under reference is that of Eotgm out of whicb * 16 or 5'57 years baving elapsed already, there is still l0'43 years to be,passed and the mahadasasto follow are those of q,.-4lgq, f.l(h, ih4{Tq, fhTagq, Zcqgm and so on. The order of the subsidiary periods in each mabadasais that of tbe Rasis of tbe Ictters in the corresporldiogor*rula; e. g. the bhuktis of thc5 f
rio'f.5

%l!

years; (si ziaq,T', lrln

years; (6)gdqgn

tffi

726

1002
years of fk{+fin

rRfrffi

Adh.xvil.
be (l)

of the horoscope under reference will

qxs 2 11 , - , _ _ - - -1005 ^5x5 (a) lqgq-g{ v"".r; (5) kfia=1jj r"tts; (6) +etqq ffi

,fitc{ T# years; }q-s-q (2) ffi

,"orr' (3)Ec,rgs fffr""r.,

(z) years; wqrgq ,.rrr; (a)gora* t.rqfi!,""r. and (9) ffi

^ faffiOs

7x5 v""rr. The astrologers of Southern India belong fj to this latter class. r'iry< in his qoPiil\+t refers to both the schools in the two following slokas :

eeGlnnlalfi qrqtql{qTftql;rrafiqR'ilft| qrp'ql qrr{tfirisrFqft *fiqrg: 11 tqi atftq q{tT

There are a number of formulas each composed of a number of moemonic syllables referring to the several nakshatra'padas beginningwith the lst pada of Aswini and giving Rasis in a certain order. It is with referenceto the order of Rasis in these of formulas that the Rasi-rnahadasas which a life is to consi:;t qFFImq (Vakva Krama), nten t'f t'rnt' should be determined. The school say, should be adhered to.

.fhe initial rnahaclasa a life belongs to the lord of the Iiasr of owning the nakshatra-padaoccupiedby the N'loclnat the time of to birth, being so tnuch of the liasi'mahadztsaas corresponds the and the order of the ghatikasthat yet remain of the nakshatra-pada mahadasas follows the natural order of the nakshatra-padas reckoned from the aforesaid one. This is the opiuioo, say the sages,held bY the other school.

qq{aqp.,sqsdtggptr arqfiq{qt;tt I Kl q{r qdqlg{lql: ll tqif'q'{ faqra Liluqrq*qqilsa

Sloka106. 5, 21,7,9,10, 16 and 4 are the years respectivelyof the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun. The yean of tlre signs corresPond to the years of their

{{q rrrftqi wtEiqtTrrrE6(r qTtYfr ll I oQll

$dit{t{rql

ffiii*-irs{I6qq i I

lords.

st 10?-109

a(qdsrqrq:

r003

il sr'(zrifiq. tl
<qt q{Fq{goqiwtgrteqqr *( | oeqqril&ntqr q{fl{Ftri{*rr ( os !l
of Sloha 107. The period of antardasa a planet in a rrtrfirr (Mahadasa)is found out by multiplying the iatter to by the number of yearsassigned the planetand dividing the product by the number of years constituting the entire Ayus cf the Chakra. The result will consist of years,monttrs,days &c.

qinnail uffirq{r6tkEr irqilfhqnrgrfttni ?rRT{r rrr{Tr TrfusTqr grafliil gsfr{r6{ltTgl lt sr6(r

Sto&n 108. The years assigned to the lord of the main Chakra dasa should be multiplied into the years for the lord of the Rasi whereof the bhukti in the main dasa is required. The product is to be divided by the maximum life-period for the particular Navamsa to (Kalachakra) belongs. The result in which the ;Froqln the form of years, months, days and ghatikas represents the bhukti required- it is said in this connectionthat ttre lords of g;vra (Dustthana) produce abundance of misery and illness.

*ci qar(tqiid'qtlcir Woq ilil;ililql il{r I ll SqqRfrl rtqlg(atqd {rlFd{ftrili q16"q1s I "q ll
^ \ \ Co Qa

of Sloha 109. "I he subdivisions (watqt:-antaraJaha) (bhukti or antardasa treatedin its turn aEE a eubpericd whole) are to be obtainedby multiplying the number of days composing the particular bhukti chosen by the number of years of the mahadasa of the planet whoge antara is required, and dividiug the product by th

I004

acnfiil*

Adh.xvlr.

figure representiog the orxinum Ayus in years for the quarter abterism concerned. The quotient will be in dayr etc. In this way, the big, small and smallerclivi, sions of a planetary period styled Dasa, Antarclasa, Antara and Vidasa may be obtained.

ffimr ilqri dr l rq?dr ser{| (fu qqnEflso{n t l, tl ntr egov

SJofr:rI l0 What is called qqq{gtrr (Sukshmadasa), j. c.the subdivisions of a nr{? (Nakshatra) or Kala, chakraantaracan be obtainedby multiplying the figures in Vighatikas of the antara in question into the number of years of the mahadasaof the planets sev:rally and dividing the producr by the number of yearsof the maximum Ayus appropriateto the particular Kalachakra or nakshatra.pada under consideration.

qfr Mgorrf <r'nirEr qrhqR{&fuil}( nt t ttl

G *mqasqqrtqilqffiil
wciilss{nqf ll
Slofta 111. When the pakaof a planetin the dasa, etc. of another planet ir required, multipty antardasa, the number representing the years of the mahadala of former into the figure denoting the yearst months, tlp days etc. of the latter and divide the product by the fixed number oi years for the maximum Ayus. The guotient *ilt b" the paka required This rule is to be applied in the caee of el'ery paka that has to be found ouc. Thus ends &c.

ilFrffiqirRrfl $il qwg6qqqrftftTtt I

wffiqrffi

sqTq cTRr[rTrftsEIE{ir : ilre

ll u q{Faturtqrq,
AdhyaYa XVIII.
Oli Dls,rs -rxtr ANTTRDASAS'

qqrg*ur n,oqEF(girEn qngi{rg{ q( t q ut qu,qsttq q$ \t qqr itnrdf E{rn{ ll ll

say Slola 1. Sages that good and evil cometo a personborn in this world in accordancewith the good and b.rd dagaire has to passthrough, I quote faithfully have said, and treat of the ol the ecsence whrt the sages distinction between good and evil in a dasaas diffusely as I can.
4

{orgfurqql it qirf irqrgilistEilgttt I

qfls$r t{st

qorigiliorq{il f{{FIs ll t lt T{rurt

S/oArl 2. A person attains to a voga good or bad exactly in accordance with the strength of planetary pocitions ; and the cbaracterof the dasa that he will L*re is dependenton the character of the yoga; and all that men experience in the world is comprehendedin the good and evil cropping up in ttre dasas; and the dlatiib,rtion of this good and evil should be declared ruitably to the conditions of the four castes'

qrRw;E$wrgdnlqFrrit wqlksruu-dr Sfdflcns'l

r000

rrtt$qnwrTil

AdtL XVIIL

ffiru fraqqtilewqfr-qtililrGqm,flffi"qts tt l tl
Sloha 3. Count the etarsfrom Krittika in groups of nine. The planets presiding over the dasae belonging to the nine srars composing each group are reEpectiveiy the Sun,the.Moon, Mars, Rahu, Jupiter,Sarurn, Mercury, Ketu and Venus respectively and their years a r e6 , 1 0 , ? , 1 8 , l F , 1 9 , I 7 , 7 a n d 2 0 .

ffirit+rilqqm rqirnl qEfr'1ff6qqqqEn(gs ilBtl

Sloha 4. Planets prove propitious when they have predorninant strength, in their progress towards exaltation,when they have more than the average num. ber of benefic dots correspondingly with the bhavas they dominaterwhen they occupy the l0th, the I Ith and the first bhavas; when they have attained to exaltation and other benefic vargas and lastly rviren they posress six-fold strength.

qft{iqfrfqs{rEgeqfr;afqqn q{q+flan r t

qrqtagdqrenTFqqr nfrrsilqoqqrtEfisilf n \ tr
Sloku 5. But planetsproduce evil when ( l) they own the Rasi occupiedbv Mandi; (2) they occupythe containingMandi; (3) they are asgociated bhavag with the averagenumt er of benefic dots ; (a) they fewer than or are in inimical, depressed eclipsedsigns ; (5) they are in a rrrEsFt (bhava sandhi) or associated with malefic planets; and lastly when they occupl' portions of Rasi, Sandhi (which have been termedinauspicioua).
NorE.. For the ternr {l{HFq (bhava-sendhi), see Sripatipaddhati,

r ffi<rfrrqitqdlq{qrrr ercqf+9fr$fiqqilr! |

sl. 6-8
Adhyaya I, Sloka 8.

rtEtqdsqtqr

1007

qilqii*rllfr qfr eq fir<twE{tqlr e{q I

mqfi{ritqq ffig{fl of 9,il' il gqil Etn il llqll
Stoka 6. Ascertain the Lrgna or the rising sign at the time of commencement of a dasa' If the lord thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th or the llth house from it, or if the Lagna be included o[ in the emf lSaptavarga) the lord of the dasa, i' c' iI dwa' navamsa, the rising sign, hora, drekkana,saPtamEa, lord of the daea dasamsa trimsamsabe owned by the or or i[ a friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Lagna, the dasawill prove ausPicious.
Nottis' v i d , ei n f r a . s l o k a 1 4 . b f ' h i : ; ; i u r l t h t : n e x t I r v e s l o k a s l r ; . t v e e e t tt a k e t r l r o t r t S r i p a t i ' rnddhati.

qqfqrlqq gB{q{ilgq.fr qtsqEtrrftirefq I

'Ihe icial effects Moon produces benef Slctho T. of the lord of the dasaI when in the houseo[ a friend or in the exaltation hou.se of the lattcr or in the ?th 'frikona houseor in any one of the scec (Upahouae,a to chaya) houseswith reference the qtttanr(Daeanathha). 14.) (atde inf ra, sloka

{Riffiuilqqqfukq cqrft q;frsg {Rsorftll e ll

sts fli{s qilQIiqq}:s t{rE: I Qrrccr?q$lo{irTftffTtiQqrql

miliii aqfasf?iuqd :t{Ftt

dsrqaftuqtemiNql ll c ll
Sloka 8. In the favorable positions mentioned tu the previous sloka, the Rasi occupiedby the Moon

1008

urdqr{rltni

Adh. xylr,

*"ld r-r.*t, Wealth, etc.,at the time of birth. Thc Moon in one gf these favorablepositions promotes prosperity in respect the bhava represented the Rasi oCcupied. to by In the unfavourable positions, bhavarepresented the by the Rasi(occupied the Moon) suffers by damage.

qrn{+tquG{ORqqdl qrrogilqt{i)r r m;qfu'gGgqrgqr{ q*smqrffiR tf q tl fu

Sloha 9. What has been described by the ancients such as srrickr (Varahamihira) as the effect of the Moon being in his own house or thar of other planets should be mentioned in this connection. For it is the Moon that producesgood and evil to be experienced in the form cf mental srareo(pleasureand pain).

sinfudR qwu qt gqri*t*i ssmi ft qw(r

tirgiliur ffirg ilawiqr{kilqmg{ g{ a n I o tf
S/oAa 10. The good and evil to be experienced by men in the dasas or planetary periods should be deterrnined in accordancewith the qe (Ishta) and ru (Kashta) of the planet who is the lord of the daeaas wotked out previously (aitre eftcRcqft (sripatipaddhati) Adhyaya4, sloka 4).

w& g rQerrQ qil sdr i{ qMiqt sorft

qftuedfi grriegd nor;lftur;qurircued r

tl

Sloia i l. Men experience good when the Es (Ishta)portionof a planet'sinfluence greatly is in .*..s, gf the +u (Kashta)portion. But when ih" lrir., i, pr", dominant,evil has to be mostly suffered. n", *i.. the {r (lshta) and +u (Kashta) even,the effects are are

sl. 12

orgrqqlsdl*t

1009

ptanetary influence of a mixed kind. In alt casesthe rhould thus be interPreted'

I sq\fie '{q T+qGuq kt';qrt qe qqg'rgrfi lltlll qrr{milds+iiat q ffiffi{ ilq irc{ E{rq.n
is mentionedas Sloho 12. Wha'tever substance on Definitions) belonging to a planet in the (ch;rpter q6cwr+-Brihatjataka Adh' t t*oio iS"ngn"an y avt. t:i d e Adhyaya II sloka 20)' and what' lI, sloka 12 aLo ';tr.-ttt. a planet in the ever catling is declared appropriate to Adh,' X' chapter on*Profession (aiii 1' w'-Brihatjataka whatsloka I etc. also er.cr. AdhyayaXV,slokas'13-50)' of the presence ever has been spokenof as'the e{fecto[ XVIII-1 etc' planetsin bhavas (ui'Je1' wr' XK'1, etc' *'or' VIII'slokas 3C-ll7) anclo[ their being aseoci"l*o and of their ated witir or aspected by otlrcr planets' yogas)' all this combinations o[ yogas (exceptNabhasa in their must bc duly assign.d to the planetsconcerned several dasas. NorB,s.
qodiftfir

qrrqi qqqlQilfififq+il*g qq{tqn

qsfit q*{R;ar ft* r {qldtqfiofqa \ \\

qrqilqlqtqq

qrifrrRqrqifi sa qFq qln{ft( ll

Fltrlral'Jataka' This as rvell lrs tlttr ttcxt tw{J slol'its ttrc fr'-rttt o[ any plaoett ln predicting the several eflects of the dasa orrll' whrtt has Varahanrihirasays that it lvill not clo to nrenlion plr'rLicular l'rlattct of been describcd to lxrppeu in the daser tlrat (dd'au.qt.Ch.\'IlI;slcrkasi2.l8')'|Irescrvilllravctobcqctte.

rdllysuppletrterrlcdbytirecllectsductrrcltlrcrconsideraliorr functionirrg as well , of the planet, viz., its influencedue to its

1Z?

1010

Etilulrft{ft

Adh. xvtn.

in tbe rasi occupied,to its assocration with other planets, to ths bencfic dots obtained in its Ashtakavarga, to its occupation of any particular decanate, Navamsa and orher vargas, etc. Ari these eflects will also havc to i.,e suitlrbl). atltlecl on. Thc Jrarticular constitueot of the I(alapuruslra reprcscnterl L,l, tlrc planet, tlte p o l i t i c a l g r ' d e t 1 ' p i i i c dl ^ , i t , t b r ; l r a r t i c u l i l rr . o l , u r a s c r i b e d o i t , t t h c s u b s t a n . c t y D i t l r r r l ,r ' e g e t a b l om i n c r a l a r r r l a r r i u r a l , kingdol' r e p r e s e n t e b y i t , t h c p r e c i o u ss t o n c t v p r f i e db y i t , t h e a r t i c l e d of apparel, thc cor:stituent eleruent of the body represented by it; the particular flavor ascribecr to it, trre efiects crue to ail these have to be 6ttingiy brought in during the dasa of the planet under consideration. l-or instance, in the sun's <rasa, shourd the Sun be ausl:iciousin thc narivity, royal favour, self satisfaction, acquis i t i o n o f r e d s u i r s t a n c c s ,o f c o p p c r : r u t l t h c l i l i e , c q 1 1 1 p a n y ef peopie of the ['.slratriv' r'aste, the ,1u.rlit5' of ;Jot..rtlncs:r, possessio' o f g o o d r " i t a 1 n e r g y ,e t r : , a l l t h e s ew i i l h a v c t o b e p r c c l i c t e t l e . I{, the Sun be bad, the losr; of thrse has to be thought of siur.ilarty ; rn thc c:ar,e thr: l.Ioo' and other planots. F'or fnrthcr infornraof tion tlre readet is rr.,ltcrre,l thc a,alriiur (tra:ndhyayee) ,,o'1'lelt. to t a r l ' o n t h r : ;: , 1 t . r k a .

qsqqqi? drrenuqiqrir q $ct qiqanoiiqirn*tadq|d

qfturqiisoTik! qsR;ffql,ir rr tl tr
.S/oAal:l l)urinq thc auspiciousdasa perioclof a pla'rt, rnen'sirrncr soul assuures beneficcharacter a aud l c a C s h e m t o a r r a i n m u c h h a p p i n e sa n d w e a l t h R y t s meansof tlre effc:ts clescribed al-ro'e for the several dasaperiods, one can casily conjecturcthe tide of er,,ence a man may ha're at any particuiar period as a result of the effectsof the d;rsaruling at the time. Where pla nets are void of strengrh,the effects though sttenu;ted makethemselvcs at leasrin drcamy reveries. felt

glrrfi"oE Etrrqtarciql;tRKrrr

sl. 14

s(Efq$lst{tcf

101I

Norrs,
the irnet sotil Should the dase perioclof anl' planet lre bad' and nrisery aod loss ot a ossunles ruaiellc character fol tlie tiure wealthwill be the result'

qrfiErrftfr WR rI Etstl-drstft qr ffii

iger qqflnjEqci qtmEte{ itt'rqJq qrqfi qldls;q$ lltBll qqr isuiiqnia gti
a planet Sl,,,ftrli'l' When the lorcl of a dasa' or the dasa; f riendly to the sameis in the Lagna'initiating lord of the .rrrqu of this Lagnais owned by the *i.n " Lagna afore' dasas when a benefic pi.,t"t oc:upies the ; in an srae (Upa' aaid: or when th: lorcl .of a dasa is lth) with respect chaya)position, viz', (ird' l)th' 6th' l prlve pros' ,o ttt. Lagna; the dasa in question will rfurt.n the Rasi occupiedbv the M;on happenc ;;;.. of the daga'or a to b" the exaltation sign o[ thc lord or th3 ?th friendly house, an Ufachaya, a Trikona' dasa' the effects housewith respect to the lord of the different' the wiil be h"ppy. If the Moon's plac: he will be lar from haPPY' effects
N()Ttr,5. C/' slolias 6 and 7 suqrL(' Also c/. ir.trt+qtq

qR6qIs{EI (fl i*trrclq{l}Ig itt qlsq I

qrht arqftog{ gef- {q {r nii4 :'l '{'t

RI(6'.ilflFSAI Rllgqqqw{qFqsfi qt ql{i'l;{ I

q..,nq ft qdlqfi drotqqq : fr rr{iqta{r';. galqnen; tqqft fiouq-qqr lt fiflqntqt{ rni

qo-.liGqt

t d*e g* gAdnrq feq4t'iorqfauurrdg

L0t2

lrrde'ttRllle

Adh.XVIII

qqrqrilrsr rTrTrqTfh qFE:{Jrrtfiqisrqqr ta.flteqrr

l . S o n r c n t c r p r r :i t a s r e f e r r i n go t l r e I _ n g u l ( i n a n n t i v i t ] , ) i t t al birth. 2. That is when tlre lord ot the dasa is the owner of tbe Lagua Rasi, Lagna l{ora, I-agna I)ecanate, I-agna Navamsa,L:rgua f)wadasamsar Lagua Trirrrsarusa. or gif er q.lsVrniri:fq 4t ,- rnn}. also he Interp.eterl thus : " O r i f a i r i c u d l l ' p l a n e t . r a b e r e . f i r :. ' e h e i r r t h c V a r g e o f t h e . lord of tbe dasa," or " rf the lord of the rl:rsabe in the Varga of a, friendly or bene6c planet."

oslRsrJdrqstlEl C* gEtitqqr q|*ril gqftrfieqgililIsumi grq. I ** ErqR *urrrsftgqqrqrqriHqgrqils

Ail*q-{tg i q'{rsilff E{rqtgrq. n t\ tl

Sloia 15. When the lord of r dasa ripe for frui, tion happensto be in a swakehetraor in its exaltation or in a friendly houseor in an sqar (Upachaya) place from the Lagna or has the aspecton it of a benefic or a friendly planet, its dasa and bhukti will be favourable. When a Kendra or a Kona is occupied by an exceeding, ly benefic planet and the 3rd, the Grhand the llth bhavasby malefic ones,there will be prosperity during the dasaof those amongthem that are $trongand occupy their exaltationor other such scqq (Upachaya)places. Cy. qodirqqr

qqTqril nlqdi fiorrqirar,drqg{qeq: r aqngEWt nsrit qarflqaAqiidE u dq

d{e

gqlqw nn}sedisg,rgft dqn:

gi a)t{qqrfr}Rqqil qqcqq,iqaJ: I

Sl. 16-18

iirgrE{llstlrq:

r0l3

{;ir{itsfq oi< fcax,ir gri gqfafart nrft

rar g.ra' qflwqr an4oiuisoq.tt

g {r*rfrg{orrrft*iq rmnari atnq{r n tq ll

S/oArr16. If cwo planetsbe mutually friendly and have six fold strengch, there will be prosperity during t h e i r d a s aa n t l b h t r k t i . B r r t i f t h c t w r ) l ) 1 . ] r ) ettrs i n i m i , e qrr (Paka) anJ -.{q{rt crl and wclk, th:ir (Ap.rhrra) may cntail evil. Cf. qo{rFra,r

q;irqftgftfrt{rqi gi* {ri q-{qorrrnrftu t

q-qfi qrfrnpj\ q,irfqi+r ilaE *i-l ftgqfla.tqr r qlaa qarqgili errrtrddrqnr{i il4rdiqtl sr,il qqt* ilf,r{q;ri.Eg{ 6irit {TSrETrir: g{ qr t

gri g{6frqinq qfr qmq qrt iqg{ EE?iilgllull

Sloha 17. A planct produces ius effect upon the bhava it occupiesduring its dasa, this effcct being good or had ac.cordingto the natrrre o[ the planet. If the planetlre a b.:neficone, good is t,; be expected, say the astrologers, during its dasa, to the bhavaconcerned; if the planct bc malef the bhavawill suffer evil. ic. cf. u,t*iua;

{frr4rr:ir{rrfniinrqdqlqqtdrfisflfr S{lq I

g:rq flqi1ft:srErTqr{ra( ii.iariinr* rioq{ tt

rTtTqn;E(terE(tnsKrgluil t|r( qrnffiiler frqor qRflqfi-e t

$'AA

qiiru Errrrrft iqqqiur

fr,i r,aiq{ft fr{qotf.firelll tc tt

1014

crdscrfrent

Adh. XVIII.

S/ota 18. The dasaof a planecwiil be very auspicious wh':n it is in conjunction with a beneficpianet. If it be in.conjunctionrvith e nralefic when one,its dasr. ripening will be berrenof cifecr. If thc plarrct concern' ed be asscciatedwith one of rnixed nature ar:d be will ba neither weak nor strong, ite dasa and apair;rr.r characterized effectsof mixed nature. by

qqEteq E{tqER iTqt$fAqruitungnd, I

flgq?i qlqfrqqrq qr*si\giti gdr(a{ qrdr: il lq tl

S l o l a 1 9 . W h a t e v c r b e t h c m e t a i a s s i g n e do a t planet,the acquisition of property in thac metal takes placedurir)gthe dasaand apabara rirat planet. if the of planetconcerned exert a malcfic infiucacc the property i n t h e m e t . r l w i l l d i m i n i s h d u r i n g i t s d a s a; b u t i f t h e influence benefic,the properry v"'ili receivcaccession. be

qrh qiltrAq{Rrq fiqdgfi{inopi{r{{ | qisdsqqtrni[ifirA nqirfrrt rq-qi]a{T<ts Ro tl il

C C \ Caa..

Slohu2A. f)ririn,-1 ilasaof a planet lssocirted thr: o w w i t h a h o s t i l e n e ,e n , 3 m i e si l l m u l r i p l y a n da l l u n d c r , t a k i n g sw i l l l a i l . O f r v h l t e v c r b u s i n c s so r c o n c e r n a planetis a karaka(promotcrl,tliat concern r,vrllsucceed. as the wise say, dtrring th: d;rsr o{ thrt i-''irnet.

qisr{ffiitgrq{q c.rt a;urifqfq qqiq{pTrqI

qI( gIIEI{T5TTT iSFfiqIfr qt(Ril ?F;FI4IEilI{qqIIRqII
s S / o l c ? i . l f m e n ' s s u c c e s *i n a b r r : ; i n r so r c o n * oi inqurrr'. clt.: ;r.',tr(rlo.,.'bc the shuri.rlJ :ern "iririrct oi predict tiic sui:cess the concerndurrnq tirc dasaof th-' p i a n e tt i r r : i s t n e p r o l n o c e ro f t n ' . ) n c > r t lj r r q u e s t r o n h: of t)r,:prospcricy li the rnfiuence tirr pl"rn,:t ior gi.rod,
r. {g^ ' '. Ca \ -

sL22-23
;,

aH{rrsqtqr

1016

cern will be a failure.

t|EIAffiq{tsifl rsE{I fl!ilntTEltql

qfr qd'{r{rE{rrnrt eq}qqiitititqir

*qrq E{K{r{qi qilffiffi{

tqdqflq

qrfiqtetEantqatI
lt Rl ll

Sloka 22-. Royal favor is usually sccuredduring the dasaperiod of the planet that is the karlka of royalty (viz. Jupiter) or owns the bhava representing it (6th bhava). The worship of the deity represented by a planet comeson o?rcl)cs during the period of the ripen' ing of its dasa. Perfection in the practice of religious austerities,good works. etc., may be predicted to come on during the advent of the dasaof the lord of the thh bhava. The palmy time for sacrifices and other metitorious rrtes will be during the dasaand apaharaof the lord of the 10th bhava.

{Tiqlitlraqffi uit,{qi qnnuriqrqi cdqiiiaq{qe qioq: qft rficqisd'

I wqqlfr{q{qqrfirr W wq. $fr(

qurrriErrile qtqfti qr+T,ei {t( u R1tr {r

Sloku 23. During thc Pakalu,J bhukti of a pianer, the predominant qurlity chlracterisingic whether siE ( S a t v a ) e l R a j a s ) a n d a r < ' . I a m a s ) ( u i r i eA d h y a y a 2 , w itself. Tnis manifestation sloka 26) generaliymanifests io(eruns or inaugurates che davaof the planet in caseit should occupy one of the I asterisuls lroln the nrccl (-ianmarksna).But if the pianec'sposition be in one of (Karmarksha), maniiesthc from the +:Sqi tire 9 astcrisnas

r016

rntqrltqrt

Adh. XVIIL

tation advertedto will takeplace some time after the dasa set in. When the placeof the planetis among bas the niile stars from the onqrd (Adhana), the manifesta_ tion in questionwill not takeplace, if it takesplace or at all, it will be only so long as the dasa lasts. Norrs.
For q;rrqi, +riqiand ql.qrn dde supra Adhyayag, Sl. Zg.g0.

Cldfqwnr qrfi{r su4 qh I tizr flil* *qfrqqrrs n Rutl Efrqqss trEl

Sloka,Z4. A planet in a Sirshodaya sign yields fruit at the initial portion of the period of life influenced by hirn. But the samc planet in a Prishtodaya sign does it at the final stage. Bur if lre shouid be in a sign which bas both the characterisrics, becom:s fruitful he at all times. c/. lro,.'ifr+t

miq uinqscrtqqf+'lfts-sqsqqligr+ir; ll

q}{q q{rrRvrqfiqft rgi{iruqrilffgq{d fl*sr6rtsqq1 reatfrTqte{ 1 qtqtrhqilmlqfi . dqffirq{fuqn

itqmqilrufuwtrqrsqifiqtn rrr\ tl
Sloha 25. The dasa of the lord of the 6th bhava may leadto waiiing and lamentation. During the paka or the apahara thc lord of the [Jth bhava, dcath may of set in. When the dasaor apahara of thc lord of tlrc ?th bhava is in proqress, a near relative may be lost. Without overlooking the above, the astrologer may predict prosperity in general during the apaharaor bhukti of planerspresiding ove: the asterisms termed pat), trr'** f Sa raq (Sam a dhaka),'ii ( Ma i rra),ntnie (Parama maitra)and hrl (Kshcma).

sr. 26-2?

qg|qft$qfrt
NorBs.

1017

have been explained already in n;q, ;6q and orltTtd The terrr.rs Atlhyaya 9, slokas 78-80. The nine stats counted from any one of ( theabove three are termedrespectively t) ilq(z)t'{t(l)Rqq

(+)tq (s) mgr (r-,) arra (7)e"r(8)tt au.l(s) crclq.

c/, qotnQqt

q qirrqlfrqa&ai tri iirrq {$, gcsffr

'1un orisqqHrTq{: q}rtql} aq{ ll f,Irnqa{s{ ffinfa{R dEeqqqiqq

qTe;rq I ntt firfbqsffi1ffr gilqq qqqqr it"ilRfr rnqtf f airrrrgi rr]+fr

qrRaiisqq tflqrit -qrqlaqfli ?q. ll

f*qoelort{itq qrqfusftg{or t il{{rqi ufr iiraq drrfrqii qlqr( ll lq ll

cyclic divione Sloha 26. When, in one of the three cycllc dlvlsions into which the twelve bhavas may be arranged there under certain conditionsfor Ayurdayapurposes, conis a maleficplanet devoid of etrength,the pereon cernedmay comeby his deathduring its dasa. ln case to happens be benefic,all the weak planet in queetion will go well. 'When,

ilitfusdffifisq{t
ii{mrqqilfitarftn {itlsoxil ll 1\ell
o;' .'t,"rrg a Sloha27. When the dastof a planet a is t{ia{ lRiksba,Sandhi) in progreEs, pergLr'"may Wben a planet be afflictedwith sorrow and diseare. of no has progreseed further than the 30th desree a Rasi, may producedeath. its daea 128

1018

crtrsqtltfrt

Adh.XVIII

ffie\ ff'qft * qarqq s qf{ aquq} a{ril'f I qrii g{ agger.aftdaEtrqnqilriiriq n Rd tl

Sloha 78. A planet occupying irs depression a at birth is not competentto produce good effects,nor is anotherassociatedtherewith. if the depressed planet b e i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h R a h u , i r m a y d o h a r m ; a s a l s o the planet occupyinga house owned by ic and rhe one r:wning its depression Rasi.

ffiqsrildi,{ruritqr$tqT i};gq[.u{gfir I fidr qrd ffiiqr* qRrrrartcurat xnii*uq$fr;e'r nq,o.

Sloka 79. When any one of the sever,ri bhav;rs s u c ha s t l r e L a g n ai s t h e s u b j e c tc i i n q u i r y ,a n d r v h e n a p l a n e te x c e e d i n g l -irn i m i c a l t o t h e l o r d o f t h e b h a v a ' . o c c u p i e s h o u s ev o i d o f b e n e f i c u n d e rc o n s i d e r a t i o n a d o t s ,t h e a s t r o i o g e rr,e i v i n g u p o n t h e u n a n i m o u s e c l a d ration of eminent sages:may announce that the bhava i n q u e s t i o nw i l l s u f f e ra n n i h i l a t i o nd u r i n q r h e r i p e n i n g o f t h e d a s ao f t h e i n i m i c a lp l a n e r e f e r r e c io , t t

qft wqterrrqilqnrrEfiirmrftirqqqr rrrnrqa erdr;qwqqgqEqcilr iq q{

grd m*qqqqnq'{Rwt faerru{q I

\o

n{ tsrmmqqdfieqqqirf}ih}iqiq rrQotl
S i o h a 3 0 " T h e d a s ap e r i o d o f a p l a n e t o w n i n g a flqrtrlFr(Eadhasthana) well as of rhe one associated as t h e r e w i t hl e a d st o d i s e a s ed i s t r e s s n d o t h e r s u c he v i l s . , a During the dasaand apaharaof a planet occupyinga Kendra from the srweilq (Badhasthana), sorrow and tcreign travel wiii crop up. lf two planetsoccupy the

sl.3l

slgTq{tsrqr{rt

1019

Sth and the 8rh pl4cesin respectto each other, the untoward exile or some mry prediccdanger, astrologer eventduringtheir paka and apehrra but if the planeto i be ic in question benef and friendly,th: effect will be m ix ed.
and sir{rr2nd qrs-i^r" n"o"::l;:. '*

qi 3Ti6(rlii eTlqirqii q qrqrqrt faft;err fi'n n,iiqt drqrJtqqr{i 4;1g \trf}ft *Rqrg: 1g qiftqitql qri' ert{qqt<\'mrrq t ?'trstiffdflF-\*t et{xtg"qi1 11
'ilrrherr i h c I - a g n a ( * l i c t l r e i c , i l ) i 1 ' t ho r o f q u e r y ) i s a r n o v e a b l e , rrnmor"ealrlor dual sign), tlre I I th, the 9Lh and the 7th places e ihc:-efrorn talien in order arc tertrletl :it{JBfl{{: or troublous positions. 'l'hc a planet orvning a'{lrllq-iiiT s u'ejI ls thc one occupf ing it or its 'uidc .'\tlhl'al'a 2' s/. *8). I{en<ira iq caliecl 1t'{.1i. (,\iso

qEq{irElqf}qrft+r* q* q1ffiq }T4fr {ril TtTt( wqr{rqnuCx+arqgrqritqiiqd}qcl |

{rq{ii.i ftqft gfq( gkn"q}qqffitll (tt I11 {r;ffiqriirqsiqqfrqqrfaqiiiiieU.ura}it tll
31. if the planet ripening the fortune of a Si'',,trz personat any time be the one termed{te (Deeptha)(ttide a Adh, 2, slokas ltj 13), he will become king rvith an of abundance wealch, fame, prtronageand iearning to he makehim happy ; if a stul (Swasch,r), rviil hrve of to eecured irim the benefics old traditions, religious the observancesn hearing of pious homilies, exceeding comfort, health and wealth ; if a g,ia (M'rdicha), its gifts co lrim rvill be in the form of royal favour, pow and worldiy happtncss; if a ttta (S.rntha),the effe

r0n

arrdsqrftfrrt

Adh.XVIII.

prosperity, will be exemption from ailments, happiness, the goodwill of the rulersand a spirit of errterprise.

q* drilq ftqrftiqqffiq sftfkq{qEn,

ffiftilt$qqgil{itr

{tGaqrr({r I

erq ilt ilit'{ tr,i ftffiq{firr nirtirnrlqr Pqqb{n urq dtr?qqFitriia0atq fiftr 1R
S/oAo 32. Whcn thc drsa of a planct tcrmedton (Saktha) is in fruition, a person rvill evincda predilec, tion for learning,educrtion,money,religiousausteritiee, porversand works of charity. acquieitionof supernatural During the proqress of the dasaof a planet called,ftfla (Peedita), person may hav,:to apprehenddangerfrom a robbers,enemies and the rulers of the land, or lose an younger brother. Distrcss is all the legacy that a {ta (Deena) planet could leave. The dasa of the ill-condi, tioned planet termed iaoo (Vikala) leads to distress and disease that of a ,ao (Khala) produces mental ; anguish; and laetly,the planet in the dfa (Bheerha) state keeps the person urrder its infuence irr dread of adversariee.

ftoeeildrrilqdnut*;grqrqtg q& r
qurftsftEr[rriur d g,i iTrsgqqEtql!n QQ tl
S l o f r a 3 3 . N o t e d o w n t h e s ef o u r s t a r s : v i r . ( l ) the cne occupied by the Lagna; (2) that occupied by the Moon ; (3) that indicatedby the name of the perEon concerned: and (4) that occupiedby the Moon at the time of the query. Ascertain which of theseis Etrongest. Starting with the dasa of the lord of this predominant star and following the order of the aakehatra dasas,

sL 34-35

sTgrErirsIqtq:

l02L

astrologersof eminence annQuoce th: good or evil falling to the lot of the person concerned'

t siqfff{{Ro{fi il Wlifiifrr qurqorr? ftrlqiltc{g{ q tt s{f:a (tqFqs(itilulr( 18

Sloka 34. If the ltasi containing the vica (Utpanna)nakshatra(vide next sloka) be stronger than any to referrecl in the preceding sloka, it is tluitc possible th.rt the psrson about wirern clivination is to b: made, may get the {ruits of all rhe drsas of his life calculated as from the Utpanna nakshatra the starting point' It is to be understoodas a genetal rule that ail pl'rnetshave a tendencyto work evil at thc cnd of their severaldasas.

EFIIqtiqteK qaqq{rsq}iqqdil Ettt

tqt;qErcqtqil | tlTtElqr;K{rrsqdi;sqHil wqt iq qilEtrtattqi {igqEl $rta$It i*qqqed{ilqd}et ll 1\ ll areqrircrnqq'Ti

Slofta 35. Ascertain the 5th, the Sth as well ag i' the ,{th star from ate* (Janmarksha), e' the star occttbirth' Cycles pieclby the Moon at the time o{ a person's o{ dasas arc calculated {rom every one of these as the counted from the 5th is called starting point. Tlre ,Jasa vua (Utpanna) ; that from the 8th, $Itsrt (Adhana); tl',at fiom the 4th, &u (Kshema). It the dasas in these cycleahave their ends iallying with eachother or with s"cQt the end of the dasataken in the same order from (Janmarkoha),f. e. giving the same number of yeart' monthe,etc., it is a sign that the life of the person con' cerned is to end with the dasa. In the case of people endowed with short, long and mediumlives, the denise

rc?2

qRf|FTTTGilil

Adh. XVIII.

will happen the closeof the 3rd, the ?th and the 5th at dasarespe:tively.
cf , sil{rd

sreqrgilqqrae qft e{( r firqr}

Erf,qqEqt q]t q,g,}A efidit rt ,iiqtg.iiqqrdTni sftdit r qqrT 0

qraisfa qse"rTr iEtqrii$"rqqanrRiiqiq({r I artwrgqrqjqanr qqrr fisutrrsr;qrq lE il {qt n

S l o h o 3 6 . I f t h e b i r t h o f a p e r s o nb e d u r i n g day time, his exit from the rvorld is to ba thus derermined ; Add tlrc figures for the Sun and Srrurn, and find our t h e a s t e r i s m i ' r dt h e p o r t i o n r i r e eo f i n d i c a t c db y t h i s a r totai. In the crq{rr(mahaJasa) this asierism, frnd of out which period correspcnds the particuiar portio' to of the star already found. Ihe deach of the person c r : n c e r n e w i l l o c c u ra t t h i s p o i n r o f t i m e . i f r h e b i r t h d be during night, add the f igures cheMoon and Rahu for ; ascertain beforethe particularperiod of the mahadasa as c o r r e s p o n d i ntg t h e p o r t i o n o f r h e a s t e r i s mn d i c a t e d o i by the total, This will give rhe rime of itr?or(Niryanaj.

n frqfurd{Tr rr

gfb*ike'aqilqil ilw qsitqil |

u Sib*qrrr rr

rrslifir-rEqtird q q(gqil il Qetl uamrt

Sio,trl il?. Ascertain the asterism occupied by Mandi at the time of a p.r-qon'sbirth. The drsa of Gulika is reckoned from this srar. The lords of the R a s i a n d t h e N a v a m s a o c c r r p i : d b y G u j i k aa s w c l l a s

sl. 38

agr{frsqrqr

1023

w t h e p l a n e ti n c o n j u n c t i o n ( / i / c r n l l v c o ' o p 3 r a t i n g ) i t h horos:one. plan':ts tir: in the Upagrahaare death-dealing

R T[sqil ll
iiirrrRrg* q ilqrir inttflf {Eilf I irrsrRr ii*ud Tfl q{ii lrr Errrll lc ll | | iqilsnsi ft a'qreqriqqE{Isqldng

qE{I(* q;rufr q'fag*

5i c,ta 38. The lords of chetwo eighth piaces urg: <ari (Ayusthaney),the Suuand Venus, as alstltire Moon a n d M a r s a r e c a l l e d K a r a k a s ;t h e f i r s t t w o , o f t h e the native'sqq-Ayus (.:{riretrg:-Jathasyayuhu); second pair, of the iather ; the thjrd, of tire mother' Firrd the dasacorresponding to that one amongthe three r{otrr?r (SoolaRasis)of a Karaka,wirich tl're conditions of the may pclintto and f ind also unclerexamination horoscope i w h e n t h e d a s am a y b e i n p r o g r e s s . T h i s d a s a , " e . t h e Rasi) pointed to by dasar:f the iord of the qorrflr (Soola may prove gr (Mrrtyuda) or fatal. the horr-rscope
NoTri:. l T l r c s l o k a r s l e r l ' l e r s c . 1 4 . t r t c u o r d t n go t h e + z c f l i e d e q t (l(atapayarli sankhl.:rlsigni{iestire nurnber8. Iiere tire dual fhT{r thc lords oi the trvo r\r'usl ) o i n t st o t h e t W o p l i i n e t s t l r a t u rc *{aqeqt{gi -r a7j, t'i2., t}rc stl ^nd the 3rci thanas (-lui ralqr: 'I'he g i u t e r p r e t a t i o l l i v e n a b o v ci s t u r t h e r p J a c e sr o r n t h e 1 a g n a . f s r r p p o r t eb Y t h e f o l l o r , r ' i n g : - d

qtufteq;fi:I t;qn{iiiqdt" (ifqdt). " r[ag*,,ii: ', q,i,tpie'iifi"q qajiq fiq*nr, @l(.r uii q;e*q{liil qfr g qrq{Iifi:" (n1e+oa).

The qe{t-{t

, : 1 ; E { o f t h e s c c c n c lh a l f i s d l ( ' T g f i q g { q l { ? l i R l d i l t 'I'he word rir'1er is brought in fronr i{l q(l qrfr ott 6g{r ll

1024

qrdEqrft{ril

Adh.xvrn.

the preceding sloka. {,oqi (Soolarksha) is the 8th Rasi from the place occupiedby the I{aral<a or its 7th, whichever of them is found to be stronger. flWi meansthe {Loli and its triangular signs. Soola dasasare helpful to {ind the if,ch (Niryana) of auy particular relative signilied by tbe liaraka under consideration.

ilffirffifuilUtGS dtg

frqiFqis fu sqsEgts

qrsfrs{ n lq tl dtqrftwqgetg

SJoftc39. Shouldthe signs representing Rasi the (Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, and other Vargas etc.,) by the Karaka occupied under consideration happen to be etrong either by the aseociation or aspect of, by, benefice, may predictgoodresulte the yearsigni, one at fied by tbe numberof years allotted to the lord of thc respective signrepresenting Varga(according the the to Udu dasa system) increased 6. But if the sign happens by to be eitlier the debilitation or inimical house of the planet, be also occupiedor aspected karaka or by a planet, hasto divine only evil duringthc malefic onq oaidyears. Norts.
The above uieaning is only tentative. "orfrq{tot{cqiFtiigig" has been taken to nreanas " rvith 6 years added." As it is not explicit as to to what uunrber this ti sli,..ruld added, it is interbe preted as the years accordiug tu lhe Udu dasa systeur allotted to the lords of the several vargers occppiedbl' the karaka in questiou.

ll TlarE{rfhtqr tl
qr liild{qaf {d eqi\QqroJ{*iir Se-

frqtqaq{r Rtqnoil {Fqrftaqrsil{|

sl. 40-42
\\ \ \ n.

qgrqt'isqtqt
^\ A .

1026

({ qqgif g ilqltrqs qr{ g slT{eFI

{ril E?nqqr?ir q-sgitt ({rqi {urq ll 8o ll

Sloka 40. If at a birth, the planet owninq the asterismor the Navamsa occupiedby the Moon ahould aspectthe latter or be in conjunction rvith it, the Kala. chakra dasae these planetswill be fraught with the of specialeffectsto be mentioned. Diseasecrops up when in the iq (Deha) of the dasas question is associated with planet; and diiziness when such a planet occuan evil pieo the fre (Jeeva) If both the tE (Deha) and *q (Jeeva)be occupied by malefic planets, and the evil influence thus become overpoweringly strong, death will follow as a consequence.

tAeo

uerqr-atfurr
qrfrftorUuirqfi aqurqt
qililqERwri rgrriutrnq t
fitqf,i Tq{rqilwi.Rruri *.qq ftqqftfti rr{d}( tt;itsu Bt tl
Sloha 41. If a malefic planer occupy the Lagna, aotrologers thrt during the progrcst of its dasa,there say will be much distress and disease,loss of wealth,and risk from rulers and foes, when the apahara belonge to a maleficplanet. The effeccwill be wholly mixed in the apahara a benefic planet. of

oqt&qqtr*t6 qrqudi IIESTT{ |

tq*gq.i
1'z9

q{ qqFe affiffir{FTq Bq tt n

Sloha 42. Durirg the rime of the dasaof the lord of the Lagnaand the bhukti of a male{icplanet therein,

l0t6

Cltr'tqrfufr

Adb.xvilL

aEtroiogersunanimously say that there will be much evil to be apprehended taking in the form of disease, death or loss of place.

qilfuqfirrqrt q'quffl rn{qq I

*rfigRtqq qM a d'uqr ll 81 ll
S/oln 43. At the time the dasaof the lord of the Znd bhava is in progress and in the bhukti of Saturn, loss of wealth,and quarrel with frienCsand relations will undoubtediycrop up.

qilftqr qrqft vR erq {rrqnqiriiaRifirunqI qrqrFEi q;rtqrrqiffirTr{rqrgs (sqt n}n rr BBl!

Sloka 44" If the lord of the 2nd bhava be malef ic, astrologersdeclaretirat there will be ioss of wealth of during the antardasas Saturn, Mars, Rahu and the Sun. The sameholds good when a malef planetoccu, ic p i e st h a t b h a v a .

qnr?iiilri frqaiailuriqrnstii\xiqriqifr nsqtt

S/ola .15. When a malefic planet occupies the 2nd bhava,the person concernedwill have to suffer of during the antardasa that planet througlr the ill-will of the ruler of tl're land, lossof honor, loss cf wealth, o i m p r i e o n m e n ti , s s o f h i g h s t r t u s a m o n gm e n ,a r t dm a y incur the hatredof his friends.

qnflqar qiqqd{ arFirt{rqtlk ^nqrouiqrq r

qrq{i frtqiilqart qrqri}qt 'Trrriiq=Rlutt{ I wa{{mqRrrw}t{:d wrrrfe gqrf}qiEIltsq li

planetowning the 3rd bha Slolc .i{1. If a rnalefic pianetalso malef troubiervill ii:, with ;r va tre associated cometo tire per$onconcernedthrougirthe instrumenta'

sl. 47.-4s

qgrqli$|lrql

10s7

lity of foes,weapons and tbieves during rhe antardasa 'Ihis is not an unlikely result even of maleficplanets. when the lord of the 3rd bhavain questicnis associated with a beneficplanet.

qqnrrtitrt{t}Trilud I gft*urn+rihqqsuri rriihi{Rqa*iiirq;ll 8e ll nrr ot x qainruri

Sloka 47. Dtrring the dasa of the lord (when maiefic)of the 3rd bhava and in the bhukti of Saturn Mars, Rahu Ketu or the Sun an astrologermay gene' or, rally predict lossof brorhersand sisters, at all events, g a m i s u n d e r s t a n d i nw i t h t h e m .

I frni\Erqrqgtttq qrhC qrq{{Ufk6lb ttucl srt;gfi q.gqiitti{ uuqrftdrf}u?anrmgr I

Sloku 48. At the ripening of the dasaof the lord ic, of the 4th bhavr, when other than benef and during say astrologers tlrere will the bhukti of a maleficplanet, quarrelwich relatives, damrgeto agribe loesof place, culture and kindred pursuics'to cattle and to weaith'

qHrqElw[tt gaufttwq qr* lfloqqiqsgdrffi${s I dt qiqarwri gaftnorrrgritaq;gutom{iltsi{iqqll 8\ ll

S t o k a 4 q . I n t h e d a s ro f t l t : l , r r d o f t h c 5 t h b h a v a , say astrologers when a mal<:ficplanet has its ap;tirara, frcm the sove' there wili bc danger to be apprehende<l ili. llut dirrirg the apehera or rcigr.r, a dc:rrson mav fail a bencfrrplanet, there will be accesgionof wealth o[ kind attentions {rom the rulers and kinsani c.hilttren, men and the attainins of what is wished tor.

1028

qr|Fcrftlre

Adh.XVIII.

qD{qmrqi glmui g
qr* qoeurqtqrqorqili
g$'r tnqo{{ 6q(i I t}rq t qffffituqet q fiqt qEF( tr \o tl
S/o&c 50. .Wise rstrologers say that in the dasa of the lord of the 6th bhavaand in the bhukri of planets not benefic. a perBon has to apprehend danger from a king or from fire ; he may suffersome misfortune or become liable to disease In the dasaof the lord of the ?th bhava and in the apaharaof a planer in the <qq (Khala)state,the personconcerned nray lose his wife and becomea wanderer.

qft qM{qtq

GqqrftElrrnt qmrrtrt ftgrrd turi wffirfiihrwc{ qnr;gidEr{tq I

frqonfdq ftd{qq.n \t tl ud qrqfrrTintrr
rrwiiqnjRqqfqfi

Sloho 51. During the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhavaand in the apaharaof a malefic planet, rhe astro, loger may prerJictrisk from foes, loss of life, of wealth, of fame, rambling about or ejection from a placeof honor. Durins the bhukti of a malefic planet in the dasaof the lord of the gth bhava,the evil cropping up may be deathoF parents, accrualof iniquitieE,imprison, ment and waste of wealth.

rilrw norzuTrseqt qqrqd\ai ud qqi{giigq{ililfi' a i{w+q I {sr$ q;cnr*qufiuUifisqi oritrqrt grci

rqdtqfiil{ri tqwi fiqrq ard f}gr l \R tl

sI.52-55

engrqfrstqrq!

1029

10th bhava in the co (Khala) state ripens, there will crop up, during the gftn (bhukti) of maleficplanets,sicknessto those that are dearly loved, removal from office, loes of comfort and fame, and waste of money. In the dasaof the lord of the 1lth bhavaand during the bhukti Mars, the Sun or Rrhu, th:re may be affliction' of Saturn, ruin of aqricultural and other opsrations' danger from tire sovereign and loss of wealth.

aqtltqri rRq;Efiqud qornqqffgi({ |

qsH{

q qnq;rer{ sqft{uri iiqfritqlEs \1 ll ll

Slohu 5i). When the dasa of the lord of the l2th bhava is in progress and when the bhukti of the Sun, Saturn or Mars has set in, the persrn concerned, $&Y the astrologers,will be at variance with his wife, sons and relations,and will suffer loss of strength,of honor and of wealth. During the bhukti of Rrhu, he may be t e x p o s e do r i s k f r o m P o i s o n .

qFgii qr qwi ;ttgtt{ | wq'FrTqEuqqrsud

ll qrqfrattqlqsru 6g Efifrow?ofrtg \8 ll
Slokrt.t';4. During th" d".i and bhukti of planets which occupy the 6th or the 8th placefrom each other, men suffer loss of place or lose of life. During the dasa and antara of two weak planetsoccupying the samebha' va, the death of the person concerned may be preCicted.

I src*R{rr<tqnrri
qrqi mq sttffiqrri{6qit a tmt ll \\ ll
Stohu llt. When the drsa of a maleficplanet is in of progress,and the antardasa a planet likewise malefic

1030
tahodrc.

GUTMITi

A,Jh XVIIL

htt let iq the death of the person concernedwill surely

ilflftrril! qHIs trffitfumr

ffitqr*gfirffqEnqt fr.t+( tt \q tt
Sloka 56. If malefic planetsoccupy a malefic Rasi and be asaociated with or aspected by inimical planets, thc dcath of the person concerned will happenduring the daEa such malefic planets. of

qdfrftqtq qs {{{ffiq Wq;ffi;ili

q

Irguldf {iq;i qrqrizrqfrqqr n \s tl

Sloka 57. Mark the planet rl'ratis inimical to the lord of a (Mrityu) dasr During thr bhukti, antara rnd rukshmadasa of this inimicrl planet. the time of deethof the personconcerned will indeedcome. There need be no doubt of this when the inimical planet hrppene to be malefic.

SilRffr{qgrral Errq{Qr qrflitri qoq{ilffiqrfiqQ I s"rs{ sqoflqfEqqtrqf rtTiiliftTn{Tqi uurrgnql: tt \d ll

S/ofta 58. It is at the outset of thc dasaof a male, fic planetthat the effect of its being in its exaltationor other varga will appear. Tts influence over the bhava and the iike that it presides o rer will be felt in the piddle of the dasa; while the aspectupon it bearsf ruit towards the conclusion. This holds good, say the in astrologers, the caseo[ all malelic planets.

st.59-60

wrqft$sfrt

1031

q|qqrfi qr{qFf gnit ffiilftq[nsi qTsqQI il{rqr* gMil(*i qt ilRrqrut{ {qk ti \q tl

SloAa 59. In the cage of every beneficplaoet, its effect upon the bhava it presides over apperdrs the at beginningof its dasr; while the influence due to its position in the several vergas manifests itself in the middle of the dasa. What is due ro the aspecrof other planetsupon it comes on at the end. All astrologerg recognisethe distinction thus set forth between the Nakshatradasasof bencfic and malefic planete.

ll {Rqffi({rrwilq'6ut tl

il eTeTr;a{{tt(5olfr tl
srrr d(frrnrrrt *dqnTeil+fqqd-d-qgsqrdrwirpNitFts I

wtrq{rtrrs*(mfrFr}

Uefrkufrr tr Q"tl Wwaftqnqil

S/ofta 60. During the progress of the Sun's dasa, the generaleffects to be noted will be-money,making by stealthy rnining and other ways, trouble from fire and beasts, inflamnation of the eyes,illness affecting the stomach and teeth,separation from wife and children, loss among reverend seniors and parentsand general kine and propsrty. decay among Eervants, qf. ara+ru<n

qriitrnqi fRfi?rrqin) qie*,flfrag n;tqrqrtt

qaflEqvftaqqaqiwqdrsftq Frrrrrr: tt tlT(

q=xilirqft sflrRf{fiar qri'}q* svq,tRf{iqrq : r

ft32

qrr(r6qfffi

Adb. XVIII.

qior erqqeqeeq q fioarll fqwra+qlftrfnriri'

qSidrgarq-f figfna f'1ontt "qqa E=dtqtqaqtrtr enraiiql {{: rf,fo:F{t( tl Zqrflrq}rfQaq-geii;

iqqrq} t EttIE{ttr(Iqmrtinatr{

qsetdilgitrd iEarqret{rrqr Et ll u

Sloka 6L. Mulciply the yearsof a }lahadasa by the yearsof the planet whose antardasais required. The product when divested of the f igure in the unit's placewill repreEent rronthscomposing antardasa. the the Multiply the figure in the unic's place omitted in the last operationby 3. The result will be the numberof required. daya forming part of the antardasa

ar-iltumsridrr il {Frq{rFTi
kwqrfurwi$irniRfirwrr
qdira.ii d u qRtl Ri{qqdqrri
Sloka-62. During tlie dasa and bhukri of the Surr, a personmay .rcquireweaith through Brahming Ksha, <-rr triyar, or by a resort to arms or other ways ; he may at the eame time have much mentai suf{ering and leada wanderinglife through a foreignwild counrry. Cf, qodirQ+t t{tatrgolasfqt qqii qltqat,tz?Hfn qnrIIq( |

qq ;qilcqcF qa+Fq*rrq f.tqi qni rfqnia ,rlenr.iifq* l

qqq qrgfrTq+rri iqr{sqtr t qlugfuirRr{ar,i q;tqarFiti qq tl qrii n

SloAr:63. When the N4oonhas its bhukti during d . o t h c p r c g r e s e f t h e S r r n ' s a s aa p e r s o nw i l l h a v ea c c e s ,

sr. 64-66

qgrqfrsqlrrr'

sion of wealth through the instrumentality of relatives and friends, indulge in idle paatimes the companyof in intimate and respectablepeople and guffer oevetely f r o m j a u n d i c ea n d k i n d r e d a i l m e n t s . Af . ro{riqmr

6qH{{T+ rJ(firut ftgq{q} E?Frrr: t ofqf*,qr Uegrfr: qqr q{qrfqeqfA(frr&qTq'ft Erft qe}qqrQi: tl {{ft
A.lso ;itil+F{tsl

+rlfi q-qcdtnrqi g<oiqwmrfigqrfr{ r

Fgafi qngtfit{ft fir}fiq'thqq qq q tt q*ae Nflrqr* gul-srrilt qR er,{gi: r rrqnqrri) qwl q qpg *vifitd;qflqtr *rq

rt

(ctsraii{qrftnq+{ gqrft{ | tr H.nftdqrt gi qrgcqrrdi qB tl

Sloka 64. When Mars has its apahara the Sun'g in daoa,an astrologermay foretell to the perEon concerned acquieitionof wealth in the form of gems and gold, royal favor leadingto prosperity,contrraction tranoand mission of bilious and allied diseaaes. c/. qo{r?t-.{,r

qqfirr{te.r eoiiqq' qlrrq: egeaX*tfYcr r qtllii qqft qq ua;gfidar qrft aqr&q.trtq rr uq]
Also qTildl+l1''ri

qwoTfiRqq q fiqi r eqqT+oqlag?ti

qgo +qftataqqrrqi gfiwogea:fto qra{ lr

GTs6 t.gqr{ ffg{qlftf|gi{ I qEGgti ua\grdqtwtits..r* lf q\ tl

Sloka 65, Pang of death prematurely settiog in, 130

1034

rtnuqtftnt

Adb.xvlll

trouble from relatives ag also from enenies, loee of place or mental mioery may be expectedin the bhukti of Rahu in the Sun's mahadasa. c/. sodftrr

Rw,il qqEftilqlfrq) ftqrqq fevvFiqrn'ga: I

firilerintq*wfq .{a}qaERrd{rg{:rt tl tRnt tt ftsqfqTwaifr ftr.illi gt rt QQ

Sloka 66. What is all.worthy-wealth got through virtuous a wortby con, honor to Gods and Brahmanas, good traditional observanc$, good society and actr, good conversation will distinguish the antardasaof Jupiter during the Sun's mahadaea.
Cy. nce{f1Q61

T{{s{ sdGd NqilqurTiliqI

t ftgnqtfifiqqqrftr;qtgri-iqSagw;gxaaq qqfd arqsTfr q qrqitTrf,r qil sflnfr'ftct{{tq. tt liri

A,lso qirq.lrrtq

sgbor q6ar qfafiqg{r{ig I flAeqFqrfag q61;qed ll {qrFffflnqarfr q< qr+Itrrrqt

r{qri{qrod alagftrt}wq t ilqd1lTqnffr fi{ril,fit sit 1s tl Qu

Sloha 67. During the bhukti of Saturntn the Sun'g dasa,a person ahould be prepared for hostility from every one, want of energy, an ignoble calling, mental worty, and liability to rick from the rulers or tbieves. c/. sodR{,r

qil(ft: gnfitq: feqr ri gelrr: flqf4qfiq;gfi: r qRHr qqfhqqqftsa rila\ sfrEgqn-di tt rti

sl. 68-?0
a lso qrfr{l{ol

rUrqrlsrwrr

1036

f,{iloqfdqrfq qqFn d{ {Ha\ {rgqs;61q! g

qR[ I a1nft 1frrfr,ftfiei' {0-qqnrcnlTqnqq:

r;gfrcrwiqrd(rts( q{wrqI iti*gt*qqrirfr{tw{e gt tt qall

S/ota 68. Trouble from relatives' mental dittreao, depressionof epirits, wasteof money and slight comfort are what may be expected in the apaharaof Mercury during the progressof the Sun'sdasa. c/, qodft+t

firrdi fiqfEtrftedg5'edrqdr qs{{frq{tsn{| qqnqrf}'it, Uo qifa Gqqrdqr'{ r-{rq{qfqqqil tt qqfi tt qq'q{rqTfi ilrsqa fi*' gt '{Tgqai

Also nmEn{WI

qit fiafitr<gRat$, qlqn'\etfiftea r qir6itri ffi{ilr,i *etqqrft Er t

qfirorrgqrgJfi {+c<{t rq} il Eqrl

mental anguioh,ophth, SloAe 69. Throat-disease, almia or prematurc death may be expected in Ketu'e bhukti in the Sun's mahadrsa' c/. woailit+,r

fiidl qqrfinfi qd ftqqry: tl uiliqarqfhiinuq'i.

qFgfil{. I uFqq: da5gr{fiqfr frq}tq qnRrur

qorqrfrqnqni I Sdisrrfr\{urq.

trc<.tt q,fr ll so 11 AFdqrE$riiit

Slt ka 70. Acquisition of pearlsor other produca and pofitof the sea, fatigue, addiction to bad females

l086

ilrTrrliqrl

Adh.XVIII.

lessdiscussion will markSukrs's bhukti in the Sun's mahadaea.

o/. 'n-safi*l

ftrilur wtgErftqtsq r a{iR,qrrJ(qaqFqfi"gfrq. gofr*rgr+qdtq ui|: gh q{fi rtrqr;inq tl tfilt

Also sFffitrltol

qEF+{ +frfA terffrdi qrsq{iqqrd: qrfE fis ll Eil* ftqilqtn ftEqj.i qtqqt I utqtqffit qr\ q{rct g(rqlsqq u st tl
Sloka 77. In the inirial portion of the Sun'sdasa, the father of the person concernedrvill fall ill, and there will be much expense. In the middle, there will be trouble to every one whether biped or quadruped in the household. In the end, there may be ease and comfort.

Rvqrq w.r$oiq qii q qlfeeqar,oi{lerq 1

dt ffqqEi'qrqq ilfodtsqEri}rq grdtftcfllq;gq{ut nltf\qqq{ t E q dr qrt Wrof\{ dtq WwhrqaT

ftat qrfeEqn{rnwt frqq{ {r Eft{ n sRtl

Slaha. 72. During the progress the Sun,emahaof daraoccupyingthe deprcssion Navamgain its exaltation person has to apprehend ill,fam:, danger,the house,a deathof a eon, a wife or somepaternalrelationand loss of property in connection with agriculture and other purruits. But in the dasaof the sameplanetoccupying the exaltation Navamsa in the depressionhouse, the perBon concerned will attain regalprosperity,happiness, though towards the end thereof there day occur loss of wealth or his own demige,

sl. 73-74

srErEtilsr{rrq:

1037

q;1tqfriliilRqmwrqqnqi qqit qoiitt qniu qret.fill sl ll

Stoht 73. f)uring th..: progress of the Moon's to a personwill have access sacredprayers, maha<lasa, he will exerl fascin'rtionover ; ecripture and Brahmanas young females, and secure to himseli women, wealth and lands; he will have a profusionof flowers, cloths, ornaments, perfumes and various valuable objects of enjoyment; but if therebe anything to checkthe Moon's will be that strength,the effecton the personconcerned he will be poor and suffer from wind'disease'
NorIis. The reading in q.odftqt is slightlv diflerent viz'', "

firfinflqarqtq_riqfai\{f
: f18 SUITEH4TqITFqNIqT{fl

r ffirfrn{aqfrdtqq*eftk'
q1ft rsgfqilqeffil qnilq: ll

qqqilqFFiTt{rrsorfr ll il eTq
qgEqrttfuR Rqrd.ft(ilao*n{{fr{qd r.sti{ d'fqlil fiarfr Grgi gritir ir'i q
I ffiu* tadqt "{qdtEq{nrq*r qsqqrqq.

lleBll quaii{'i A EdrFaHqfi daftq\qri\orri

Sloka 74. Devotedattention to learning,love and gilk and muaic--vocai as rvell as instrumental-suits of in other articles of attire which succe$E these purauito

1033

rltrTqnGlld

Adh. XVIII.

gGnerallyEecures, refined society-sound health-good renown such ae even royal ministers and army leaders and places ecteen and envy-journey to sacredsLreams in company with f,rmily and friends-and lastly what ie dear to the heart, the acquisition of lands, cows and horces-abundant wealth and power-these are what the Moon will give in the ripeningof its own dasaand bhukti. c/.weiifq*t

rraq dqqtftKqeig+rrra) {gitaqnqtrrrit t qi ngReseqsalgd qni firrft dla{tf}* rr

r itri iiftqsifi q qr;ffid $reilqq

gi ftzqrmrn(bd qo(qrnr.it trs\ tl

petulance, loss of place, wa$te Sloha 75, Disease, of wealth, trouble from friends and brothers may be expectedto crop up in the bhukti of Mars in the Moon'r mahadasa.
c/. q.,a{i/Q-q;t

fia{f,eftitqqlQq: bng,efiu*tflea{t rrt qrlaiiftfirilFct ll fqaflafidA'iiiOi

Also fld{,It{tut

q;gft q I +)rrdritofrwfiiq i'fipft F{T;rd: gntcfl rrqfr*rfifi ,iqlqeqlftoliprqr+ ei rI

iigfrurrn( bd ffg;Tltiqiqq{ | r f*kgflsllt nf,rq;nq{F(t ll uQ 11

Siola 76. During the antara of Rahu in the a Moon's mahadasa, personhasto suffer distresson ac' diseases, loss of count cf riskg frcm foes and dangerous relativer and waste of wealth ; he has no easein fact.

?ill:1"'"" -"" ""-*5ly: """, " "","",___'

c/. m-oetft*r

qaqiqqfta=qii{qaodris{iilrhsa*t r

qrnrmfiqqrftrrqh fta')qRgtfrq-ga{ r

qrnrRfr?{qrEtft EtttwoTwqEs I

Tdr(srdwrt'ritfit ffrcnr-etn \eetf

Sloka 77. In the Moon"smahadasa in Jupiter'c and apahara, person will get vehicles and the like articleg, a abundance clothing and ornaments. He will achieve of what he strives for.
q;oil0+,rqt{
___CF n qHqrrl;|{n: $Iffi qq{qqg:Hqrrrrr:I

itqneafirfrq arqatrqfqqq*$ gn] rt

srfrdtirtot

qq ftftreeqT qr-qrilIll a'qrftdq{qarfiq*q( r qiarqi gt gruri afirqirnet tt ge)esqaifq

qr{qtgrr*g:d qrdqtqtR{teqr {arqEr{rft{rEt qi((fl?ili tr ed fl {rfr

Sloha 78. Mental anguish caused by a mother,r cuffering,wind and bilious affe*ions, sriff words and discussion with unfriendly people are what a person has to be prepar6dfor, in the apahara Saturn,iuring of the progressof the Moon's mahaCasa. c/. m-o-<iiQ+r

6qqns*q+ qfl( I \rilrrftE: gG.gaeiltar qrq{rfituqrqhs* q1n;ge{{i}-nt rt qt

Also qRTnf.{tst

aloq*rrfRasflq.iifA m?rg1lgqq,qt&q. r *itfi qraraqtarfq nfififlriTqq{ri qfie: rf iqi

I040

f,rdrqrftwr

Adh. xvlll,

qr{Errkinfrf*eqwwil I {qr {qqY'rq{rfriitq;Erupein eq tl

Slohu 79. Accessionof wealth from relationson men seeking asyltrm and acquithe mother'sside,learned sition of clothing and ornamentswill mark the bhukti of Mercury in the Moon's dasa.
c/. qodlii+r

fl{r.rqqqqra'rigorrflH{upt*FqqEqq: I qqr Rnirq {fi qrqafi*rrgfq qGqrd Eq: u

Also .i|ir{f+Ttr'l

glder sin?rrtT;ineFq rrit qfiqntagfiq t ftqiqlaisgadrq$dBua;qq{tFd{IU ll

(a{Fildrrrin{iit q;(qil;tr 1 do tl tfr

S/ota 80. Illnessof a wife, lossof relativ:s,suffer, of ing from diseases the stomach arrd loss of property in Ketu's interval in the Moon's dtsa. crop up c/. so'.?fr{t

q t dlfui ryg<Ri sihirqrii{ican

irqq fqneeoqq,if|;gf}i-gtrfiriq qqqr qrfletdi{ftnqftqi hOfiqrfir qr;q$Esqn

qnqiqqr*it u,fr ff(firFei tt dt tl

Slota 81. During the period of time allottedto a Venus in the Moon's dasa, person may get a dowry on behalfof his wife and enjoy the comforts derivable cattle and the likc, water-products and from agriculture, conetitu' he may becomeliableto any disease clothing; tionally inherited from his mothcr.

gq. dwt ultqEriaqo{qtqd I

SI. 8243
c/. m'oatQ-+r

gtgrq{ttstlTFlt

1041

:I ileuraaggqqrsalR:FqsssRkqlqq -1'r} glfiel{lq{;qsgRa-aqrqq1uii;gQ rr

Also il{"til{Jnt

qdi*qt-qala go, t qnrqqt*fdfieisriioit g\6l$olqTqrt{q f( erR-ittqrrqi fHhqgcq:ll

ftgqq{ t {q{rqst,s{ aqrfrani fu gqrmslii rfr q-nq{n<ttt dRll

Sloha 82. Power almost regal, exemption from and prosperity happiness of ailments, decadence enemies, are what may be exp;cted in the Sun's bhukti in the Moon's mahadasa. c/. qoatfi+r

(tlqlnqqfrl qtdl i\.r{rf}arRqfi;gf}: I

fQnrrndiqrrdrdqrsFr{ir$qfi{cHilFfl{{il
Also nfaldt+{(ul

qakfi'61{q qlarr*{qr{tarq I <rqsqrfd q\rfliftq,{ai q qlfo nlaig'rrhgft fiin: tt

qr{saiqQ ilitra{Hntiiigr t sTrfr

qrgo issis'( ll 41 ll Itlsri{rfFr{rqt
Slofrn 83. The effectdue to the bhava over which the Moon presidesmay come off rn the commencement of its mahadasa that due to tl're character of the sign ; representing the bhavaas well as to the Moon's position will be seenin the rniddle; what is due to the aspect on the Moon of other planetsand' what affects the part of the body denoted by the bhava wrll appeartowards the end of the mahadaea. l3t

t042

rHfifuft

Adh.xvilI.

qm{iqgf,q {Fgilwwa{rffi \r.Tr{il**q RRtr *{{qqmqq r

frilqleqtfigi g unti fiqrwrirqt'

iii{ gdEl{q;ggef{terq,T},t n dB tl ftgr

Sloka 84. Aetrologers opine that in the ripening of Mars' mahadasathere may be attempts at moneymaking by taking to fire arms and by engagingin wars among rival kings and by other \ffays; there may be coming in of money also by medicine, by trickery, by fraud, and by diverse cruel acts; there may be suffering causedby fever arising from a morbid state of bile and a blood : there will be seen propensityon the part of the to perEonconcerned resort continuallyto the societyof from sons, low women and a crop of hatredemanating reverend seniors. And in conse, wife, relatives and quence of all this, the person will haveto eat bad iood. unwholegome

tl

. ll

$qrftE{ gtqF{ xil{tgl {qTsqqI q{flqffind q gi $qq{t;di n d\ tl

Slola 85. Greatheat,dislikeof friends,annoyance Irom brothers, danger to be dreaded from a ruler and ruin of all undertakingswill be rhe characterrstic features of Mars'own interval in thc planec's mahadasa. c/. qddl?Er

finluquaqqq sSfrfrq freqqrqqfim'ifirgfHft: r

ur,r'igiil wstq Rdtqq. arft flTilffi{l3zq*rqifiirqi tr

sl. 86-83

qw{*ss[|at

1043

{ffififr{

qnqFqftil{ilq I

ll gssqtftrdfkRr cqE{rftft zq ll nd

Slofra 86, During Rahu's bhukti in Mars' dasa from rulers, robbers thereis peril to be apprehended of andthelike; destruction wealth andcorn andsuccess in evil purauits.
Cf, qotfq*t

qe;gqrf}: t qrelffirfisqrw finrff,:Stqfhrfr{qtrdt qfi. gwft{r'r ll srppq{fsq et figsrqitqI qfrE{Fdtnil

&wqownfi qod q liilqqq I w(q{ qd fr{ gfr sqffiFtr ll de ll

Sloka 81. Acquisition of wealth and lands through Brahmanas,freedomfrom illness, public esteem,aocen' dancy and happiness will mark Jupiter's interval in Mars'mahadasa. cl. nc{t&mr

rql gsqr Glfi gqs E1'l gH{r glfi{Tfi1fr: I n-anrfifQaw srqq$rfiqrr tuqr],il-siiqr
qqfi $qinl;c: RSf 11qfro1 ll
Also qtfrqtqtq

sorfd{rFr{qrr(fl}Fil{ morfQ*ci | zqi&qrfH qfae:tl scmiqqlgqd.Eg{$qii*ilq{ni

{ggrrr Frraqrf{qiiqttirfqnr
q?qqqqffi {r* Sqq{il?d ll dd ll
SJoAa88. Illness leading to much misery, evil threatenedby enemies,robbers and kiogs and loss of

1044

crirocrRilril

Adh. XVIII.

wealth are what a person has to put up with in the bhukti of Saturn in Mars' mahadasa. c/. wodrt+r

sv{rfi fiqtt: qtFllidgcoli qqfslnfaq{< g:eq'iiqerf}:t EUQ{qIT ritfitnqrfiqrf}rRu,ii ,iqfi gqq{lqw+,i q'qqlh ll
Also :il{;[l+{t'rl

t ent qTuli{qlulTFf,ilfit{tst *,o1g{lFqqaS spqnqrq qG.lTreqilrdi{ll *qquFnlft ll

I trqqqlqrqrinuq]sFqwq( I qqrb{igi gqqdrr;tr cq ll ll {TitItTI

S/ofra 89. Accessionof wealth from the trading community, abundanceof houses, cows and grain, and mental worry -these, a person trouble f rom enemies may havein the interval of Mercury in Mars'mahadasa. c/. noafft*r

qrt r ,r{i qqgr*il qeq} Qfi, f qUqqC{ITTsti fieisfia'i}n, 1 ldi\qii qr {q5nqRfrer

fqrrftqrftrnaifqEqrfrflirg:11
AIso slddtlT{ur

st{rfa{$rTqdFiiuq; fq{l,i Ud{rrfd}:t {tei q;dfa qo4qgffreqft qR sqRe:tl ee,ii.qE

gikttsr {rililt q;g0r6tdfs:rq I

gsrTrffi{:Kt*fi $qftrF(i ll 1o ll
Sloka 90. Great suffering brought on by a dieease of the stomach, trouble from relat ons and brothers,

'l 353: "-" "-Y*T:"-* "".-"---Yj "-"..-",-and oppoeition of bad people have to be apprehendod when Ketu has its interval in Mars' dasa. c/. mo<tfr+t 3TttfAqqrTft hnqq{tet eEf

furqqqqtrtrBnqrd\srlilqt( | wrwqqg,'* q]frfr il ftqRr: qfa{rfa *g: *iargrcq ll {G

s([;r{qui qq q;g*qlqilqqq I dieihqilfrlt$i gh fiqq{r-ft ll ql ll

S/ola 91. Jewel for the wife, clothing, incoming from relatives, odium o[ lemales and their of money, will be what a person may exPect society(nevertheless) in the bhukti of Venus in Mars' dasa. c/. woritft+t

gfq qfinfiqrnfqqqmeEmn iiiqtq{*qitu, 1 agefirfr

qftqqqRilfiqlqi qtqqtqtqqEdaqqrgqiiqi qfiq-q' tl
Also.tTifii{{ul

fitnqtq-qRqtqqtil,Sqrq{IEqfaqqiat qt..,lqq rtaafqnt|n iiq r;{\ qnatmX;} tt

t srqiil(gee{ usi aqft{Fqaq ll ercqqqm(rd rfr .TJqqrrrtiltqR ll

odium of the elders,quarrelwith Stoka 97. Blame, h:art-ache occasioned them, suffering causedby disease, by one'sown party are what may croP up in the Sun's apahara Mars' drsa. in

1046 c/. su{ftmr

lntcrftni

Adh. XVIil.

{qiFnqRWTgq;qqqn: qRqEqaqrqfrqEia:g{e I

srfrftofRa-tft: Hrqgrcraorftkfirf{fi tl oqrgqlqfleRotft

Also qkrifirrrt

;ilirgqTurtnqqt|A g=flqtB qgqrfanqK t eq

qoqiqqr*frqq fiquqrq ,rrg{trqucaFd(F,{: lt qogat,rafiarffiilq't gfiheqaflqot=ar

qrn+,{Efe qrfA .1na+rnukr\ hsfi aqfh rr

rrttfrrcti EqgifiIIIftriA I Worq,

ftnrwt qfiat qt fiqqn<i tt qQtl

Sloha 93. Various comfr:rts that wealth affords, cloths, pearls,precious stones, orname!)ts,heavy aleep and ardent passion may mark the Moon's bhukti in ,Marg" mahadasa. c;. m-cdrfQmt

et{eaa larpnan'vugfi : I Rfrtxrgnrfri{q,i},tsft qr8raqqqti sqqrt tt qqfrUrqarft{erfQnx{tet {ito'il

Also ;illiFmi{(ut

fteii.gqgoqqq1qq1fi iir1,rutrftr U61saq;q

R+(q *nqfifirdi-giire w+ fiarl +tft rr

{r4rq qrqrdqrqrftdaqqr I q$\ {qrf}r*u},frftqTi ail q+( u qB tl

Sloha 94. At the out$etof Mars dasa,there will be humiliationand waste of wealth. In the middle of there may be danger to be apprehended the daea, from rulers,fire, brigands,an'Jthe like ; chesamewill happen aleo in the concluding portion of the dasa.

sl. 96-96

qUtqfrsst{t

10c?

sqfgeq qwflilirq qft

ffiqrrrar q(otg(frilqq t
ati g eWqqili'{qirar ER wqntqftq-{.rrdqgci {Ef}il n q\ tl
S/r,rArt 95. If Mars occupy the d:pression Navam, sa in its exaltation house,there will be according to the astrologers, death among the children and brothers of the personconcerned, during the dasa of the planet. If it be in the houseof depression and occupy the exaltation Navamsa, the effect will appear in the success agriof culture and other operations and in the accession to l a n d s ,w e a l t h ,g r a i n a n d m a t e r i a lc o m f o r t s .

q ftG'{Gfrqtkiiara{ morgnftfr*rrgsq( |

sdtE qqt{qrd iiqrqgRw( qgft{r:u qq tl ttni

Sloha 96. Loss of such things as comfort, happir ness,wealrhand worldly statug, the pang of parting with a wife, children and relatives, illness iq the residcnce a strange land, and a dispoeition extreme, in to wrangleare what Rahu briogs about.
'n-oajf,iaqtq

gqiqft,flflfiq'irrqrlnuefiftgnIfrdifiuqq;gnnq I qq(fiaamr{Erfiq clqrqq rqEq{nmqiisqqri. fl rq;gfi I

fqg-qtguflaa q116qlEflg1 4nrEqqil nqrqQ'iqgeq{fad.T I .It e{q'tefrr{fhq,ji gqfFqfi{iq erqsoTqfleai: qfFrq+liiq: fft6] rr
e1gG{qnHlqqqlitsqElqr(

slfi{Qqqarff ' qEar,ilfiil{r; I

l0C8

rnnrflqil

Adb. XVIII.

{{uilqR{: ftqqqqR{ter

tt aFrfAftfr nrtdv-onr: UFG

tl
(G{rdi gn{ ti trg.flert tt q'sll
Sloku 97. Illness of a wife, a controversy, failure qf the intellect, waste of wealth, roaming in a far'off lrad and dietreas will be the characteristicfeaturesof Bahu'l bhukti in Rahu'e dasa. cf. wiRtr

ilqntri R{rt q gkiTtt qi{qq I

I ftngegsgqst{t{ qwsrngfiqgfi;gfr:
rfigqTrgsqiaprrin fiygf4pqt e<rR tr

aqrffidrd

q ilqffit T{r{rq(l

qM gFor$

gft n5fin-n\ll qc ll

Slofta 98. Total disappearanceof ailments and of enenies,royal favor, accession wealth, acquioitionof children and great perseverencewill mark Jupiter'o bhukti in Rahu's dasa. Cf. co/.tfq-{r

I gfudtfr' g{{aqpi frtlqil qlce{t flITl{rT: grffiilurad g$qd] rr eguqqrredftq11s.tq:

qrffi<uit fti l;gMEftsi(t

qQ{rfr{rd q {* ffSE{rrd il qq tl

Slola 99, A diseasedue to wind and bile, the distresr of relatives, friendaand well wishers, and residencein a remote foreign land are what may crop up during $aturn's interval in Rahu's dasa.

SL T()G-IOS
c/. qtrdfq-dr

qftqfrsqtrt

1049

sfffinqqqtrR<* cqi+firsEla ftK: I IrffTHa qq-gft,iit fift larg: qfi{sqr*+ n

fteq?gsonffifti q qilqqq t {rqfiftT{rniftgq ag3fltt\ tt t"" ll

wife Sloha 100. The society of friendc, relatives, of and children,accession wealth aod royal favor can be enjoyedduring Mercury'sbhukti in Rahu'sdasa.
c/. qsoElft-*r

qr'ft grcfhfe:gaciwrrrfr qftftfr'q.qqiitq t gqenqcwilRuftt +gftwrpur*noqfr n

*{ cqnilfr l gr;nd qg{q{ t qfrq(qqTslR trgffid tt tot ll *ft

loss of wealth and honor, Sloka 101. Brigandage, of lossof children, death among cattle, misfortunes all personin Ketu's bhukti in Rahudaua. kinds await a c/. n'c{tft-+r

Grrrfff{arRq,i ftrihrr flfr(#qgfrt'q,nI seq: gqlrehqErql'il(tftrertr tt frqeqrff,:

qqrq(gtqqt I Rt{Trerf,{xrfr! ail(g} {r$firFtri ll t"1, ll ffig{t{ir

Sloka 101. When Venue has itg bhukti in Rahu of dasa,there will be accesgion vehicler, r,.'-brellac, chowriesandwealth of varioussorts from forpiga lande; but there may be trouble from dieaaees,foes and relativer. 132

'r**
q/. cioilR-dr

ilcrcrftqrt

Adb.xvlll.

*1qFE:

ttqiiqqKat gffir{IiT$qtfl{Irl{: I

qqrfqerffieqtf+ilfEnr,rirerurqrefr u,il: t qrdqftRr ftRr qftrffiil{n{ I

tqnt{r{iqrirtfr ngqffiai ll t ol tt

Sloka 103. Love of charitable acts, contentment, of cessation all violence ancioutrage and the spreadof will mark the Sun's bhukti in Rahu disease a contagious dasa. c/. q-o.drt{T

: I srRaqqrqrqfd{tei : fi qrf}{Ttlfi{rqgRlT aqr}

gdsq{fifi1rRqr tt eil eqgnrfi{rt'leq'i

qegRrfrtrrrql r *.rqtqcfrfqei

trfigqadflql u* qi(Eil;tt ll loB ll

Bloho 104. When the Moon has its bhukti in of there will be an abundance enjoyments, Rahu dasa, good crops,coming in of moncy and communion with kith and kin. Cf. q,c{h!-*t

I a{ian: we} qiwr afifreffinqilqETq{q: qilq$R iqfifaq, tt nfi.eqq ,riqfan] S[iqdH:

qiqfig qrdrI c.itq(qft,ftqr i\qitqitEl$ RTr( qgqrn-fttt t o\ tl ui

all calamities, Stoha 105. A combinationof possible bewilderment in every work and a culpablefailure of memory will be the characteristic featurer of Mars' interval in Rahu d asa.

sl, l0B-103
Cf. ssfrRnr

qW{frsrlt{r

M5t

qR zqlfrineqq nfrRqtqrflrrni,r il qilQn:I

qqqqanqqtsiqqrasqlgR sq\e5q:tt

qaqr;qiltr{| r.fk.frfvgrc rd&rTRn+

Mt+{

tl uqqFdq twrudrritgd EEfril

Sloha 106 Rahu occupying Cancer, Taurus or Aries, aay the astrologers, will secure to the person concernedduring the ripening of its dasa wealth and corn, edification and arnusement,honor from the sove, reign, wives, servants and dependants happy and well-off.

qrfrn{tnqtrdqtra}{fliiqrt gaqnor{q. I
.ilrr{_glloetl trnftqs il{Ei q E{nE{rtE$[o<r
Sloha 107. Astrologerssay that Rahu in Kanya, Meena,or Dhanus givesto the personconcerned during its dasa wife and children, lordehip of lands and a carriage drawn by men. All theseare liableto be lost at the conclueion of the dasa.

qqqfltEqffqr**zqle qr}-

rr-qgFrqqqr v{*q}qsrt

qhrA qRqT+ q wcdfr {{r qr I

qgqdg{tof gr(KEr(mt ll I o< ll

Sft.rfrc 108. When Rahuis in Leo,Virgo or Cancer, a personbecomesa king or a king's peer during the an ripeningof its dasa; he wilt command army com, posed elephants horses, and will behighly beneficent, of exceedinglywealthy, devoted to pleasureand dearly attached his wife and children. to

lo6tl
I u Y Y V V Y V V Y r Y U - r

lTcTqrftnt
: r Y - ! ! v v ! v v v Y I Y U U - ! v v u v v r v v t

Adh.xvilI.
- @

ffird g!fl*fr q{nqgi qatt{ | q{r+ qfuarEqftilflrd qq=gfr(ll tol tl

Slokq 109. At the outset of Rahu dasa, a person cufferg distress; in the middle of it, he may have much enjoyment; but in the end, he may becomebereavedof his parentaand even los: his status.

grq{rftfttqmr{nfr nwdd fug& ftqfrq t

trrilqrtgr{mRqr{t*rqdr t tiqr* utfr tt
to Stoka 110. Jupiter secures the person concerned, during its dasa, rank, wealth, vehicle, apparel, royal qood will, purity of heart, power' knowledge,practice correspondingthereto, wife, children and all else con' nected therewith. c/. q.cdftqt

qtfhqrfsqfr;qgri{v< a H;dnftlfiqafflfrXga t
ruF-qFqgf,iraig tt uarannqrftq{qdggfdfteft&q. sTrnga fer64t i{rqn'qrtqtfi{fr : qftqaqRqKft riln{ I qrfd gdqqgQilffr: flIgqTe{H{fl gftfrrr' *&itq: {flffi:ll

tl
il{lfr TrM tffidcrqa{ r

tl
ttt tl

ffiltgtlraE{rdn

Sloha 111. Royal favor, great diligence, achieve' ment of everything attempted. learning and scienceare what a perEonmay expect in Jupiter'e dasa and bhukti. c/. q6{R6r

*qrrqtrFo{gqnu0itqq:<rn flrgaffrfa{dlqfAqlliq I

u enqrEwrgnqsgRRefHR' tqgil Rdtqq frq-.Ht tqft

St. 12-l 14

qerqdsmr

1069

I hgfr qinri gr{orciq6qqq,

{f,r s*{T{qqrslrfr ffqq{rd ll ttR ll

Sloka I12. A feeling of aversion, mental anguish' waEteof wealth through the sons,failure of businessare what a perEon may have to be prepared for during Saturn'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa' c/. qoeiii+t

I flq Sg'qqgq{tsr rqqFdIH{Aqsr+qfreqfl iqqma i{t slt-qfrrqqdharqgarfH' a.{ifinft ?a+\ ;tilqlq ll

Also std{F{(rt

6{rls: irnrnanagfrfrqrifiwqqltqat: I w'ot-,hgfr qt qE gttnrqi qftts*q* n

Mq

qisqt{rdtifi q ixt ff{flrd

ttqrit trqat gr{Ha{|

ll ttl ll

of Sloka1L3. Acquisition of wealthby means the trading community, royal favor leading to material of comfoits and perfectpractice hospitalitywill mark Mercury'sbhukti in Jupiter'smahadasa'
c/. ured&mt -

frqR, dqaqqqrTQFqqa *ftaqFeftq h{qsorfr:t Ettitq* rt <adordagmtgedi'itqhfqdsrrt uqgkilneqg{qrfi sRfqilcFqrqilfr t qqa: ll qa moryxlRgt*rfr sqfqgt dt+sai f&nqrqqefiatRfolFsllK:fm q{tert
gftA{Hi qdt-gg} hqifitqra qd fitq ll

Also slil{frRot

1 uilqqroqsrit'd'lqw qqT'{R3 ge'wq{rErftt flqq{I;d tt ttu ll *fi

10d.4

arilscrft{rl

Adh. XVIIL

Sloha 114. Acquioition of pearl and coral orna_ ments, pilgrimages holy shrines, increase wealth to of and sufferingfor the aake reverendse'iors and the of king will mark Ketu's intervalin Jupiter.smahadasa. c/. r.odfi+r

qqfr {reaoil ue*ffiilq, ftr"qqr aaq*lQgqqqq r qrq;gfAd{gqelfrrdfq, fr\engflEs qqlft*g, rr

qq{rfrlsrqTqdqqI EErrfA q{RAfr *qq{n-,ili tt\ tl di{rqr n ufi

Sloha 115. Acquisition of vehicles and other valuableproperty, the glory of umbreltas and chowries, trouble from females and public odium are to be looked for in Sukra'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa. c/. s-oa?ft+r

arrfrvpivgqFqqR;dqdtgrnqn{rqangR t rlvurR: qrfi teBqrirgrTTtlqdiqt{mgqt }rqqrgteE,tl

Also sldfrnrrul

qfr {hqrqt fam.qu+fiqrrqrnrfa+HgQa I flqtaq:q66qmqrtftt qEritftqo q *Ra. rr

Rl;rTFftni 6qfi;lq-F,{,{rr}, qtqqnt qt|It ll gt

q Aifdq],ilstfqqrili tlsnfioqrfE+ftqrrs: I

{rfirr{i q{ fie{ Tftffii ffirrrq( t

rrcf{{Kqrtr{rfr 61qqur;atttq tl il
Sloha 116. Flight of enemies, victory, ease,great diligence, coming in of wealth, royal favor and sJund health are what a per$onmay expectin the sun'a interval io Jupiter's mahadaga.

sl. 11?-118
c/. qodficT -

{gtqfrswtqs

1066

v v v v v v v v v v v v v ! Y v ! Y ! r v v ! v Y i Y v ! ! v v v v r Y v v v Y g v v t _ d

?{gls;TqrflIfr:I qritf,q,frf,tqqrqq+1f*o1rt: lltlusitT irqqqrrggJ$trr6Frrqgita"qg{qrgfiE(stII fifieatqttf,ulfqqs{ t garriaaftqqegal{

qri q\{rrf5et faiqil qlqTqqt{q q{i qqa: ll

Also skf$Tl{(ul

drue'rrdq{ rrqqtfi gHalt l

| R"qqeRwrl{ q-t dtEqil?ili11 {u ll

Sitr&a 1l?. Power acquired under femaleimpulse' of royal favor leading to material comforts, acquisition are what a person may look fine appareland ornaments, for in the Moon'g interval in Jupiter's mahadasa'
c/.

t ssqdqeqqrfrandiff,erq{ +nigrqqfiqmqqtorl gqi wifri tt kfaqidqqriqqdtE ffqrqt{IG{flfA

fiilqqta' l irq,wtrq[tuqqTdRq:'itrqRQa

*-o-t-it?+it

Also qkFnF{{st

qt Geraaadgil ertr fiarn\ dtaflqqlt tt

tt qaini iiwrd gil dlqqur;ei t td ll

Slohalls.Failureinbusiness,wandering'high of risk, lossof wcalthanddepression spirits' fever,great must be preparedfor in Kuja's interval in ; p;;" Jupiter'smahadasa' c/. mosirq*r -

q{frq{ | 6{ird q tqrt cqtqT{

qfqnqqtqq t qoryahqqfieqils'ielig&ae.EfAfta tt flqrer.qiQ(fi qcfl(qrtqrnq. tqnsqEftitqqgfsfrql

1066
Also 'fRFffrKE

rfcrqriTfii

Adb" xvm.

Efot{rT: uqq frqFc{U qq{Fa*frq rr dq6i

{utmqqrsqqilf+iq, s*qrieqrqsqFrdqr qr: *aqar,iisftrti erqtrgefiqqaf qqrt tl dfi G qrRqir{qrRq{ter qrrqnfr.rtfrrorI

t{b{rr{ ti qfrq({{nqq I qiffifr adt*qqtlrrd n ttq tl

Sloha. t t0. Apprehensionof every trouble,diseaee, occagion every possiblecalamity,and deprivation for of income-this falls to the lot of a person in Rahu'sbhukti in Jupiter's mahadasa. Cf, so(iftdr

q-grnRerrqgeqqfdahrqq q-srlqii gaq* ei r qr*qftsqqR6qn< $qqt qRqm qaru: qqfh gfi}

tl

Ctqhriqqrr eggqqt ilqr eq* {,i

Sloka 120. Jupiteroccupying depression a Navam_ sa in its exaltationsign bringson during the progress of ite dasa dangerthrough robbers, foesand rui.rr] th" hatredof wife and sonsand bad luck generally;Uut when the planet is in the exahation Nivamsa'in its depression sign, it Eecures during its dasato the p.r.* concerned, royal favor, material comforts,learning, wis, dom, fame, wealth and the influence which uu.t iling, carry; and it may even be the lordehip of the whj" country.

ili gr++* qit qartrq{ff(gd fffiqilRq{ tqrf\qidUil nlRofl

ffidr

swrdiqat uiMrqnr \

sr. 121-182

wrcql$qtqt

iorr
ll

qd iroft$qrqqaTitTqnr{ Nfielt

the Sloka 121.Astrologers declare that during of posseseion of dasa Saturn, a person may come into grain ..tut., old women,birds and coarse ;;;;t, a$ses' of guild' townlnd g.t *.rlrh by int administration a ruler of a ship or village community and becomethe low tribe.
o/. sa-fi|q-fiI

isaffilsalflH:l rrq{lerryrrqfiqfiaf}gfd: GaqqErnqi

qgftiq-g$fR: gaERqq'lilqqiir'suqtfi : ql(Kr$dltl: 11

frtrr( qrdi<taftfiomqs'qolq{| {rfis&{s RqqrtgarG eaalfrHqTqil{l( ll gdrft qfi*Hgfi qqlgrTrmfht

1tfiEqnqffi.tl
ffinraqtfqnqi$i q qriw\ri{gfirmnqt q;qr tt rpnrift*mr;rtni m'frit <trquri t1l ll
Sloha 127. ln its own dasaand bhukti, Saturn may and suffering through the trouble,and bring on disease torment which thd personunder its influenceis madeto undergo; by exciting his envy and pride, it leadsto much sorrow and mental anguish; by exposing him to it the rapacity of kings and freebooters' depriveShin pf hie wealth aod store of grain. c/. wo4iR-tt

| ufqqfAusqQltug4l:qqqTqiiltqqdiqq{ rfaq tt fiqqiflilFa{q?l rqfingqrfrRoflFql{q} 133

1068

qrialllnqa

Adh XVIII.

nqftw{*t hqeqrmritq r qgrrdiqt'tfr grERrRdH'

cqrqilnssTff EEfun tql ft wtr.i
Sloka 123. In Saturn's dasaand bhukti, a person has to encounteropposition, incur the displeasure the of king's men, keepold servant,women, and be in dread of his cattle being poisoned; his wife and children have much suffering; himself being liable to fever, wind or phlegmailmentsand to colic,

GearfiIrqiqrqart ffi{

gt UftqlfrrEnrqrsiftq=Eq{rr.ft tRBtl rt
Sloka 124. Increase happiness, of wealth and fame, the benefitsaccruingfrom acLs piety and customary of religious observances, agriculture and commerce, a" person may expect to have in Mercury.s interval in Saturn's dasa. c/. no<?r?mr

gt*lffiqtfiE& s-.qqfqrtrrqEr I

gqrrcqqftigleai qRil Zqoroi fiqqfdqgR: r

frqafas' fi(ng{rw nfqqTqilftFr ilil$gk ii

Also qtil+trTttT

qrrsilqugr*qqa'{Trcqfin fiuqqn, I qeil Gfwqn=q*{:msTdt r{iSi nfiqr+srirrt

grn{qqfl*fi tfr qqq{rr;r\rr tR\ tl

Sloha 125. Disease caused wind and bile, quarrei by with vile wicked people and dread of evil dreims. &

qnitrud iri uoi dFgdir r

sl. 126-127
, Saturn's mahadaea. c/. n-c<lft*r

qgrqfrsqtTr

1059
etu's interval in

qaa{ t qfift{teqqft"qsq gdET#lqqfi:

qTgqnaniQa qq gq.Htqdi hgq* tt

| ffg*t qtfrfr qrqrRqqaruft{ gqm'rft ffqq{Fitt ll tREll ufi 6.qriA

the Sloha 126. A person experiences good will of relatives,the approbation of the people, accession of wives, property and wealth, and the joys arising from agricultlreand kindred pursuitspendingSukra'sinterval in Sani-dasa. c/. ro<?rQ+r

Sfritqqrqqfiadqq' t gq$qlf,qqnTF{{f,:

.\

uiicqa ll gqfiffitqafnteqni qqqlqQlftflr

Also flildi-{Wt

: t *vrfirprg{*oqoGq: aitqiqtnTGsf,eqg+
qm: tt qqr;qfiTv:frsR$a fl*tqtrqrgqrq,qivl

g{,il;t}ffiai '{ Er*fiR'ffrir{ t qqr'd{qTiqrfrft ff(E{rr(i ll tl\e ll ,TIfi

of Sloku 1,27.L'.-rss wife and children, trouble from the king or robbers,and a sinking ofthe heart, a person hagto experience, during the Sun's bhukti in Saturn'E mahadasa. Cf. qn-o-{i\*t

q{q q EI figqq snn$qfu+ qd{tTsiTI qr+AdqilgrifAtrfi 'Eq'{r;qfa6gtdf(e a1a* lt

1060
Alsd qkHiTrRqt

c|urcrRilril

Adh. XVI[.

q;T6fnfi*rq;gfrer rrrdrflanrrrFrT{Uq\ I sr( qfr;qr: qd fFqt ffqE{Fd{rU flesa ftq*eq' tt

wfrqtrt grdrgit wrwq I

qrdtqqqrs'HA q;ffittFiti n tld tl q;A

Sloha 128. Death of a revered matronly female, sorrow, dislike of reirtives, coming in of money and wind disease may bz expccted during the M:cn's bhukti in the daeaof Saturn. c/. ncalft-*r

qfinr(fidqqtqzqi Uii fqqfhstqqq{ r qqqftqqqqflqrgnfa{rfi +} tt ;rtr{Tdq iri*

Also qrcsF{tq

rrtq-JfRurr: fis +fbiogqifi,il'r) r efi,ifialsfQ

srotEflHqdifiar;n qftng* 6a,qar;611il 11

qrwgfr q{dt{ .Trrrftqqr-ii{q{ | wiicrgEi{tst q;qE{n;ft qlq tl fr\ u

S/ofta 129. Loss of place, serious illness, various apprehensions, distress of brothersand friends haveto be looked for in Kuia's inrerval in Saturn'sdasa. Cf. medr!-qr

qqpgfr q f,qfiq(qraft aefi vrrt{qqT I

efirkrnarqfqiq{ rfaagufinfd{ftgt rr
Also qrc*rr{wr

qFqrqqnftnq.qq* qntsqrqufAqlqa t erq FqrEflfiis q,ig,iii{rFd\{f}gdqqR ll

sl. 130-132

qsrqd$3rr:

1061

ffiistqwilr,{ *tReqftsrq t
rq+ilRmlR qr* qtqc{fiFilttl llo ll
Stoha 130. The anguish of diseaee in every [imb, the devastation wrought by robbers, foes and rapacious rulers, and the deprivation of wealth are what a person may have to suffer during Rahu's bhukti in the dasaof Saturn. c/. q'oelft-+t

efiflfrqnqgfqfiG Hq{Tqkgrgeqq{q I

Fq(gftfaFirnair ftrifi qlflrqilrt zrrqRrr=at

irqtEqffi q w{tii qtgttt I qrqoTqq{Igifi u<<rnret tlt ll gft tr

Sloka 131. Devotion to Gods and Brahmanas, royal favor, great happinessand attainment of rank, a person will have,during Jupiter's bhukti in Saturn'sdaga. c/. so-(ifQnr

a{qil+qBqqunftdt'Jwlqrr qt( r fiefiK

qqqr;q&{ft{T l{ lof ue<uerf*nqfioqgt tt rol{afi gprd fierrit qqTqlSiriltfto: I ltqro{orqgn} ("]q {$qil i<firf qqft rl ar,

trl5q

q[d-{1l(vl

*+ ffiqrfr

gsi qwidq.mqfrqrql qrsrEali grri ETlr*Rg-+r*ftqiq,t flt{rr6q lt tlR ll

Sloka 132. Saturn occupying'the depression Na' vamsa its exaltationhouse produceshappiness the in at commencement its dasa, but towards the end, it ig of

qrfl* g fln{flffiqt

tilgtf ${fd de,f no

s'&so rftaq t

fraughtwith woe to the creatures concerned, If the planetoccupythe exrltationNavamsa in its depression Lour., the end of the dasais hrppy while in the initial portion there may be evil to be fearedfrom robbersand muchmiseryand roan'ing in foreignlands' err.mier,

ry:-""-"---"-""" "

Sloka 13j. During the period that Mercury's influ' the encetakeseffect,a person will earn money through relatives and instrumentality of reverend seniors' ; he will go iriends; he will have fameand happines$ dealing in gold on an embassy, derive an income by ware and suffer from wind ailment' c/. s-cdft*r -"

cdqqTigengft*(qldiqftttsdstfr | qretq ${Rflltltll fiei q Kst ftq'qq't*{rqft

I freitqTfiotq: 1tq{mr&qogftaafrnuqrfr: rRra-rqq{Tqi tt er{qfr {gq{g(Wlfa(Fgrilflf,f}: rre{suistttrq{tq

I Rdrqtfkaqrra geqflIqq. ft'qiqi\R gez{IlrTqlqq}eq qEcq{l S{l rilqer:qgfsffisn qilq*rt qTqT.rrdrfagaEi

ll

tl

ft;=w;if{{nqtqI fr iqT'J6qqfd n{srql{dflqit fi*t qAqE{I<t ll t18 ll

Stoha 134. Acquisition of beautiful houses and and relatives and apparel,money through Brahmanas be looked for in success in every undertaking may Mercury's bhukti in its own mahadasa' cf. soajtq+t -'.

qinfrtirfafiqfhdi fiqiTftqefreqGilot qem{ ll e*R. fiqqr {Sqrt:gq flErff-di flti

sl. 136-13?

dltlldtsqnrt

r003

---''----'----'

r;g$sr qfiilr{ tffidq(t ur{rruqilfrft *fr fttqEil=ili ll tl\ ll

Sloha135. Troublefrom relatives,mental agony' lossof comfort,dreadof an enemyand failure in busi' ne6sareto be expoctedduring Ketu's interval in Budha dasa. c/. qc<1iimr

t g:({tilfi{oISerqdlrlFrnEwfqfteflgfr:

ft(fi tt {Aq ffiqFqfrgfr{El frrqtnrarra:

qlt udqTfrt{qs q{t{'i ilr t T{ffii$ft gh drrqq{Id ll tlq ll

Sloho 136. Of{ering of acceptable presents to obserreverendseniors, gods, fire and the Brahmanas, vance of duty conformable to religion and morality, acquisition of wealth, clothing and ornamentswill mark Sukra's interval in the dasa of Mercury' c/. s'odfr{t

r tqfrqtltt[qqflfiqi qFIqfrqKKIIIFIItI

qe{soqeft,iit q}qqrgR snet fHt tt

Also

qlf,:61-+Rrt

I figvwgaailiftstEt:guil{iegtinTrFtn: gqq{T;ifl}sfi '{rrli tt Gfru<efiryulqT${l nnlqqriarfiiiqlqt ftriltar qISftil{tfiIqrtt I hfiq. tt tilfi qrqi figw-ntrt fha:qqn: qqqfld

qq{quriqqrffi {Iqqtfr q6qq I qdeqomrfrft gqqfl<i tt tle ll cf

ornaments and Sloku 137. Acquisition of apparel, wealth, royal favor, great ease, and hearing of moral

r064

mnrqrfiufi

Adh. XVIII,

in homiliesmay be expected the Sun'sbhukti in Budha dasa.

c/. q-g<ifi*t

frRgrgrwiT{utqqf,qffIqflqlqgt I

gT-q+rek tr Usi.ft q Wn rq( {rgrTrf}fi

Also qlffihlrr(ol

ETwfiilq I flq-q{TutwR E{'fitai I gGguori

qiqrR{gtrqnt tfrqe qr* nqi qqi tt

ffi1:

qFqrid: gqw +ffRE rrqq+iqpqffi;qfafl{ |

qt qTfr gth ilft

lTqEfld hiiq tt

rMtqqa.i q*firqi+{rr{{|

qgcfisqflsifr qA firrfin-'dt tt tlc tl

miscarriage ill'will of enemies, Sloka 138. Diseases, of every concern,risk from quadrupeds await a person during the Moon's interval in Budha dasa. Cf. woq'lfq{r

q<fidrrFnqflqrqiei Sg4grgmo6{fgq*,

,iqq rtrqfl{rqgfrqqt gg'i arfi nlnqlfio}rf

Also qffiilrItq

qrqffiFrrrqrq: qFdqqrtr{qi fqqrq: t fQrqdqr wg rn{fer qErqsiq$({i wa: 11

tqrftqqild n goq56n6fitt I

g'i nqCifrqqririt fpq-q11F* qlq ll ll

S/ofra 139. Disappearance all danger lrom dis, of or eases enemies, fame derived from acts of charity and beneficence, royal favor accrue to a person during and ja's bhykti in Budha dasa.

st' 14G141

arrrlsrtlr

1066

ct. sTftfffr{F ieqt tql qH qqtrffqg:ftcr t EqrtrRrqqnil'ratflrgq(tfr iRfigt ll

Also qrfrfi"Fr(gl

qr( t gqmqrfuqunge: mrnrgcfrftfrgt,Rq:

fres{fi q{q: qF} gqq wt qgflil(+ n

fte$gqq{rfr gt*ffifiWsTqt
ffqCtfrqilsiRrAM ll tgo ll
a Sloha 140. During Rahu's bhukti in Budhadasa, and secureE persongetswealth from friendsand relatives and learning,ornaments royal favor' to himselfhappiness,
c/. s-s-<itt-qt

qrr{fffitawgft: qqii\sfrffiqq qq{ | q<fiRErrqffi rftflfrqqEflirrts$ tt

qffi{ gilrqR(l {s{--ggea{

t*ftsftMll

tgt ll

Stoha141. When Jupiter hasits bhukti in Budha a daaa, personwill incur the hatredof friendo,relatives and elders; will haveadditionsto wealthand children, and end will be liableto risk from diseases the like.
c/. s-ddiftml

aq1ft{qqunrgft,itn *qfrRflaqrsfr: : qqffrRaqsi iq{Fefhitq} qrrtqt tt susq]

Also srtrdrtrGt

Hftc' ne+daqrarR t fl Ff,rgitr;r<gilsRE<r sqrt fiq5rqg:fi5ffi fr}sqE{li tt r;fl n: terq

LU

1066

tttscrnilfi

xv[I. Adh.

ffigrqq-qwdrmrt rrfr u.qGqwqrdfr frtqqil=* ll qul ll

acqui' Sloko 142. Acts of charity and beneficence, sition of wealth, material comforts securedthrough the instrumentality of petty chiefs, loss in agriculture and the like will mark Saturn'gbhukti in Budha dasa. c/. q-g-{fr{r

edqdqfigfrt*ihq'intRq'FqqGqTq : r

&rqrnqftif euffit ilrargft sqrctsfHi tt

Also sftr{fiT{q

{-qq+i} rgq: qol{t I srm{qfrqRqrg{EqT

ErilltqrdlsfAg{l{: afefrrrq.{ n}'qi-auU rr

stft qdisd fi{{rt q P+hqutul tl

Sloha 143. Mercury occupying the depreseionNavamsain its exaltation sign, producesincompetencyfor work in the person concernedand makeshim indigent in its dasa.

sqttfbqarfrrqj ffiqffiqftqr

frqqwaqTP{tlqwqf}qdl t $srfi ffi qf g{qi qqiofr ll t88 ll

but Sloha 144. Mercury in depression in the exalin ordainsprosperity the endof its dasa tation Navamsa thereof be barrenof effect. all thoughin the beginning

{ifi ft r{fr sRi\t6"dd

I nHrqqrsoft{Rfreilqs
ftfiftgd q fufr*arqRqrdffitll t8\ ll

sl. 146-14?
-

qUq&EffiTr

1067

nfluence Utgi"' to ; his ripen and yield fruit, a person feels distressed ,*r" and judgment fail; he becomesafflicted with variousdiseaseshis physical torments grow; his evil ; his life ie oneof greatmisery' His com' actsmultiply ; forts, if any, are but slight.
c/. ncclfQ*t

*nttmqrqft*ri\,{iei q {atRgsqt.q.t
ll fquqrqqrq $uqp66iqk+iqqhulq6qt{rrq

ft<qlilqnq' t frtitdss;ilfi: qgq{qR{tqr frrRqfrdqmqt

TT{R dgqrqi Nr lqttrRq{Eq{qihtiuqfiqlqq q ll

ll
I soxsd{fli g(dfrdttnEriq til ftsqtftq{H}fr tsqwili ll tBE ll
Sloka 146. When Ketu 6as its intervalin its own a daoa, person hasto apprehendthe death of his wife and wealth and evil an.l children, loss of happiness from his enemies. c/. nu<lfttt

q3q gefitqeeqqqEq: tErgEI(( l Rgqqooq qffiqq{qrft Rtara f{fbfi otn qil Trt ltqr( ll

I *g{fursot rftrGq111tu.
cttrfteitqm}ft gh *gffird

tt t8uelf

Sloka l4?. Illnessof wife and children, qtrarrels, loss of relatives and friends, fever and dysentery ate what one should be preparedfor in Sukra's bhukti in Ketu daaa.

I068 Cl. s.o{tr{r

ttdrwQlrt

Adh.xvilr

1 Gwt*et faqtfttq gge+G 6q51qgfn: qqfa ftrRrcm-nr* tt qM qRqqsilai frt

Tirqi {ffi

(ffifrt{

q tfr *gqqrd rt quull

{qq Rt1ttrlr-i I

Sloha148. Diaappointment, ptrysicalpain, exile in a foreigncountry, peril and obstruction io every busi' neEs are likely to crop up during the Sun'sinterval in Ketu's dasa. c/. u'o<t?rr

$qrrrui Fq6616ri14nin*RnqrrotqqI

tt zqaft{tr( oqrmf4trfr Gt frrftqcflflgqrt qrrg{wflotdqffiarfui{dq I

$Kilqq{Tfrfrq-Afuqlllf,rt il t8q tl
Stoha.L49.Ennui affecting wife, children and dertruction of wealchaud corn, and dietress attendantg, of mind are to be lookedfor in the Moon's bhukti in Ketu dasa. c/. n-e(lftm

ggqqgqn ilfi: gilR{d Tgg:qr{rqfi: I a\q qqr qRil{gqftqnrqerq: qtRTfr ftftqrqrggti rr

S{ililgq*iWgq{t

T;S{EIq{rmftSi*-gqqrdll t\o lt
Sloka 150. During Kuja's bhukti ia Ketu dasa, a perton hagto incur the oditrm of his sono, wife and foeo youngerbrothera,to sufferpain from diseaoes, and relatives. bad rulers,artd to losetome

Sl. 161-l5s
-""""'"----""' c/. n-e<lfitt

qclqisslrr

1069

qqFd*tra. I qs;q{6{qqqnit q{qft qarTq gf,qe{q{g{fei q qqR 5+ ';qqqtGqtTS:ll

rq-+r$4grdtfitnfftnrrrq t

{r* gsqHEdETE +-gftfitrt ll lrl

ll

sorrow' ruin Sloka151. Fearof kingsand robbers, and altercation with bad peopleare of every business to te e"p"ct"d in Rahu'sbhukti in Ketu dasa'
c/. q-ddR-dr -

qarq dtflT:1 e+Rrra*ea}u{tft+i.'iqqR qqP'il qsqaqqq qfie?eraqffi rlis* ftrdFqgqqrg:tt

aod Sloha152. Approbation of Gods'Brahmanae from ailments and king's good will, exemption eldere, for in ,.qoisiciorr'oflands and children may be looked Jupiter'sbhukti in Ketu'sdasa'
Cf. s'o{irtdl -'go**i

Aqkqgecm(rqatffK[qq{l gt {s{oF,Tqrftit *qfintd ll l\1 ll

1 gt"qg q(ftqqrflHqnqfifrfq: ll qar.rqiqq{ilqrrt qqft qts* gfr ftrd;qaJqq q4prq T{Rr'{ gq;gil{Rffi{ |

Sloha153. Misgiving in the heart,mentalanguish of dif ference with kith and kin and the abandonment native countrv will mark Saturn'sinterual in Ketu dasa'
c/. qddftdr

{rfr tqsrqffiETmft M

ll t\1 ll

qRqqffii: qfrsili figq{Rqqqs{sf,i q I

I nqrgwtqdqftdgi ftKqlqrlg tt "rdqqftgft

10?0

ltlrqIIKI

Adh.xvilI.

grEqfiFrqqI rffiriqlt gt Rqngtqqililfu *gfin ft tl t\B tl

Bffia 154. The society of relativee, friends and the like, accession wealth to sons and wife, aod of from knowledge happineos derivable accrue Mercury'e in bhukti in Ketu dasa. c/. s-cdfrdr

qgafrffffi.i\ riuifrnft gt ftrfrq-.Ffi-Tw{ tt

gqqEgilr*gr eE{rqi gqEsI

t Sr{c{fi ng{rlR: frRqqftf}rfr,rrtqftsr

qrt frqrtquf stft RSi fi{ n t\\ tl

Sloha 155. Ketu associated with a benefic planet yields happinessin its dasa. If aspectedby a benefic planet, it leads to the acquisition of abundant wealth.

ll{lqsWd fur qqT*gs{atl t q6ngq il t\E fl dfr uftqffitrt

Sloka 156. When asgo:iatedwith malefic planete, Ketu producesdanger throuqh the instrumentality of wicked men and misery through acquired diseasee lead, ing to waste of wealth.

gqrmfr ffiEhmifrqrrrt\s rr Enntr

Sloha 157. Three-fold is the effect of Ketu'g dasa. At the beginningof it, eldersand relations are trken ill ; in the middle of it, there is money coming in; at the end there is happiness.

qtrrfi gursilfti Ernqst T{rqlt{ |

frnmrftqdiE fr{ gwqqrcqpqqqffiq I qmrftrrrn{:Rqrdgqri firs qqrt Ug,qi rfriil tre

=l13:]"T" " :S'T: "-"""---"""'--"lTl " ""","-, acquisito Sloha 158. Venus in its dasa leads the exceediog comfort' tion of wife, children, wealth, vehiclesand other ornaments, fragrantwreaths,apparel, fortune and fameequalto a king't' of meanE locomotio-n-,
c/. q-dfri\6r

q'itar' t tlq I *tergdq?npll dqil{t'il ta*pofif\qqqr arRqlqr(|I ft ffi f*qrR qqrqsft {l ffi i *aqrqqfqgqrqfr

I fincqtgarfr: ll qqfA fiqsfiqaqrqqrsfrurtr,iqr utfrf il Er;qEIft++{

tl
wqrdwmflffi qqtRgwqq!|

rl

RgIr{ qililr{ g* gnE{rdil} ll t\q tl

weatth females' Stoha159. Acquisitionof conches, of goodwork and other auchmeans securing and apparel, and of disappearance enemies attainperfect-b"ppiness, in its mahadasfl. ,.nt of famewill mark sukra's bhukti
c/. wc<lR-tt

I qffitqqqrflqFqilqgqq: qqETgqHrqq:

gfrgR' fhfrflffio-qfr uggt eqni qGrtaRtt

Ittflttti

q Efrrllkffirqq{|
tQoll

ilMitqitgnwrF&ll

of bhukti in the daga Venuo' Slokul60. ln the Sun's affectingthe head' a personbecomesliable to diseases to in damage respect tt. U.tty and the eyes; he sustains proptrty and incurethe displea' agriculrur",cattle "nd sure of the rulere.

ro72
c/. wc<?ft*r

r|Grftl|i

Adh.xvln.

qqroRffifrorriqq: ftfr,zil qqqfr flifiqrq I ftqt Urudqrqr;qq{elugfrgfi qTgsfr rt

Also qfc-+fr<ur

Wftfr{fr q;gfiffrf,ffqilnqqne{: qT( | #eqw-ffluqfi {rsr ,{r,hqR rififiin: ll

fffisrqrRftgflsql

ftikstqqqmlfrqA g{E{nd ll tqt ll

Stoha I6L. When the Moon hasits interavl in the dasaof Venus, a person suffers much pain from a disease due to an inflammation in the nervous tissuesand from lust and other evil passionsof human nature and what' ever easehe can feel under the circumstaoces must be small or slight. sd{tft'drcr{

qtqfr {ft * +qqf nerrqfi{ti{ | il E rti qftUqmqtqfr{fsi ae tt fraq,ilefr {RqftqR

Also qrtrmr{(q

qftiqd{qftsagi:rmes{dlffie ftn{ t
qlq-qrq& q qilqi {r{qr-il{rrt feq{Til ff t{{

thhrftqn:qffr wnsil qrBiTfr;mqr{|

oTq: {rffirilqlefidrs{qur lfit q;qqtfr *trd. tt

furqmrfttriq qfut qiFrq{| (rrwr{qrsifrof gsErrr;ili tql ll tl

Sloha 162. Flow of bile, diseaseof the eyes.great exertion, coming in of money, acquisition of wivec and lande are to be expected in Kuja'a bhukti in the dasr of Venue.

sL 163-164
" Bappifu ipi q " reading.

qurq*ss'rrqr
NOTES.

10?3

(Pitthasrigakshi

rogam cha)

is anot'her

Ct. soEtqTI

ffwdlqqqFtfrg$('t rftrfQqqqrffrgnelq' g{R{rqgqq6;gffivqqsmffi$ si ll

[l5s qkT'dlrT(or

fiarsrretG+rrfr lr t+eqqkqq{fiMrqI qrk gmr{6qeqr,itq $gt tsgi\itrrqrq

H--fiaqlilnwg*C i $tqh' sl(g fdqF{: t stsrr+ qdqqm.ne\*eif*q qilqR fl(q. ll

froqKqaqrfiffga'i $6sq{ t qftqTqlr{lftitn* grq{rFn\ll tql ll

forming Sloktt 163. Acquisition of black substances relatives' evil from a valuable prop."y, dislike oi be expectedin Rahu's friends, and injury by f ire may of bhukti in the rnahadasa Venus'
c/. q-o-/ilfimt

qnnqirT':qfifit{itt ft fq,{q:gaaf}q{f,eEl{ tt :i itfi a.qa*rfi q'iie soq\q<q'Hrilsg\

fiqaiqwft qqiqrtgH{ | drgtrffi q Aqd gft gtErrr'.c\tt tqu ll

in Sukra's Sloha164.During the bhukti of Jupiter and gets wealtb' apparel ornaments' a mahadasa,person leadinghin t9 ultimate p"ti"t*t his religious dutie.s. there ir.ppiness;his wife anJ children may fall ill and in maYbe distress cousequence' 135

1074
c/, q-o-qlft*l
o\

rftiqfiqfi

Adh. XVilI

ffiqqqRillcfFmfl
Also qlil{f}rol

q{ft qr.qqlrrrglfiqq: I

q Rfiqrrsqgs qlffiqi aRqweftartm-qrqh tt quRse*i0rRrq{.i qnr{fRR' gdEr(*qq. I qoqEri+fr{vorTftt il4nrqiqrfFqff} u

Tqdqili,iloi wtrqiFrrr{ |

qq ffiqrrrqqT*fr grffirJ(t il lq\ ll

Sloha L65. Liaison with females that are past their prime, accession houses, lands and wealth and the of of disappearance enemies will mark Saturn's bhukti in Sukradasa. Cf. q-o-fifrmr

qrndlqz+mexra miifQqer{hr,{f r il
fifiqfqrqfi;ri3{i: fifiqdqaqrq'rir tt ni}
Also sld{Iqwt

Re{ t flxlafiqiqgirftqciiffirs?Ttftq?itq
gEI(qHl
\n \ \ \ qflql q{lTql {rqal(qT;d{ql EilI q( ll .

gqqrtqqri'rfr gt gffEdrr(iil tqE tl

Sloha 166. During Mercury's interval in the dasa of Venusa person secrrresthe comfort of his 8ons, on friends,wealtlr, royal favor, happincss a large scale, prosperitl' and sound health.
c/. q-it-'.ifq*t

gdirut*pltft tqdiit ue6uqr

a{qs}pqqqljr{q*qqi fiqqeGedaqudrqrt: I q=qi || qq{aaffi rffirR=gfi,igqqf:aq{refd

sl. 16?-1?0
; tt*t-*

qtrddsqtat
*

10?6

qirseqfif\.dtol I 1ft: ntarft qq'qErafin

ufrinmiqt{ttC rr g<+r<tftftfiar-a toi r:gnd q u1{rerTrilqs{|

qffirnhfrgtqilmt

ll tt tE\e

Sloka16T.Discord,deathofrelatives,injuryin, and depriva' flicted by enemies, misgiving in the heart for be prepared tion of wealth are what a person should of in Ketu's bhukti in the mahadasa Venus'
c/. radiff+;t

fiqrilaq;ntq I {qrTdlE nagerQeQrcfiiflq ll ftlsfi erfrq <tra{qaRgfr: qlsafr{qiitE{lq.

sqtrfiqnrgfr frqtuffiqF{di I

q 11 qnr* trifirrd s{r( qdtgfrq. lQc ll

Sloka 169. Venus in its exaltation sign but in the loss of depressionNavamsa causes loss of wealth and statu* in its dasa.

s : ,Tr.fi{d'rqtrfirqrdrqitruqqf}Eil I tr{sl}i qwsft ll lqa' ll q(ri ufrqrisrc'i

sign but in the Slofta 169. Venus in its depression exaltation Navamsa gives to the person concerned in) during the ripening of irs dasa, (success agriculture to anCtrade and accession his wealth'

iiw srqqtt{: ttesfit w\qi doqifrilr t diddrqnq{r{i{fi iqrfieqil sot{qfrll lso ll

-,-- - l*i"*i919-",--""-

-."--i*:Y-'l'

Sloha 1?0. As regardsthe crop of fruit borne, the dasaof a planet having full strength or in its exaltation is termed full or complete; that of a planet without strength is termed emPty. The dhs.aof a planet in a or depression inimical Navamsa is to be understoodas untoward. Norns.
Thislsloka is from Brihat Jataka. q{fr (Prasuti) means Radix position; Chart at birth tinre. tlwi (Sarnnurna) is the name given to a dasa of the planet n'irich is in exaltatiorrand is well-placed too.

c/.'rfi:

frqlttae qdlqqnsq t

tt flrtqkqt wr hqr '{qrilrqfiqfqf,t

q d{ifielqe dtqnftiqas t
fiil q1qqai iqr qqlilrufqaifqjil tt

dtqirftrrnsrq f+fqeegilqq I
tqi ilq (nr iqr qETfii{,fi gt{I ll qifiqqi{* t rI: aT.9{{frqFqkl'll rt alq astfqesaT 6qtr:q?qfiqfk'it
Also Uult{t

4A;eI: qsFq{T{q{l9a-{<irrRudFSi.{lf}f,s{t I gq{;qqlfr ll )rei qai FgqeEgst: 5if:n 'T,E

n<fr* t3fiai'rr:refirarftmr{tigoe HIfAI qgtl )ft fl.ilia<i\qqrtg q"tarqs qrt'qfiertt

Also Rrsdf

: diqettfifiqqTrtgQ(F,rl qqoi{|,{tfi{ qftq: esTt r

SL r?1-1?3
- v - - - - v -

ffisstrr
- - - - - - v

r0?7

fiitqqrtrsQat:g,reBgtn: )tei qni fi'.qfi qqq:g ({il' tl t dtq{E1acwt: {lsfqait,trd'ri, qTqqq;qT stq{}qqt{ tl q{ri flqorl,

eqgrnrimtiuE{r1q;o{flg q t (Tf,r{i*Tt{f aTI(qqtikil{rr*l tl tel ll

a S l o k a 1 ? 1 .I n t h e m a i n d a s a s w e l l a s i n t h e s u b ' sidiary dasaof the lord of the rnd or theTth placefrom thereof by any bhava,there will happenthe destruction (1) the planet occupyinq the [,irava ('{]) the onE aopecE' ; it representing ing it ; or (3) the rrrtttt+ (bhava'karaka)
Nolt s. Vide also A<lhyaf a V, S1. 50, supra.

iH.iq**{wil

qio+ qR tituart t

qflrl;(1i{rr+6uii}c f}geig({q. l\eRll ll

o S l o h a 1 ? 2 . I f b ' - t t etfc p l a . n e t s c c u p y i r l ga T r i k o n a , llrh l'liavas be strong. chcy produce the 2nd and tl're i m u c h h . r p p i n e s sl r i r r : l r d a s r s t r n d a n t a r d a s a s .

qsq{ruzTrf}fis{irr1qUqi qK{qTiicII( |

fr* ilirresqrit Eqtr$uFii qqt {rggt{r{nil( ll

git dTqqqEqqt iqrr*IiEriqi qrildqrfteiltsgK{'rsqg: tr
S t o k a 1 7 3 . I n J , r t a k a p a r i j : . oe w h i c h t i ) e r n r t t e r tf work and rvhich has beenculled f rom cvery astrc)logirai

1078

srd6crft{(a

Adh. XVIII.

consistsof 18 Adhyayas,the whole subjectof astrology beginning with the nature of the lodiacal signs and periods ending with the fruit of the drsas or pianetary of has beentrcated by me under the auspices thc Sun and other planets T h u s e n d s& c .

COLOPHON.

qsq f qrrc* tiineKttire qsli}Rsrtl T\dA tT{ttt| |

tl ;qlfifqr s{qoqqnt dffitr q|(sqriiGn(s

branches with its eightecn .S/otru 174. (lonspicuous in the form of adhyayas full of bright blooming star$ , m a n d d i s p l a y i n g a i n l ya l l t h : f n r i t s t h : y h e : r rt h e c e l e s ' (JatakaParijata) has sratflfieta horcscopes tial tree <-rf b e e nf u l l y d e s c r i b e d .

(fl srii ufuEToti EEqfr rr{tqt5ftl

qIqHTit qq6diailT{ itloT?titslifi{l l rft 3T qiffi Wdrqqftiql',itrrqdirr d rg q fr;qfrqa*qql gqst qFer6(.:i Tqr( qs\ qryrsErfft;gnffui r\nqaqnq gdiiga{T{q5fr noq I giqrqrEfr'{TEii q;<q ffi ieqtrqlfqrq ar{tqpotql;qqd ilirqrd{-{rrufftTrkii qFi Ettt;a{u tl qsq ll

SL 176-L77

ugrqlilsErq!

r0 79

Slohas175-116.The natureand the quarter of the zodiacal signs; (zl) the motions of the planets, their place, their character and forms ; (3) the conception invoived in the birth of every crea' and otiier proc('sses (4) tl'',e ture ; ni:merousills that overtake children and (5) voung peclilein a stittc of adolescence; the length of lrii:; (6) the rule rcgarding planetary conjunctions that mar the f c rtunes o[ the horoscopesin which they y o c c u r ; ( 7 ) k i n e . m a k i n g o g a s ; ( f t ) b e n e f i c i a lc o m b r n a tions of two, three or more planets; (9) the effectsof Mandi, year, etc., in their order ; (10) next in order the Ashtakavarg;r and the reckoning of benefic dots ; ( l l ) t h e e f f e c t s { t h e l s t a n d t h e 2 n d b h a v a s ;( 1 2 ) o { o the 3rd and the +th ; ( I 3) of the 5th and the 6tL ; ( 1't) o f t h e T t h ,t h e t r t h a n d t h e 9 t h ; ( 1 5 ) o f t h e l O t h , t h e s l l t h a n d t h e l 2 t h ; ( l n ) t h e h o r o s c o p eo f w o m t - n ; ( 1 7 ) at what reiatesto the Moon's pla.ce birth and (f8) the dasas and their subdivisions-these havebeentreatedof' in the work.

*iqarqs gqit dthqrit+hszfiiaiqr

qqnde5qql ftqsu;lfrai t eTrRiqrii gq EIil iq= gqtruil ft qsK { IEqIiEdi qh q6uqrRqraqrfh riiatrqqg1tqriiq.t\es ll ll
a S / o A , rl ? 7 . T h e t a l e n t c d n d i l l u s t r i o t r sV a i d y a n a t h a , t h e s o n o f t l r c i l l r r s t r i o u s V e n k a t a d r i ,s o e m i n e n t for his leatningand knowlcdgchasbrcn able,under'the k i n d a u s p i c eo f t h e S u n a n d o t h e r p l a n e t st,o c o m p o s e s t h i s g q i C e o ; r t t r c , l o F y ,a t a k a p a r i j a it n l S a d h y a y a s t J a very nectarraised i. embodying that is essential r. the all

'T"',""-"*-""," ""-"-""1i3: "Yli -",:"*:

from the ocean of horary science, the author has been able to compo$e this work in lyrical metresso as to win the admiration of the learnedworld'

qflfls u il {ii ,.1'iqlffiqriiqrc3 ll dtqlrffiaftrqrq aql ll

--.---t'ffi--

.,,4fi)6rl\:1t: 'Ji
. l'lN 15.

"Bca a-n
i\,1.-

ERR.T A
Read

Page

Line

For

vi I 2
J

2\ 2L 23 13 28 15 15 33
n

bp ffi5.etiRa Sl kas Ras is

by

*i*erirta
Slokas Rasis ea*s
ISEqT:

6 13 2T
ZJ

sarfra
Eirrol:

+{

frqnin
Thrimasmsas rlftgztorq
qq Eve ciftqtf

26 27 27 28 29 29 30 3l 32 33 42 42 60 61 70 70 72 74 77

* fi-q{riiT Thrirnsamsas q!'*gamrq 1q Even qrRqrd ?aor+: grr*dg qkRgo Rajaspada. *r4 q-4rdt uiirg fisit<w Jupiter qiq{o q-6rsli esfblis paternaJ ftilrc*:

23 8 17 18 22 24 2T t9 32 33 25 I 7 28 T4 25 2

?c*.+j: g.rsdg ff,iag+

Rajaspadada

*"e
s;{rd

nis
ffi<c Jnpiter
a*Tqo
Tltoli

srfui*
parternal ftttico:

LXIV Page

ERRATA

Line
.JJ

F-or

Read

78 80 104 105 r25 t')5 t26 170

I/ L

,:6

12 10 4 23 2'2 24 l9 20
b (;

sefteyes intial Saturm aiierq iarf*qr

rt}I [(a-nya t sticle gatake RrqtnEr iift: ir{TtrI.[' Tf,qcrEI

soft eyes initial Saturn

i?(sl{

tarf*qr rrri K:rnya testicle Jat:rka drqrcra iife ccl{o {*u*i"1 *;ABrr,arrqr of sigr'; l;r:corr-re
lhc ;rffccterl vicrvso[ riary:.r h:rve Jecvasarman fur Jeevasarnran this qrcrdiii.a N{ars rneets rezrding qr;qqic Ilerc

176 190

r92 20r
216 227 227 246 246 246 247 2.17 247 747 247
t[cl

27 3 12 6
n

*-e&iqer
o

IJ 6 2l

24 26
lt

fsign ber:orn th ;Lfcctc i r icrvsof ay;r ave

ciVilSS.fffIiII1

2 57 267 278 280 286 3 r4 335

5 8
t4

26 24 22 23 T7

Jeevasarmma thls crqref*d N{ rs nr cts cading "Fq;qqiq ilIere

Ii E Ti ATA I'age

LXV llead

Line

lior

380 39r
101 420 +22 .+r){l 527 .5J8 658 658 683 730 734 739 748 754 756 783 784 781 786 796 799 i99 H00 802 806 s10 813 E20 E 2I il2(i

29 31 5

2r
ltl
)q ,1\)

nd ithrv dlsritcrr tt3ffwg6

eR

and with

{srRcil
fleffqgA sR Sign his rrye:rlth, hr,rrvill I(u jashtavarga the the qlll 6th Mercury great number

Si rr ''v lris ellth be rvili I(ujas t;rvarga lrt: t nr: osi th ,\l crcury rc] t nunrher {5-ciir
{TT4Tq

t8 3 I4 .5
a.l

10 12
A .t

6 9 t2 22 J 20
n I

,rs-{iir
TAFq

iraig: lrqcdrqriiEr{q crm rn:rncl denots l'ices

Ir IL

*eig;
rrnftrrqriltrdq cornrnand
<.littiltes

2B 8 24 8
4 z:)
(] r-\
a:,

tlro 6th rvlll plscc

ll

l'isccs If the 6tlr rvili 1;i:r.ce irr and ; i gr r

; i r(_i

:rttrl grgrl
illl(l

{\ Jd

'rf

LxYr Page Line

ERRATA

For

Read

829 833 833 838 851 851 854 871 898 916 923 946 948

t4 29 30 5 22 28 1 25 22 1? 25 1l 16
l6

occupfed rn:rYr be desease contses tha ilfc* associoted 1th maximum in come

occupied oaI' he disease courses the qrit# associated 10th minirnum income

Frilt Arus Snbhagraha

navalnsa wonb eaeh gooo tho In ftrqtrrqt {rol creg

Tttt
Arres SubhagrahanavalTISa

932 983 987 1003 100? 1032 i0 4 0 1040

3 26 29 29 13
7

womb each good the in ffsFrtqi

?ifcof ir?l

13